INFY 20-F DEF-14A Report March 31, 2013 | Alphaminr
ALPHAMINR

INFY 20-F Report ended March 31, 2013

Balance Sheet
Cash Flow
Income Statement
20-F 1 form20f.htm FORM-20F form20f.htm
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F
(Mark One)
o Registration statement pursuant to Section 12(b) or (g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
OR
x Annual Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013
OR
o Transition Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the transition period from __________ to __________
OR
o Shell Company Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
Date of event requiring this shell company report________

Commission File Number 000-25383
INFOSYS LIMITED
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
Not Applicable
(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)
Bangalore, Karnataka, India
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
Electronics City, Hosur Road, Bangalore, Karnataka, India 560 100. +91-80-2852-0261
(Address of principal executive offices)
Rajiv Bansal, Chief Financial Officer , +91-80-2852-0261, RajivBansal@infosys.com
Electronics City, Hosur Road, Bangalore, Karnataka, India 560 100.
( Name, telephone, e-mail and/or facsimile number and address of company contact person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
American Depositary Shares each represented by one Equity Share, par value rupee symbol 5 per share
New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None.
(Title of class)

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:
Not Applicable
(Title of class)

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the Annual Report: 574,236,166 Equity Shares.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes x No o
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Yes o No x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes x No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data file required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such filed).
Yes o No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of accelerated filer and large accelerated filer in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer x
Accelerated filer o
Non- accelerated filer o
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:
U.S. GAAP o International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board x Other o
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Yes o No x
Currency of presentation and certain defined terms
In this Annual Report on Form 20-F, references to “U.S.” or “United States” are to the United States of America, its territories and its possessions. References to “India” are to the Republic of India. References to “$” or “dollars” or “U.S. dollars” are to the legal currency of the United
States and references to “ RUPEE SYMBOL ” or “Rupees” or “Indian rupees” are to the legal currency of India. Our financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars and are prepared in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IFRS. References to a particular “fiscal” year are to our fiscal year ended March 31 of such year.

All references to “we,” “us,” “our,” “Infosys” or the “Company” shall mean Infosys Limited, and, unless specifically indicated otherwise or the context indicates otherwise, our consolidated subsidiaries. “Infosys” is a registered trademark of Infosys Limited in the United States and India. All other trademarks or trade names used in this Annual Report on Form 20-F are the property of their respective owners.

Except as otherwise stated in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, all translations from Indian rupees to U.S. dollars effected on or after April 1, 2009 are based on the fixing rate in the City of Mumbai on March 31, 2013 for cable transfers in Indian rupees as published by the Foreign
Exchange Dealers’ Association of India, or FEDAI, which was RUPEE SYMBOL 54.29 per $1.00. No representation is made that the Indian rupee amounts have been, could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars at such a rate or any other rate. Any discrepancies in any table between totals and sums of the amounts listed are due to rounding.

Special Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements

This Annual Report on Form 20-F contains ‘forward-looking statements’, as defined in Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that are based on our current expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections about our Company, our industry, economic conditions in the markets in which we operate, and certain other matters. Generally, these forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as ‘anticipate’, ‘believe’, ‘estimate’, ‘expect’, ‘intend’, ‘will’, ‘project’, ‘seek’, ‘should’ and similar expressions. Those statements include, among other things, the discussions of our business strategy and expectations concerning our market position, future operations, margins, profitability, liquidity and capital resources. These statements are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, which may cause actual results or outcomes to differ materially from those implied by the forward-looking statements. Important factors that may cause actual results or outcomes to differ from those implied by the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those discussed in the “Risk Factors” section in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. In light of these and other uncertainties, you should not conclude that the results or outcomes referred to in any of the forward-looking statements will be achieved. All forward-looking statements included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F are based on information available to us on the date hereof, and we do not undertake to update these forward-looking statements to reflect future events or circumstances.

This Annual Report on Form 20-F includes statistical data about the Information Technology (IT) industry that comes from information published by sources including the National Association of Software and Service Companies, or NASSCOM, an industry trade group. This type of data represents only the estimates of NASSCOM, and other sources of industry data. In addition, although we believe that data from these companies is generally reliable, this type of data is inherently imprecise. We caution you not to place undue reliance on this data.

Table of Contents


Not applicable.

Not applicable.


SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Summary of Consolidated Financial Data

You should read the summary consolidated financial data below in conjunction with the Company's consolidated financial statements and the related notes, as well as the section entitled “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects,” all of which are included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. The summary consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the five years ended March 31, 2013 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes which were prepared and presented in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by International Accounting Standards Board (IFRS). Historical results are not necessarily indicative of future results.

(Dollars in millions, except share data)
Comprehensive Income Data
Fiscal Year ended March 31,
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
Revenues
$7,398
$6,994
$6,041
$4,804
$4,663
Cost of sales
4,637
4,118
3,497
2,749
2,699
Gross profit
2,761
2,876
2,544
2,055
1,964
Operating expenses:
Selling and marketing expenses
373
366
332
251
239
Administrative expenses
479
497
433
344
351
Total operating expenses
852
863
765
595
590
Operating profit
1,909
2,013
1,779
1,460
1,374
Other income, net
433
397
267
209
101
Profit before income taxes
2,342
2,410
2,046
1,669
1,475
Income tax expense
617
694
547
356
194
Net profit
$1,725
$1,716
$1,499
$1,313
$1,281
Earnings per equity share:
Basic ($)
3.02
3.00
2.62
2.30
2.25
Diluted ($)
3.02
3.00
2.62
2.30
2.25
Weighted average equity shares used in computing earnings per equity share:
Basic
571,399,238
571,365,494
571,180,050
570,475,923
569,656,611
Diluted
571,400,091
571,396,142
571,368,358
571,116,031
570,629,581
Cash dividend per Equity Share ($)* #
0.86
0.76
1.22
0.48
0.89
Cash dividend per Equity Share ( rupee symbol )*
47.00
35.00
55.00
23.50
37.25
* Excludes corporate dividend tax
# Converted at the monthly exchange rate in the month of declaration of dividend.
(Dollars in millions)
Balance Sheet Data
As of March 31,
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
Cash and cash equivalents
$4,021
$4,047
$3,737
$2,698
$2,167
Available-for-sale financial assets, current
320
6
5
561
–
Investments in certificates of deposit
–
68
27
265
–
Net current assets
5,347
5,008
4,496
3,943
2,583
Non-current assets
2,034
1,592
1,698
1,495
1,249
Total assets
8,539
7,537
7,010
6,148
4,369
Non-current liabilities
50
24
72
77
48
Total equity
$7,331
$6,576
$6,122
$5,361
$3,784

Exchange rates

Our functional currency is the Indian rupee. We generate a major portion of our revenues in foreign currencies, particularly the U.S. dollar, the United Kingdom Pound Sterling, Euro and the Australian dollar, whereas we incur a majority of our expenses in Indian rupees. The exchange rate between the rupee and the U.S. dollar has changed substantially in recent years and may fluctuate substantially in the future. Consequently, the results of our operations are adversely affected as the rupee appreciates against the U.S. dollar. For fiscal 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009, U.S. dollar denominated revenues represented 70.6%, 71.7%, 72.8%, 73.3% and 71.1% of total revenues. For the same periods, revenues denominated in United Kingdom Pound Sterling represented 6.4%, 6.8%, 7.2%, 9.2% and 12.7% of total revenues, revenues denominated in the Euro represented 8.8%, 7.7%, 6.9%, 6.9%, and 7.1% of total revenues while revenues denominated in the Australian dollar represented 8.3%, 7.6%, 6.5%, 5.8% and 4.6% of total revenues. As such, our exchange rate risk primarily arises from our foreign currency revenues, receivables and payables.

Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the Indian rupee and the U.S. dollar will also affect the U.S. dollar equivalent of the Indian rupee price of our equity shares on the Indian stock exchanges and, as a result, will likely affect the market price of our American Depositary Shares (ADSs) and vice versa. Such fluctuations also impact the U.S. dollar conversion by the Depositary of any cash dividends paid in Indian rupees on our equity shares represented by the ADSs.

The following table sets forth, for the fiscal years indicated, information concerning the number of Indian rupees for which one U.S. dollar could be exchanged based on the fixing rate in the City of Mumbai on business days during the period for cable transfers in Indian rupees as published by the Foreign Exchange Dealers' Association of India, or FEDAI. The column titled “Average” in the table below is the average of the last business day of each month during the year.

Fiscal
Period End
Average
High
Low
rupee symbol
rupee symbol
rupee symbol
rupee symbol
2013
54.29
54.54
57.02
50.53
2012
50.88
48.10
54.28
44.00
2011
44.60
45.54
47.36
44.07
2010
44.90
47.43
50.57
44.87
2009
50.72
46.54
52.00
39.88
The following table sets forth the high and low exchange rates for the previous six months and is based on the fixing rate in the City of Mumbai on business days during the period for cable transfers in Indian rupees as published by the FEDAI.

Month
High
Low
rupee symbol
rupee symbol
April 2013 54.81 53.96
March 2013
54.96
54.07
February 2013
54.48
52.95
January 2013
55.06
53.25
December 2012
55.13
54.21
November 2012
55.67
53.60

On May 13, 2013, the fixing rate in the City of Mumbai for cash transfers in Indian rupees as published by FEDAI was RUPEE SYMBOL 54.86.

The exchange rates for month-end and period-end reporting purposes have been based on the FEDAI rates. We believe that exchange rates published by FEDAI are more representative of market exchange rates than exchange rates published by individual banks. However, FEDAI does not publish exchange rates on a daily basis, and in the absence of availability of daily exchange rates from FEDAI, we utilize exchange rates from Deutsche Bank, Mumbai, for daily transactions in the ordinary course of business.

Risk Factors

This Annual Report on Form 20-F contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those set forth in the following risk factors and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Risks Related to Our Company and Our Industry

Our revenues and expenses are difficult to predict and can vary significantly from period to period, which could cause our share price to decline.

Our revenues and profitability have grown rapidly in certain years and are likely to vary significantly in the future from period to period. Therefore, we believe that period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of our future performance. It is possible that in the future our results of operations may be below the expectations of market analysts and our investors, which could cause the share price of our equity shares and our ADSs to decline significantly.

Factors which affect the fluctuation of our operating results include:
  • the size, timing and profitability of significant projects, including large outsourcing deals;
  • changes in our pricing policies or the pricing policies of our competitors;
  • economic fluctuations that affect the strength of the economy of the United States, Europe or any of the other markets in which we operate;
  • foreign currency fluctuations and our hedging activities that are intended to address such fluctuations;
  • the effect of wage pressures, seasonal hiring patterns, attrition and the time required to train and productively utilize new employees, particularly information technology or IT professionals;
  • the proportion of services that we perform at our development centers or at our client sites;
  • utilization of billable employees;
  • the size and timing of facilities expansion and resulting depreciation and amortization costs;
  • varying expenditures and lead times in connection with responding to, and submitting, proposals for large client engagements, including expenditures associated with changing due diligence requirements
  • unanticipated cancellations, contract terminations, deferrals of projects or delays in purchases, including those resulting from our clients reorganizing their operations, changing their management, and engaging in mergers or acquisitions;
  • the inability of our clients and potential clients to forecast their business and IT needs, and the resulting impact on our business;
  • unanticipated cancellations, contract terminations, deferrals of projects or delays in purchases resulting from our clients’ efforts to comply with regulatory requirements;
  • the proportion of our customer contracts that are on a fixed-price, fixed-timeframe basis, compared with time and materials contracts; and
  • unanticipated variations in the duration, size and scope of our projects, as well as in the corporate decision-making process of our client base.
A significant part of our total operating expenses, particularly expenses related to personnel and facilities, are fixed in advance of any particular period. As a result, unanticipated variations in the number and timing of our projects, employee utilization rates, or the accuracy of our estimates of the resources required to complete ongoing projects may cause significant variations in our operating results in any particular period. There are also a number of factors, other than our performance, that are not within our control that could cause fluctuations in our operating results from period to period. These include:
  • the duration of tax holidays or tax exemptions and the availability of other incentives from the Government of India;
  • changes in regulations and taxation in India or the other countries in which we conduct business;
  • currency fluctuations, particularly if the rupee appreciates in value against the U.S. dollar, the United Kingdom Pound Sterling, the Euro or the Australian dollar, since the majority of our revenues are in these currencies and a significant part of our costs are in Indian rupees; and
  • other general economic and political factors, including the economic conditions in the United States, Europe or any other geographies in which we operate.
In addition, the availability of visas for working in the United States may vary substantially from quarter to quarter. Visas for working in the United States may be available during one quarter but not another or there may be differences in the number of visas available from one quarter to another. As such, the variable availability of visas may require us to incur significantly higher visa-related expenses in certain quarters when compared to others. For example, we incurred $60 million in costs for visas during fiscal 2013, compared to $45 million in costs for visas during fiscal 2012. Such fluctuations may affect our operating margins and profitability in certain quarters during a fiscal year.

We may not be able to sustain our previous profit margins or levels of profitability.

Our profitability could be affected by pricing pressures on our services, volatility of the exchange rates between the Indian rupee, the U.S. dollar, and other currencies in which we generate revenues or incur expenses, increased wage pressures in India and at other locations where we maintain operations, and increases in taxes or the expiration of tax benefits.

While our Global Delivery Model allows us to manage costs efficiently, if the proportion of our services delivered at client sites increases, we may not be able to keep our operating costs as low in the future, which would also have an adverse impact on our profit margins. Further, in the past, our profit margin had been adversely impacted by the expiration of certain tax holidays and benefits in India, and we expect that it  may be further adversely affected as additional tax holidays and benefits expire in the future.
In addition, we have recently increased operating expenses as a result of wage increases for our employees in India and outside India, the acquisition of Lodestone Holding AG and increasing visa costs. These increased operating expenses could potentially affect our profit margins and results of operations in future periods.

During fiscal 2013, fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011, there was volatility in the exchange rate of the Indian rupee against the U.S. dollar. The exchange rate for one dollar as published by FEDAI was RUPEE SYMBOL 54.29 as of March 31, 2013, compared to RUPEE SYMBOL 50.88 as of March 31, 2012 and RUPEE SYMBOL 44.60 as of March 31, 2011. Exchange rate fluctuations have in the past adversely impacted, and may in the future adversely impact, our operating results.
Increased operating expenses in the future as well as fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, including, in particular, the appreciation of the Indian rupee against foreign currencies or the appreciation of the U.S. dollar against other foreign currencies, could materially and adversely affect our profit margins and results of operations in future periods.
The economic environment, pricing pressure, and decreased employee utilization rates could negatively impact our revenues and operating results.

Spending on technology products and services is subject to fluctuations depending on many factors, including the economic environment in the markets in which our clients operate. For example, there was a decline in the growth rate of global IT purchases in the latter half of 2008 due to the global economic slowdown. This downward trend continued into 2009, with global IT purchases declining due to the challenging global economic environment. We believe that the economic environment in the markets in which many of our clients operate remains unstable, and that the economic conditions in many countries remain challenging and may continue to be challenging in the near future. For instance, in many European countries, large government deficits together with the downgrading of government debt and credit ratings have escalated concerns about continuing weakness in the economies of such countries.

Reduced IT spending in response to the challenging economic environment has also led to increased pricing pressure from our clients, which has adversely impacted our revenue productivity, which we define as our revenue divided by billed person months. For instance, during fiscal 2013, our revenue productivity on a blended basis, for services other than for business process management, decreased by 3.0% when compared to fiscal 2012.

Many of our clients have also been seeking extensions in credit terms from the standard terms that we provide, including pursuing credit from us for periods of 60 days or more. Extended credit terms may result in reduced revenues in a given period as well as the delay of the realization of revenues, and may adversely affect our cash flows. Additionally, extended credit terms also increase our exposure to customer-specific credit risks.

Reductions in IT spending, reductions in revenue productivity, increased credit risk and extended credit terms arising from or related to the global economic slowdown have in the past adversely impacted, and may in the future adversely impact, our revenues, gross profits, operating margins and results of operations.

Moreover, in the past, reduced or delayed IT spending has also adversely impacted our utilization rates for technology professionals. For instance, in fiscal 2012, our utilization rate for technology professionals, including trainees, was approximately 69.0%, as compared to 72.1% during fiscal 2011. This decrease in employee utilization rates adversely affected our profitability for fiscal 2012, and any decrease in employee utilization rates in the future, whether on account of reduced or delayed IT spending, may adversely impact our results of operations.

In addition to the business challenges and margin pressure resulting from the global economic slowdown and the response of our clients to such slowdown, there is also a growing trend among consumers of IT services towards consolidation of technology service providers in order to improve efficiency and reduce costs. Our success in the competitive bidding process for new consolidation projects or in retaining existing projects is dependent on our ability to fulfill client expectations relating to staffing, efficient offshoring of services, absorption of transition costs, deferment of billing and more stringent service levels. If we fail to meet a client’s expectations in such consolidation projects, this would likely adversely impact our business, revenues and operating margins. In addition, even if we are successful in winning the mandates for such consolidation projects, we may experience significant pressure on our operating margins as a result of the competitive bidding process.

Moreover, our ability to maintain or increase pricing is restricted as clients often expect that as we do more business with them, they will receive volume discounts or special pricing incentives. In addition, existing and new customers are also increasingly using third-party consultants with broad market knowledge to assist them in negotiating contractual terms. Any inability to maintain or increase pricing on account of this practice may also adversely impact our revenues, gross profits, operating margins and results of operations.

Our revenues are highly dependent on clients primarily located in the United States and Europe, as well as on clients concentrated in certain industries, and an economic slowdown or other factors that affect the economic health of the United States, Europe or those industries, or any other impact on the growth of such industries, may affect our business.

In fiscal 2013, fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011, approximately 62.2%, 63.9% and 65.3% of our revenues were derived from projects in North America. In the same periods, approximately 23.1%, 21.9% and 21.5% of our revenues were derived from projects in Europe.

The recent instability in the global economy, driven by slower growth in developed markets coupled with the European debt crisis, has had an impact on the growth of the IT industry and may continue to impact it in the future. This instability also impacts our business and results of operations, and may continue to do so in the future. The global economy, driven by slower growth in developed markets coupled with the European debt crisis, could have an impact on the growth of the IT industry. If the United States or European economy remains weak or unstable or weakens further, our clients may reduce or postpone their technology spending significantly, which may in turn lower the demand for our services and negatively affect our revenues and profitability.

In fiscal 2013, fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011, we derived approximately 33.9%, 35.1% and 35.9% of our revenues from the financial services and insurance industry. The crisis in the financial and credit markets in the United States led to significant changes in the financial services industry, with the United States federal government being forced to take over or provide financial support to many leading financial institutions and with some leading investment banks going bankrupt or being forced to sell themselves in distressed circumstances. Global economic uncertainty may result in the reduction, postponement or consolidation of IT spending by our clients, contract terminations, deferrals of projects or delays in purchases, especially in the financial services sector. Any reduction, postponement or consolidation in IT spending may lower the demand for our services or impact the prices that we can obtain for our services and consequently, adversely affect our revenues and profitability.

Any lingering instability or weakness in the United States economy could have a material adverse impact on our revenues, particularly from businesses in the financial services industry and other industries that are particularly vulnerable to a slowdown in consumer spending. In fiscal 2013, fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011, we derived approximately 33.9%, 35.1% and 35.9% of our revenues from clients in the financial services and insurance industry, approximately 22.0%, 20.6% and 19.6% of our revenues from clients in the manufacturing industry, approximately 20.2%, 21.4% and 24.0% of our revenues from clients in the energy, utilities, communication and services industry and approximately 23.9%, 22.9% and 20.5% of our revenues from clients in the retail, consumer packaged goods, logistics and life sciences, which industries are especially vulnerable to a slowdown in the U.S. economy. Any weakness in the United States economy or in the industry segments from which we generate revenues could have a negative effect on our business and results of operations.
Some of the industries in which our clients are concentrated, such as the financial services industry or the energy and utilities industry, are, or may be, increasingly subject to governmental regulation and intervention. For instance, clients in the financial services sector have been subject to increased regulation following the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act in the United States. Increased regulation, changes in existing regulation or increased governmental intervention in the industries in which our clients operate may adversely affect the growth of their respective businesses and therefore negatively impact our revenues.

Currency fluctuations may affect the results or our operations or the value of our ADSs.
Our functional currency is the Indian rupee, although we transact a major portion of our business in several currencies, and, accordingly, face foreign currency exposure through our sales in the United States and elsewhere and purchases from overseas suppliers in various foreign currencies. Generally, we generate the majority of our revenues in foreign currencies, such as the U.S. dollar or the United Kingdom Pound Sterling, and incur the majority of our expenses in Indian rupees. Recently, as a result of the increased volatility in foreign exchange currency markets, there has been increased demand from our clients that all risks associated with foreign exchange fluctuations be borne by us. Also, historically, we have held a substantial majority of our cash funds in Indian rupees. Accordingly, changes in exchange rates may have a material adverse effect on our revenues, other income, cost of services sold, gross margin and net income, and may have a negative impact on our business, operating results and financial condition. For example, during fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, every percentage point depreciation / appreciation in the exchange rate between the Indian rupee and the U.S. dollar, has affected the company’s operating margins by approximately 0.4%, 0.5% and 0.5%, respectively.  The exchange rate between the Indian rupee and foreign currencies, including the U.S. dollar, the United Kingdom Pound Sterling, the Euro and the Australian dollar, has changed substantially in recent years and may fluctuate substantially in the future, and this fluctuation in currencies had a material and adverse effect on our operating results in fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010. We expect that a majority of our revenues will continue to be generated in foreign currencies, including the U.S. dollar, the United Kingdom Pound Sterling, the Euro and the Australian dollar, for the foreseeable future and that a significant portion of our expenses, including personnel costs, as well as capital and operating expenditures, will continue to be denominated in Indian rupees. Consequently, the results of our operations are adversely affected as the Indian rupee appreciates against the U.S. dollar and other foreign currencies.

We use derivative financial instruments such as foreign exchange forward and option contracts to mitigate the risk of changes in foreign exchange rates on accounts receivable and forecast cash flows denominated in certain foreign currencies. As of March 31, 2013, we had outstanding forward contracts of U.S. $851 million, Euro 62 million, United Kingdom Pound Sterling 65 million and Australian dollar 70 million. We may not purchase derivative instruments adequate to insulate ourselves from foreign currency exchange risks. For instance, during fiscal 2009, we incurred significant losses as a result of exchange rate fluctuations that were not offset in full by our hedging strategy.

Additionally, our hedging activities have also contributed to increased losses in recent periods due to volatility in foreign currency markets. For example, in fiscal 2009, we incurred losses of $165 million in our forward and option contracts. These losses, partially offset by gains of $71 million as a result of foreign exchange translations during the same period, resulted in a total loss of $94 million related to foreign currency transactions, which had a significant and adverse effect on our profit margin and results of operations. If foreign currency markets continue to be volatile, such fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could materially and adversely affect our profit margins and results of operations in future periods. Also, the volatility in the foreign currency markets may make it difficult to hedge our foreign currency exposures effectively.

Further, the policies of the Reserve Bank of India may change from time to time which may limit our ability to hedge our foreign currency exposures adequately. For instance, full or increased capital account convertibility, if introduced, could result in increased volatility in the fluctuations of exchange rates between the rupee and foreign currencies.

During fiscal 2013, we derived 29.4% of our revenues in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, including 6.4%, 8.8% and 8.3% of our revenues in United Kingdom Pound Sterling, Euro and Australian dollars, respectively. During fiscal 2013, the U.S. dollar appreciated against a majority of the currencies in which we transact business, appreciating by 1.3%, 6.5% and 1.9%, against the United Kingdom Pound Sterling, Euro and the Australian dollar, respectively.

Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the Indian rupee and the U.S. dollar will also affect the dollar conversion by Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, the Depositary with respect to our ADSs, of any cash dividends paid in Indian rupees on the equity shares represented by the ADSs. In addition, these fluctuations will affect the U.S. dollar equivalent of the Indian rupee price of equity shares on the Indian stock exchanges and, as a result, the prices of our ADSs in the United States, as well as the U.S. dollar value of the proceeds a holder would receive upon the sale in India of any equity shares withdrawn from the Depositary under the Depositary Agreement. Holders may not be able to convert Indian rupee proceeds into U.S. dollars or any other currency, and there is no guarantee of the rate at which any such conversion will occur, if at all.

Our success depends largely upon our highly skilled technology professionals and our ability to hire, attract, motivate, retain and train these personnel.

Our ability to execute projects, maintain our client relationships and obtain new clients depends largely on our ability to attract, train, motivate and retain highly skilled technology professionals, particularly project managers and other mid-level professionals. If we cannot hire, motivate and retain personnel, our ability to bid for projects, obtain new projects and expand our business will be impaired and our revenues could decline.

We believe that there is significant worldwide competition for skilled technology professionals. Additionally, technology companies, particularly in India, have recently increased their hiring efforts. Increasing worldwide competition for skilled technology professionals and increased hiring by technology companies may affect our ability to hire an adequate number of skilled and experienced technology professionals and may have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Increasing competition for technology professionals in India may also impact our ability to retain personnel. For example, our attrition rate for the twelve months ended March 31, 2013 was 16.3%, compared to our attrition rate for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012, which was 14.7%, without accounting for attrition in Infosys BPO or our other subsidiaries.

We may not be able to hire enough skilled and experienced technology professionals to replace employees who we are not able to retain. If we are unable to motivate and retain technology professionals, this could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Changes in policies or laws may also affect the ability of technology companies to attract and retain personnel. For instance, the central government or state governments in India may introduce legislation requiring employers to give preferential hiring treatment to underrepresented groups. The quality of our work force is critical to our business. If any such central government or state government legislation becomes effective, our ability to hire the most highly qualified technology professionals may be hindered.

In addition, the demands of changes in technology, evolving standards and changing client preferences may require us to redeploy and retrain our technology professionals. If we are unable to redeploy and retrain our technology professionals to keep pace with continuing changes in technology, evolving standards and changing client preferences, this may adversely affect our ability to bid for and obtain new projects and may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Any inability to manage our growth could disrupt our business and reduce our profitability.

We have grown significantly in recent periods. Between March 31, 2008 and March 31, 2013 our total employees grew from approximately 91,200 to approximately 156,000. We added approximately 6,700, 19,200, 17,000, 8,900 and 13,700 new employees, net of attrition, in fiscal 2013, fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, respectively.
In addition, in the last five years we have undertaken and continue to undertake major expansions of our existing facilities, as well as the construction of new facilities. We expect our growth to place significant demands on our management team and other resources. Our growth will require us to continuously develop and improve our operational, financial and other internal controls, both in India and elsewhere. In addition, continued growth increases the challenges involved in:
  • recruiting, training and retaining sufficient skilled technical, marketing and management personnel;
  • adhering to and further improving our high quality and process execution standards;
  • preserving our culture, values and entrepreneurial environment;
  • successfully expanding the range of services offered to our clients;
  • developing and improving our internal administrative infrastructure, particularly our financial, operational, communications and other internal systems; and
  • maintaining high levels of client satisfaction.
Our growth strategy also relies on the expansion of our operations around the world, including Europe, Australia, Latin America and other parts of Asia. During fiscal 2010, Infosys BPO acquired 100% of the voting interest in McCamish Systems LLC (McCamish), a business process solutions provider based in Atlanta, Georgia, in the United States. In fiscal 2010, we established a wholly owned subsidiary, Infosys Tecnologia do Brasil, Ltda, in Brazil to provide information technology services in Latin America. Further, during fiscal 2010, we formed Infosys Public Services, Inc. to focus on governmental outsourcing and consulting in the United States. In fiscal 2011, we formed Infosys Technologies (Shanghai) Company Limited. In fiscal 2012, Infosys BPO completed the acquisition of Portland Group Pty Ltd., a leading provider of strategic sourcing and category management services based in Australia. In fiscal 2013, McCamish completed the acquisition of BPO division of Seabury & Smith Inc., a company providing back office services to life insurers. Further, in fiscal 2013, we completed the acquisition of Lodestone Holding AG, a global management consultancy firm.

The costs involved in entering and establishing ourselves in new markets, and expanding such operations, may be higher than expected and we may face significant competition in these regions. Our inability to manage our expansion and related growth in these markets or regions may have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may face difficulties in providing end-to-end business solutions for our clients, which could lead to clients discontinuing their work with us, which in turn could harm our business.

Over the past several years, we have been expanding the nature and scope of our engagements by extending the breadth of services that we offer. The success of some of our newer service offerings, such as operations and business process consulting, IT consulting, business process management, systems integration and infrastructure management, depends, in part, upon continued demand for such services by our existing and new clients and our ability to meet this demand in a cost-competitive and effective manner. In addition, our ability to effectively offer a wider breadth of end-to-end business solutions depends on our ability to attract existing or new clients to these service offerings. To obtain engagements for our end-to-end solutions, we are competing with large, well-established international consulting firms as well as other India-based technology services companies, resulting in increased competition and marketing costs. Accordingly, our new service offerings may not effectively meet client needs and we may be unable to attract existing and new clients to these service offerings.

The increased breadth of our service offerings may result in larger and more complex client projects. This will require us to establish closer relationships with our clients and potentially with other technology service providers and vendors, and require a more thorough understanding of our clients’ operations. Our ability to establish these relationships will depend on a number of factors including the proficiency of our technology professionals and our management personnel.

Larger projects often involve multiple components, engagements or stages, and a client may choose not to retain us for additional stages or may cancel or delay additional planned engagements. These terminations, cancellations or delays may result from the business or financial condition of our clients or the economy generally, as opposed to factors related to the quality of our services. Cancellations or delays make it difficult to plan for project resource requirements, and resource planning inaccuracies may have a negative impact on our profitability.

Intense competition in the market for technology services could affect our cost advantages, which could reduce our share of business from clients and decrease our revenues.

The technology services market is highly competitive. Our competitors include large consulting firms, captive divisions of large multinational technology firms, infrastructure management services firms, Indian technology services firms, software companies and in-house IT departments of large corporations.

The technology services industry is experiencing rapid changes that are affecting the competitive landscape, including recent divestitures and acquisitions that have resulted in consolidation within the industry. These changes may result in larger competitors with significant resources. In addition, some of our competitors have added or announced plans to add cost-competitive offshore capabilities to their service offerings. These competitors may be able to offer their services using the offshore and onsite model more efficiently than we can. Many of these competitors are also substantially larger than us and have significant experience with international operations. We may face competition in countries where we currently operate, as well as in countries in which we expect to expand our operations. We also expect additional competition from technology services firms with current operations in other countries, such as China and the Philippines. Many of our competitors have significantly greater financial, technical and marketing resources, generate greater revenues, have more extensive existing client relationships and technology partners and have greater brand recognition than we do. We may be unable to compete successfully against these competitors, or may lose clients to these competitors. Additionally, we believe that our ability to compete also depends in part on factors outside our control, such as the price at which our competitors offer comparable services, and the extent of our competitors’ responsiveness to their clients’ needs.

Our revenues are highly dependent upon a small number of clients, and the loss of any one of our major clients could significantly impact our business.

We have historically earned, and believe that in the future we will continue to earn, a significant portion of our revenues from a limited number of clients. In fiscal 2013, fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011, our largest client accounted for 3.8%, 4.3% and 4.7% of our total revenues, respectively, and our five largest clients together accounted for 15.2%, 15.5% and 15.4% of our total revenues respectively. The volume of work we perform for specific clients is likely to vary from year to year, particularly since we historically have not been the exclusive external technology services provider for our clients. Thus, a major client in one year may not provide the same level of revenues in a subsequent year. However, in any given year, a limited number of clients tend to contribute a significant portion of our revenues. There are a number of factors, other than our performance, that could cause the loss of a client and that may not be predictable. In certain cases, we have significantly reduced the services provided to a client when the client either changed its outsourcing strategy by moving more work in-house or replaced its existing software with packaged software supported by the licensor. Reduced technology spending in response to a challenging economic or competitive environment may also result in our loss of a client. If we lose one of our major clients or one of our major clients significantly reduces its volume of business with us or there is an increase in the accounts receivables from any of our major clients, our revenues and profitability could be reduced.

Legislation in certain countries in which we operate, including the United States and the United Kingdom, may restrict companies in those countries from outsourcing work to us, or may limit our ability to send our employees to certain client sites.

Recently, some countries and organizations have expressed concerns about a perceived association between offshore outsourcing and the loss of jobs. With the growth of offshore outsourcing receiving increased political and media attention, especially in the United States, which is our largest market, and particularly given the prevailing economic environment, it is possible that there could be a change in the existing laws or the enactment of new legislation restricting offshore outsourcing or imposing restrictions on the deployment of, and regulating the wages of, work visa holders at client locations, which may adversely impact our ability to do business in the jurisdictions in which we operate, especially with governmental entities. For instance, the Governor of the State of Ohio issued an executive order that prohibits any cabinet agency, board or commission of the State of Ohio from expending public funds for services that are provided offshore. It is also possible that private sector companies working with these governmental entities may be restricted from outsourcing projects related to government contracts or may face disincentives if they outsource certain operations.
In addition, the U.S. Congress is considering extensive changes to U.S. immigration laws regarding the admission of high-skilled temporary and permanent workers. Legislation in the U.S. Senate would, among other things, increase the annual H-1B numerical cap from 65,000 to at least 110,000 and would reduce the existing green card backlog for professional workers. However, all employers would be required to pay higher wages to H-1B workers and conduct additional U.S. worker recruitment. Furthermore, the proposed Senate legislation includes several provisions intended to limit the number of H-1B and L-1 workers in a company's U.S. workforce and the ability of a company to place H-1B and L-1B workers at third party worksites. For example, the Senate legislation would prohibit a company from having more than fifty percent of its U.S. workforce in H-1B or L-1 status and a company with more than thirty percent of its U.S. workforce in H-1B or L-1 status would be required to pay an additional $5000 fee per foreign temporary worker. A company with more than fifteen percent of its workforce in H-1B status would be prohibited from placing H-1B workers at third party worksites. If those provisions are signed into law, our cost of doing business in the United States would increase and that may discourage customers from seeking our services. This could have a material and adverse effect on our business, revenues and operating results.

Further the recent credit crisis in the United States and elsewhere has also resulted in the United States federal government and governments in Europe acquiring or proposing to acquire equity positions in leading financial institutions and banks. If either the United States federal government or another governmental entity acquires an equity position in any of our clients, any resulting changes in management or reorganizations may result in deferrals or cancellations of projects or delays in purchase decisions, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. Moreover, equity investments by governmental entities in, or governmental financial aid to, our clients may involve restrictions on the ability of such clients to outsource offshore or otherwise restrict offshore IT vendors from utilizing the services of work visa holders at client locations. Any restriction on our ability to deploy our trained offshore resources at client locations may in turn require us to replace our existing offshore resources with local resources, or hire additional local resources, which local resources may only be available at higher wages. Any resulting increase in our compensation, hiring and training expenses could adversely impact our revenues and operating profitability.

In addition, the European Union (EU) member states have adopted the Acquired Rights Directive, while some European countries outside of the EU have enacted similar legislation. The Acquired Rights Directive and certain local laws in European countries that implement the Acquired Rights Directive, such as the Transfer of Undertakings (Protection of Employees) Regulations, or TUPE, in the United Kingdom, allow employees who are dismissed as a result of “service provision changes”, which may include outsourcing to non-EU companies, to seek compensation either from the company from which they were dismissed or from the company to which the work was transferred. This could deter EU companies from outsourcing work to us and could also result in us being held liable for redundancy payments to such workers. Any such event could adversely affect our revenues and operating profitability.

Restrictions on immigration may affect our ability to compete for and provide services to clients in the United States, Europe and other jurisdictions, which could hamper our growth or cause our revenues to decline.

The vast majority of our employees are Indian nationals. Most of our projects require a portion of the work to be completed at the client’s location. The ability of our technology professionals to work in the United States, Europe and in other countries depends on the ability to obtain the necessary visas and work permits.

As of March 31, 2013, the majority of our technology professionals in the United States held either H-1B visas (approximately 10,800 persons), which allow the employee to remain in the United States for up to six years during the term of the work permit and work as long as he or she remains an employee of the sponsoring firm, or L-1 visas (approximately 1,600 persons) which allow the employee to stay in the United States only temporarily.
Although there is no limit to new L-1 visas, there is a limit to the aggregate number of new H-1B visas that the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services, or CIS, may approve in any government fiscal year which is 65,000 annually, plus 20,000 additional H-1B visas that are available to skilled workers who possess a Master's or higher degree from institutions of higher education in the United States. Further, in response to the terrorist attacks in the United States, the CIS has increased its level of scrutiny in granting new visas. This may, in the future, also lead to limits on the number of L-1 visas granted. In addition, the granting of L-1 visas precludes companies from obtaining such visas for employees with specialized knowledge: (1) if such employees will be stationed primarily at the worksite of another company in the U.S. and the employee will not be controlled and supervised by his or her employer, or (2) if such offsite placement is essentially an arrangement to provide labor for hire rather than in connection with the employee's specialized knowledge. Immigration laws in the United States or other jurisdictions where we conduct business may also require us to meet certain levels of compensation, and to comply with other legal requirements, including labor certifications, as a condition to obtaining or maintaining work visas for our technology professionals working in such countries.

Immigration laws in the United States and in other countries are subject to legislative change, as well as to variations in standards of application and enforcement due to political forces and economic conditions. In addition, the U.S. Congress is considering extensive changes to U.S. immigration laws regarding the admission of high-skilled temporary and permanent workers. Legislation in the U.S. Senate would, among other things, increase the annual H-1B numerical cap from 65,000 to at least 110,000 and would reduce the existing green card backlog for professional workers. However, all employers would be required to pay higher wages to H-1B workers and conduct additional U.S. worker recruitment. Furthermore, the proposed Senate legislation includes several provisions intended to limit the number of H-1B and L-1 workers in a company's U.S. workforce and the ability of a company to place H-1B and L-1B workers at third party worksites. For example, the Senate legislation would prohibit a company from having more than fifty percent of its U.S. workforce in H-1B or L-1 status and a company with more than thirty percent of its U.S. workforce in H-1B or L-1 status would be required to pay an additional $5000 fee per foreign temporary worker. A company with more than fifteen percent of its workforce in H-1B status would be prohibited from placing H-1B workers at third party worksites. If those provisions are signed into law, our cost of doing business in the United States would increase and that may discourage customers from seeking our services. This could have a material and adverse effect on our business, revenues and operating results.
In addition, the U.K. government has recently introduced an interim limit on the number of visas that may be granted. It is difficult to predict the political and economic events that could affect immigration laws, or the restrictive impact they could have on obtaining or monitoring work visas for our technology professionals. Our reliance on work visas for a significant number of technology professionals makes us particularly vulnerable to such changes and variations as it affects our ability to staff projects with technology professionals who are not citizens of the country where the work is to be performed. Recently, there has been an increase in the number of rejections of visa applications. This may affect our ability to get timely visas and accordingly staff projects. As a result, we may not be able to obtain a sufficient number of visas for our technology professionals or may encounter delays or additional costs in obtaining or maintaining the conditions of such visas. Additionally, we may have to apply in advance for visas and this could result in additional expenses during certain quarters of the fiscal year.
In addition, in the event that any governmental authority undertakes any actions which limit any visa program that we utilize, or imposes sanctions, fines or penalties on us or our employees, this could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations. This could potentially increase the rejection rates of our visa applications which would impact our onsite staffing.
On May 23, 2011, we received a subpoena from a grand jury in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas. The subpoena required that we provide to the grand jury certain documents and records related to our sponsorships for, and uses of, B1 business visas. We have complied with the subpoena. In connection with the subpoena, during a meeting with the United States Attorney’s Office for the Eastern District of Texas, we were advised that we and certain of our employees are targets of the grand jury investigation. In addition, we were recently advised that this investigation was continuing and additional subpoenas may be issued. We are engaged in discussions with the U.S. Attorney’s Office regarding this matter; however, we cannot predict the final outcome of the investigation or the discussions with the U.S. Attorney’s Office.

In addition, the U.S. Department of Homeland Security (“DHS”) has reviewed our employer eligibility verifications on Form I-9 with respect to our employees working in the United States. In connection with this review, we have been advised that the DHS has found errors in a significant percentage of our Forms I-9 that the DHS has reviewed, and may impose fines and penalties on us related to such alleged errors. At this time, we cannot predict the outcome of the discussions with DHS or other governmental authority regarding the review of our Forms I-9.

In the event that the U.S. government undertakes any actions which limit the B-1 business visa program or other visa program that we utilize, this could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.  Further, in the event that any governmental authority imposes sanctions, fines or penalties on us or our employees, this could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

In light of the fact that, among other things, the grand jury is continuing its investigation and we remain in discussions with the U.S. Attorney’s Office regarding these matters, we are unable to make an estimate of the amount or range of loss that we expect to incur in connection with the resolution of these matters.

In addition, we are subject to legal proceedings and claims, which have arisen in the ordinary course of our business. Our management does not reasonably expect that these legal actions, when ultimately concluded and determined, will have a material and adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

Our success depends in large part upon our management team and key personnel and our ability to attract and retain them.

We are highly dependent on the senior members of our board of directors, or the Board, and the management team, including the continued efforts of our Co-Chairman, our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer, other executive members of the Board and members of our executive council, which consists of certain executive and other officers. Our future performance will be affected by any disruptions in the continued service of our directors, executives and other officers. For instance, in fiscal 2012, there were significant changes to our Board and senior management, including the appointment of a new Chief Executive Officer and a new Chairman of our Board. In fiscal 2012, we internally reorganized our business units, which could have operational risks, including potential attrition of some key senior management personnel. On November 1, 2012, Mr. Rajiv Bansal replaced Mr. V. Balakrishnan as our Chief Financial Officer. We cannot assure you that the departure of directors and the transition of management personnel will not cause disruption to our operations or customer relationships, or materially impact our results of operations.

Competition for senior management in our industry is intense, and we may not be able to retain senior management personnel or attract and retain new senior management personnel in the future. Furthermore, we do not maintain key man life insurance for any of the senior members of our management team or other key personnel. The loss of any member of our senior management or other key personnel may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our failure to complete fixed-price, fixed-timeframe contracts or transaction-based pricing contracts within budget and on time may negatively affect our profitability.

As an element of our business strategy, in response to client requirements and pressures on IT budgets, we are offering an increasing portion of our services on a fixed-price, fixed-timeframe basis, rather than on a time-and-materials basis. In fiscal 2013, fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011, revenues from fixed-price, fixed-timeframe projects accounted for 40.0%, 39.3% and 40.3% of our total services revenues, respectively, including revenues from our business process management services. In addition, pressure on the IT budgets of our clients has led us to deviate from our standard pricing policies and to offer varied pricing models to our clients in certain situations in order to remain competitive. For example, we have recently begun entering into transaction-based pricing contracts with certain clients who were not previously offered such terms in order to give our clients the flexibility to pay as they use our services.

The risk of entering into fixed-price, fixed-timeframe arrangements and transaction-based pricing arrangements is that if we fail to properly estimate the appropriate pricing for a project, we may incur lower profits or losses as a result of being unable to execute projects on the timeframe and with the amount of labor we expected. Although we use our software engineering methodologies and processes and past project experience to reduce the risks associated with estimating, planning and performing fixed-price, fixed-timeframe projects and transaction-based pricing projects, we bear the risk of cost overruns, completion delays and wage inflation in connection with these projects. If we fail to estimate accurately the resources and time required for a project, future wage inflation rates, or currency exchange rates, or if we fail to complete our contractual obligations within the contracted timeframe, our profitability may suffer. We expect that we will continue to enter into fixed-price, fixed-timeframe and transaction-based pricing engagements in the future, and such engagements may increase in relation to the revenues generated from engagements on a time-and-materials basis, which would increase the risks to our business.

Our client contracts can typically be terminated without cause and with little or no notice or penalty, which could negatively impact our revenues and profitability.

Our clients typically retain us on a non-exclusive, project-by-project basis. Most of our client contracts, including those that are on a fixed-price, fixed-timeframe basis, can be terminated with or without cause, with between zero and 90 days notice and without any termination-related penalties. Our business is dependent on the decisions and actions of our clients, and there are a number of factors relating to our clients that are outside of our control which might lead to termination of a project or the loss of a client, including:
  • financial difficulties for a client;
  • a change in strategic priorities, resulting in a reduced level of technology spending;
  • a demand for price reductions;
  • a change in outsourcing strategy by moving more work to the client’s in-house technology departments or to our competitors;
  • the replacement by our clients of existing software with packaged software supported by licensors;
  • mergers and acquisitions;
  • consolidation of technology spending by a client, whether arising out of mergers and acquisitions, or otherwise; and
  • sudden ramp-downs in projects due to an uncertain economic environment.
Our inability to control the termination of client contracts could have a negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our engagements with customers are singular in nature and do not necessarily provide for subsequent engagements .

Our clients generally retain us on a short-term, engagement-by-engagement basis in connection with specific projects, rather than on a recurring basis under long-term contracts. Although a substantial majority of our revenues are generated from repeat business, which we define as revenue from a client who also contributed to our revenue during the prior fiscal year, our engagements with our clients are typically for projects that are singular in nature. Therefore, we must seek out new engagements when our current engagements are successfully completed or terminated, and we are constantly seeking to expand our business with existing clients and secure new clients for our services. In addition, in order to continue expanding our business, we may need to significantly expand our sales and marketing group, which would increase our expenses and may not necessarily result in a substantial increase in business. If we are unable to generate a substantial number of new engagements for projects on a continual basis, our business and results of operations would likely be adversely affected.

Our client contracts are often conditioned upon our performance, which, if unsatisfactory, could result in less revenue than previously anticipated.

A number of our contracts have incentive-based or other pricing terms that condition some or all of our fees on our ability to meet defined performance goals or service levels. Our failure to meet these goals or a client’s expectations in such performance-based contracts may result in a less profitable or an unprofitable engagement.

Some of our long-term client contracts contain benchmarking provisions which, if triggered, could result in lower future revenues and profitability under the contract.

As the size and duration of our client engagements increase, clients may increasingly require benchmarking provisions. Benchmarking provisions allow a customer in certain circumstances to request a benchmark study prepared by an agreed upon third-party comparing our pricing, performance and efficiency gains for delivered contract services to that of an agreed upon list of other service providers for comparable services. Based on the results of the benchmark study and depending on the reasons for any unfavorable variance, we may be required to reduce the pricing for future services performed under the balance of the contract, which could have an adverse impact on our revenues and profitability. Benchmarking provisions in our client engagements may have a greater impact on our results of operations during an economic slowdown, because pricing pressure and the resulting decline in rates may lead to a reduction in fees that we charge to clients that have benchmarking provisions in their engagements with us.

Our increasing work with governmental agencies may expose us to additional risks.

Currently, the vast majority of our clients are privately or publicly owned. However, we are increasingly bidding for work with governments and governmental agencies, both within and outside the United States. Projects involving governments or governmental agencies carry various risks inherent in the government contracting process, including the following:
  • Such projects may be subject to a higher risk of reduction in scope or termination than other contracts due to political and economic factors such as changes in government, pending elections or the reduction in, or absence of, adequate funding.
  • Terms and conditions of government contracts tend to be more onerous than other contracts and may include, among other things, extensive rights of audit, more punitive service level penalties and other restrictive covenants. Also, the terms of such contracts are often subject to change due to political and economic factors.
  • Government contracts are often subject to more extensive scrutiny and publicity than other contracts. Any negative publicity related to such contracts, regardless of the accuracy of such publicity, may adversely affect our business or reputation.
  • Participation in government contracts could subject us to stricter regulatory requirements, which may increase our cost of compliance.
  • Such projects may involve multiple parties in the delivery of services and require greater project management efforts on our part, and any failure in this regard may adversely impact our performance.
In addition, we operate in jurisdictions in which local business practices may be inconsistent with international regulatory requirements, including anti-corruption and anti-bribery regulations prescribed under the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA), and the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, which, among other things, prohibits giving or offering to give anything of value with the intent to influence the awarding of government contracts. Although we believe that we have adequate policies and enforcement mechanisms to ensure legal and regulatory compliance with the FCPA, the Bribery Act 2010 and other similar regulations, it is possible that some of our employees, subcontractors, agents or partners may violate any such legal and regulatory requirements, which may expose us to criminal or civil enforcement actions, including penalties and suspension or disqualification from U.S. federal procurement contracting. If we fail to comply with legal and regulatory requirements, our business and reputation may be harmed.

Any of the above factors could have a material and adverse effect on our business or our results of operations.

Our business will suffer if we fail to anticipate and develop new services and enhance existing services in order to keep pace with rapid changes in technology and in the industries on which we focus.

The technology services market is characterized by rapid technological change, evolving industry standards, changing client preferences and new product and service introductions. Our future success will depend on our ability to anticipate these advances and develop new product and service offerings to meet client needs. We may fail to anticipate or respond to these advances in a timely basis, or, if we do respond, the services or technologies that we develop may not be successful in the marketplace. The development of some of the services and technologies may involve significant upfront investments and the failure of these services and technologies may result in our being unable to recover these investments, in part or in full. Further, products, services or technologies that are developed by our competitors may render our services non-competitive or obsolete.

We have recently introduced, and propose to introduce, several new solutions involving complex delivery models combined with innovative, and often transaction-based, pricing models. Some of our solutions, including the Software as a Service, or SaaS, solution, are often based on a transaction-based pricing model even though these solutions require us to incur significant upfront costs. The advent of new technologies like cloud computing, and new initiatives, such as enterprise mobility and environment sustainability, and the pace of adoption of new technologies and initiatives by clients could have potential impact on our growth. The complexity of these solutions, our inexperience in developing or implementing them and significant competition in the markets for these solutions may affect our ability to market these solutions successfully. Further, customers may not adopt these solutions widely and we may be unable to recover any investments made in these solutions. Even if these solutions are successful in the market, the dependence of these solutions on third-party hardware and software and on our ability to meet stringent service levels in providing maintenance or support services may result in our being unable to deploy these solutions successfully or profitably. Further, where we offer a transaction-based pricing model in connection with an engagement, we may also be unable to recover any upfront costs incurred in solutions deployed by us in full.

Compliance with new and changing corporate governance and public disclosure requirements adds uncertainty to our compliance policies and increases our costs of compliance.

Changing laws, regulations and standards relating to accounting, corporate governance and public disclosure, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, new SEC regulations, New York Stock Exchange rules, NYSE Euronext Paris rules, NYSE Euronext London rules, Securities and Exchange Board of India, or SEBI, rules and Indian stock market listing regulations create uncertainty for our company. These new or changed laws, regulations and standards may lack specificity and are subject to varying interpretations. Their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs of compliance as a result of ongoing revisions to such governance standards.

In particular, continuing compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the related regulations regarding our required assessment of our internal control over financial reporting requires the commitment of significant financial and managerial resources and our independent auditor’s independent assessment of the internal control over financial reporting.
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 20-F for fiscal 2013, our management assessed our internal controls over financial reporting, and determined that our internal controls were effective as of March 31, 2013. However, we will undertake management assessments of our internal control over financial reporting in connection with each annual report, and any deficiencies uncovered by these assessments or any inability of our auditors to issue an unqualified opinion could harm our reputation and the price of our equity shares and ADSs.

Further, since 2009 and continuing into 2013, there has been an increased focus on corporate governance by the U.S. Congress and by the SEC in response to the credit and financial crisis in the United States. As a result of this increased focus, additional corporate governance standards have been promulgated with respect to companies whose securities are listed in the United States, including standards promulgated pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, and more governance standards are expected to be imposed on companies whose securities are listed in the United States in the future.

It is also possible that laws in India may be made more stringent with respect to standards of accounting, auditing, public disclosure and corporate governance. We are committed to maintaining high standards of corporate governance and public disclosure, and our efforts to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards in this regard have resulted in, and are likely to continue to result in, increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities.

In addition, it may become more expensive or more difficult for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance. Further, our Board members, Chief Executive Officer, and Chief Financial Officer could face an increased risk of personal liability in connection with their performance of duties and our SEC reporting obligations. As a result, we may face difficulties attracting and retaining qualified Board members and executive officers, which could harm our business. If we fail to comply with new or changed laws or regulations, our business and reputation may be harmed.

Disruptions in telecommunications, system failures, or virus attacks could harm our ability to execute our Global Delivery Model, which could result in client dissatisfaction and a reduction of our revenues.

A significant element of our distributed project management methodology, which we refer to as our Global Delivery Model, is to continue to leverage and expand our global development centers. We currently have 87 global development centers located in various countries around the world. Our global development centers are linked with a telecommunications network architecture that uses multiple service providers and various satellite and optical links with alternate routing. We may not be able to maintain active voice and data communications between our various global development centers and our clients’ sites at all times due to disruptions in these networks, system failures or virus attacks. Any significant failure in our ability to communicate could result in a disruption in business, which could hinder our performance or our ability to complete client projects on time. This, in turn, could lead to client dissatisfaction and a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may be liable to our clients for damages caused by disclosure of confidential information, system failures, errors or unsatisfactory performance of services.

We are often required to collect and store sensitive or confidential client and customer data. Many of our client agreements do not limit our potential liability for breaches of confidentiality. If any person, including any of our employees, penetrates our network security or misappropriates sensitive data, we could be subject to significant liability from our clients or from our clients’ customers for breaching contractual confidentiality provisions or privacy laws. Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential client and customer data, whether through breach of our computer systems, systems failure or otherwise, could damage our reputation and cause us to lose clients.

Many of our contracts involve projects that are critical to the operations of our clients’ businesses, and provide benefits which may be difficult to quantify. Any failure in a client’s system or breaches of security could result in a claim for substantial damages against us, regardless of our responsibility for such failure. Furthermore, any errors by our employees in the performance of services for a client, or poor execution of such services, could result in a client terminating our engagement and seeking damages from us.

Although we generally attempt to limit our contractual liability for consequential damages in rendering our services, these limitations on liability may be unenforceable in some cases, or may be insufficient to protect us from liability for damages. We maintain general liability insurance coverage, including coverage for errors or omissions, however, this coverage may not continue to be available on reasonable terms and may be unavailable in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims. Also an insurer might disclaim coverage as to any future claim. A successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceeds our available insurance coverage or changes in our insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of a large deductible or co-insurance requirement, could adversely affect our operating results.

Recently, many of our clients have been seeking more favorable terms from us in our contracts, particularly in connection with clauses related to the limitation of our liability for damages resulting from unsatisfactory performance of services. The inclusion of such terms in our client contracts, particularly where they relate to our attempt to limit our contractual liability for damages, may increase our exposure to liability in the case of our failure to perform services in a manner required under the relevant contracts. Further, any damages resulting from such failure, particularly where we are unable to recover such damages in full from our insurers, may adversely impact our business, revenues and operating margins.

We are investing substantial cash assets in new facilities and physical infrastructure, and our profitability could be reduced if our business does not grow proportionately.

As of March 31, 2013, we had contractual commitments of approximately $312 million for capital expenditures, including commitments related to the expansion or construction of facilities. We may encounter cost overruns or project delays in connection with expansion of existing facilities and construction of new facilities. Expansions of existing facilities and construction of new facilities will increase our fixed costs. If we are unable to grow our business and revenues proportionately, our profitability will be reduced.

We may be unable to recoup our investment costs to develop our software products.

In fiscal 2013, fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011, we earned 4.0%, 4.6% and 4.9% of our total revenue from the licensing of software products, respectively. The development of our software products requires significant investments. The markets for our primary suite of software products, which we call Finacle TM , are competitive. Our current software products or any new software products that we develop may not be commercially successful and the costs of developing such new software products may not be recouped. Since software product revenues typically occur in periods subsequent to the periods in which the costs are incurred for the development of such software products, delayed revenues may cause periodic fluctuations in our operating results.

We may engage in acquisitions, strategic investments, strategic partnerships or alliances or other ventures that may or may not be successful.

We may acquire or make strategic investments in complementary businesses, technologies, services or products, or enter into strategic partnerships or alliances with third parties in order to enhance our business. For example, during fiscal 2010, Infosys BPO completed the acquisition of McCamish Systems LLC, a business process solutions provider based in Atlanta, Georgia, in the United States. In fiscal 2012, Infosys BPO completed the acquisition of Portland Group Pty Ltd., a leading provider of strategic sourcing and category management services based in Australia. In fiscal 2013, we acquired Lodestone Holding AG, a global management consultancy firm.

It is possible that we may not identify suitable acquisitions, candidates for strategic investment or strategic partnerships, or if we do identify suitable targets, we may not complete those transactions on terms commercially acceptable to us, or at all. Our inability to identify suitable acquisition targets or investments or our inability to complete such transactions may affect our competitiveness and growth prospects.

Even if we are able to identify an acquisition that we would like to consummate, we may not be able to complete the acquisition on commercially reasonable terms or the target may be acquired by another company. Furthermore, in the event that we are able to identify and consummate any future acquisitions, we could:
  • issue equity securities which would dilute current shareholders’ percentage ownership;
  • incur substantial debt;
  • incur significant acquisition-related expenses;
  • assume contingent liabilities; or
  • expend significant cash.
These financing activities or expenditures could harm our business, operating results and financial condition or the price of our common stock. Alternatively, due to difficulties in the capital and credit markets, we may be unable to secure capital on acceptable terms, if at all, to complete acquisitions.

Moreover, even if we do obtain benefits from acquisitions in the form of increased sales and earnings, there may be a delay between the time when the expenses associated with an acquisition are incurred and the time when we recognize such benefits.

Further, if we acquire a company, we could have difficulty in assimilating that company’s personnel, operations, technology and software. In addition, the key personnel of the acquired company may decide not to work for us. These difficulties could disrupt our ongoing business, distract our management and employees and increase our expenses.

We have made, and may in the future make, strategic investments in early-stage technology start-up companies in order to gain experience in or exploit niche technologies. However, our investments may not be successful. The lack of profitability of any of our investments could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

We may be the subject of litigation which, if adversely determined, could harm our business and operating results.

We are, and may in the future be, subject to legal claims arising in the normal course of business. An unfavorable outcome on any litigation matter could require that we pay substantial damages, or, in connection with any intellectual property infringement claims, could require that we pay ongoing royalty payments or prevent us from selling certain of our products. In addition, we may decide to settle any litigation, which could cause us to incur significant costs. A settlement or an unfavorable outcome on any litigation matter could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial position or cash flows.

The markets in which we operate are subject to the risk of earthquakes, floods, tsunamis and other natural and manmade disasters.

Some of the regions that we operate in are prone to earthquakes, floods, tsunamis and other natural and manmade disasters. In the event that any of our business centers are affected by any such disasters, we may sustain damage to our operations and properties, suffer significant financial losses or be unable to complete our client engagements in a timely manner, if at all. Further, in the event of a natural disaster, we may also incur costs in redeploying personnel and property. For instance, as a result of the natural disasters in Japan in March 2011, and the resulting fallout of nuclear radiation from damaged nuclear power plants, we were required to temporarily relocate some of the employees from our offices in Japan to India. In addition, if there is a major earthquake, flood or other natural disaster in any of the locations in which our significant customers are located, we face the risk that our customers may incur losses, or sustained business interruption, which may materially impair our ability to provide services to our customers and may limit their ability to continue their purchase of products or services from us. A major earthquake, flood or other natural disaster in the markets in which we operate could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Risks Related to Investments in Indian Companies and International Operations Generally

Our net income would decrease if the Government of India reduces or withdraws tax benefits and other incentives it provides to us or when our tax holidays expire or terminate.

We have benefited from certain tax incentives the Government of India had provided to the export of software from specially designated software technology parks, or STPs, in India and we continue to benefit from certain tax incentives for facilities set up under the Special Economic Zones Act, 2005. However, the tax incentives provided by the Government of India for STPs have expired, and all of our STP units are now taxable.

In the Finance Act, 2005, the Government of India introduced a separate tax holiday scheme for units set up under designated special economic zones, or SEZs, engaged in manufacture of articles or in provision of services. Under this scheme, units in designated SEZs which begin providing services on or after April 1, 2005, will be eligible for a deduction of 100% of profits or gains derived from the export of software or services for the first five years from commencement of provision of software or services and 50% of such profits or gains for the following five years. Certain tax benefits are also available for five additional years subject to the unit meeting defined conditions.

As a result of these tax incentives, a portion of our pre-tax income has not been subject to tax in recent years.

These tax incentives resulted in a decrease of $202 million, $202 million and $173 million in our income tax expense for fiscal 2013, fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011 respectively, compared to the effective tax amounts that we estimate we would have been required to pay if these incentives had not been available. The per share effect of these tax incentives for the fiscal 2013, fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011 was $0.35, $0.35 and $0.30, respectively.

Some of our Indian software development centers located in Chandigarh, Chennai, Hyderabad, Mangalore, Mysore, Pune, Trivandrum, Jaipur and Bangalore currently operate in SEZs and many of our proposed development centers are likely to operate in SEZs. If the Government of India changes its policies affecting SEZs in a manner that adversely impacts the incentives for establishing and operating facilities in SEZs, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

In August 2010, the Direct Taxes Code Bill, 2010 was introduced in the Indian Parliament. The Direct Taxes Code Bill, if enacted, is intended to replace the Indian Income Tax Act. The Direct Taxes Code Bill proposes that while profit-linked tax benefits for existing units in SEZs will continue for the unexpired portions of the applicable tax holiday period, such tax benefits will not be available to new units in SEZs that were notified after March 31, 2012 and will become operational after March 31, 2014.

Further, the Finance Act, 2007, had included income eligible for deductions under Section 10A of the Indian Income Tax Act in the computation of book profits for the levy of a Minimum Alternate Tax, or MAT. Effective April 1, 2011, the Finance Act, 2011 extended MAT to SEZ operating and developer units. Income in respect of which a deduction may be claimed under section 10AA or section 80IAB of the Indian Income Tax Act therefore has to be included in book profits for computing MAT liability. The Finance Act, 2013 has increased the surcharge on income of domestic companies having taxable income above RUPEE SYMBOL 100,000,000 from 5% to 10%. This has resulted in the increase in effective MAT rate for such companies to 20.96% from 20.01%. With our growth of business in SEZ units, we may have to compute our tax liability under MAT in future years.

The Income Tax Act provides that the MAT paid by us can be adjusted against our regular tax liability over the next ten years. Although MAT paid by us can be set off against our future tax liability, due to the introduction of MAT, our net income and cash flows for intervening periods could be adversely affected.

The Direct Taxes Code Bill also proposes the rate of MAT to be 20% (including surcharges) on the book profits of domestic companies, and the amounts paid towards MAT are expected to be adjusted against regular tax liability over a fifteen year period.

The expiration, modification or termination of any of our tax benefits or holidays, including on account of non-availability of the SEZ tax holiday scheme pursuant to the enactment of the Direct Taxes Code Bill, would likely increase our effective tax rates significantly. Any increase in our effective tax liability in India could have a material and adverse effect on our net income.

In the event that the Government of India or the government of another country changes its tax policies in a manner that is adverse to us, our tax expense may materially increase, reducing our profitability.

In the Finance Act, 2012, the Government of India proposed to levy service tax based on a negative list of services. Consequently, all services are likely to become taxable, except notified exempted services. Further, the rate of service tax has been increased from 10% to 12%. This would increase the cost of input services. Although currently there are no material pending or threatened claims against us for service taxes, such claims may be asserted against us in the future. Defending these claims would be expensive, time consuming and may divert our management’s attention and resources from operating our business.

Additionally, the Finance Act 2012 adopted the General Anti Avoidance Rules (GAAR). Pursuant to GAAR, an arrangement in which the main purpose, or one of the main purposes, is to obtain a tax benefit may be declared an ‘impermissible avoidance arrangement’ if it also satisfies at least one of the following four tests:
(a) The arrangement creates rights and obligations, which are not normally created between parties dealing at arm’s length.
(b) It results in misuse or abuse of provisions of tax laws.
(c) It lacks commercial substance or is deemed to lack commercial substance.
(d) It is carried out in a manner, which is normally not employed for a bona fide purpose.

The procedural and administrative mechanism for the implementation of GAAR is still being finalized. If any of our transactions are found to be impermissible avoidance arrangements under GAAR, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

The GAAR was originally proposed to become effective on April 1, 2013. Based on the recommendation of a panel which was formed to study proposed GAAR provisions, the GAAR provisions are now proposed to be effective on April 1, 2016.

The Finance Act, 2012 has also made certain retrospective amendments effective June 1, 1976, such as broadening the term ‘royalty’. Any retrospective tax amendments may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

The Finance Act, 2013 has increased the tax withholding rate from 10% to 25% in respect of the payment to be made to non-residents towards "Royalty" and/or "Fees for Technical Services". However, an option to follow a rate prescribed under the applicable Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement has been given subject to fulfillment of prescribed conditions and documentation. As we procure various software licenses and technical services from non-residents in course of delivering our products and services to our clients, the cost of purchase of such software and services may increase for us.

We operate in jurisdictions that impose transfer pricing and other tax-related regulations on us, and any failure to comply could materially and adversely affect our profitability.

We are required to comply with various transfer pricing regulations in India and other countries. Failure to comply with such regulations may impact our effective tax rates and consequently affect our net margins. Additionally, we operate in several countries and our failure to comply with the local and municipal tax regime may result in additional taxes, penalties and enforcement actions from such authorities. In the event that we do not properly comply with transfer pricing and tax-related regulations, our profitability may be adversely affected.

Wage pressures in India and the hiring of employees outside India may prevent us from sustaining our competitive advantage and may reduce our profit margins.

Wage costs in India have historically been significantly lower than wage costs in the United States and Europe for comparably skilled professionals, which has been one of our competitive strengths. Although, currently, a vast majority of our workforce consists of Indian nationals, we expect to increase hiring in other jurisdictions, including the United States and Europe. Any such recruitment of foreign nationals is likely to be at wages higher than those prevailing in India and may increase our operating costs and adversely impact our profitability.

Further, in certain jurisdictions in which we operate, legislation has been adopted that requires our non-resident alien employees working in such jurisdictions to earn the same wages as similarly situated residents or citizens of such jurisdiction. In jurisdictions where this is required, the compensation expenses for our non-resident alien employees would adversely impact our results of operations. For example, recently, the minimum wages for certain work permit holders in the United Kingdom have been increased, thereby increasing the cost of conducting business in that jurisdiction.

Additionally, wage increases in India may prevent us from sustaining this competitive advantage and may negatively affect our profit margins. We have historically experienced significant competition for employees from large multinational companies that have established and continue to establish offshore operations in India, as well as from companies within India. This competition has led to wage pressures in attracting and retaining employees, and these wage pressures have led to a situation where wages in India are increasing at a faster rate than in the United States, which could result in increased costs for companies seeking to employ technology professionals in India, particularly project managers and other mid-level professionals. We may need to increase our employee compensation more rapidly than in the past to remain competitive with other employers, or seek to recruit in other low labor cost jurisdictions to keep our wage costs low. For example, we established a long term retention bonus policy for our senior executives and employees. Under this policy, certain senior executives and employees will be entitled to a yearly cash bonus upon their continued employment with us based upon seniority, their role in the company and their performance. Typically, we undertake an annual compensation review, and, pursuant to such review, the average salaries of our employees have increased significantly. Any compensation increases in the future may result in a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In certain years, we may not give wage increases due to adverse market conditions while our competitors may still give wage increases. This may result in higher attrition rates and may impact our ability to hire the best talent.

Terrorist attacks or a war could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Terrorist attacks, such as the attacks of September 11, 2001 in the United States, the attacks of July 25, 2008 in Bangalore, the attacks of November 26 to 29, 2008 and July 13, 2011 in Mumbai and other acts of violence or war, such as the continuing conflict in Afghanistan, have the potential to directly impact our clients or us. To the extent that such attacks affect or involve the United States or Europe, our business may be significantly impacted, as the majority of our revenues are derived from clients located in the United States and Europe. In addition, such attacks may destabilize the economic and political situation in India, may make travel more difficult, may make it more difficult to obtain work visas for many of our technology professionals who are required to work in the United States or Europe, and may effectively reduce our ability to deliver our services to our clients. Such obstacles to business may increase our expenses and negatively affect the results of our operations. Furthermore, any attacks in India could cause a disruption in the delivery of our services to our clients, and could have a negative impact on our business, personnel, assets and results of operations, and could cause our clients or potential clients to choose other vendors for the services we provide. Terrorist threats, attacks or war could make travel more difficult, may disrupt our ability to provide services to our clients and could delay, postpone or cancel our clients’ decisions to use our services.

Regional conflicts in South Asia could adversely affect the Indian economy, disrupt our operations and cause our business to suffer.

South Asia has, from time to time, experienced instances of civil unrest and hostilities among neighboring countries, including between India and Pakistan. In recent years, there have been military confrontations between India and Pakistan that have occurred in the region of Kashmir and along the India-Pakistan border. Further, in recent months, Pakistan has been experiencing significant instability and this has heightened the risks of conflict in South Asia. Military activity or terrorist attacks in the future could influence the Indian economy by disrupting communications and making travel more difficult and such political tensions could create a greater perception that investments in Indian companies involve higher degrees of risk. This, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on the market for securities of Indian companies, including our equity shares and our ADSs, and on the market for our services.

Changes in the policies of the Government of India or political instability could delay the further liberalization of the Indian economy and adversely affect economic conditions in India generally, which could impact our business and prospects.

Since 1991, successive Indian governments have pursued policies of economic liberalization, including significantly relaxing restrictions on the private sector. Nevertheless, the role of the Central and State governments in the Indian economy as producers, consumers and regulators has remained significant. The current Government of India, formed in May 2009, has announced policies and taken initiatives that support the continued economic liberalization policies pursued by previous governments. However, these liberalization policies may not continue in the future. The rate of economic liberalization could change, and specific laws and policies affecting technology companies, foreign investment, currency exchange and other matters affecting investment in our securities could change as well. A significant change in India’s economic liberalization and deregulation policies could adversely affect business and economic conditions in India generally, and our business in particular.

Some of our software development centers located at Chandigarh, Chennai, Hyderabad, Mangalore, Mysore, Pune, Trivandrum, Bangalore and Jaipur currently operate in SEZs and many of our proposed development centers are likely to operate in SEZs. If the Government of India changes its policies affecting SEZs in a manner that adversely impact the incentives for establishing and operating facilities in SEZs, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

Political instability could also delay the reform of the Indian economy and could have a material adverse effect on the market for securities of Indian companies, including our equity shares and our ADSs, and on the market for our services.

Our international expansion plans subject us to risks inherent in doing business internationally.

Currently, we have global development centers in 23 countries around the world, with our largest development centers located in India. We have recently established or intend to establish new development facilities. During fiscal 2010, Infosys BPO acquired 100% of the voting interest in McCamish Systems LLC, a business process solutions provider based in Atlanta, Georgia, in the United States. In fiscal 2010, we established a wholly owned subsidiary, Infosys Tecnologia do Brasil Ltda in Brazil to provide information technology services in Latin America. Further, during fiscal 2010, we formed Infosys Public Services, Inc. to focus on governmental outsourcing and consulting in the United States and in fiscal 2011, we formed Infosys Technologies (Shanghai) Company Limited to further expand our operations in China. In fiscal 2012, Infosys BPO completed the acquisition of Portland Group Pty Ltd., a leading provider of strategic sourcing and category management services based in Australia. In fiscal 2013, Infosys Limited completed the acquisition of Lodestone Holding AG, a global management consultancy firm.

We also have a very large workforce spread across our various offices worldwide. As of March 31, 2013, we employed approximately 156,000 employees worldwide, and approximately 36,500 of those employees were located outside of India. Because of our global presence, we are subject to additional risks related to our international expansion strategy, including risks related to compliance with a wide variety of treaties, national and local laws, including multiple and possibly overlapping tax regimes, privacy laws and laws dealing with data protection, export control laws, restrictions on the import and export of certain technologies and national and local labor laws dealing with immigration, employee health and safety, and wages and benefits, applicable to our employees located in our various international offices and facilities. We may from time to time be subject to litigation or administrative actions resulting from claims against us by current or former employees, individually or as part of a class action, including for claims of wrongful termination, discrimination (including on grounds of nationality, ethnicity, race, faith, gender, marital status, age or disability), misclassification, payment of redundancy payments under TUPE-type legislation, or other violations of labor laws, or other alleged conduct. Our being held liable for unpaid compensation, redundancy payments, statutory penalties, and other damages arising out of such actions and litigations could adversely affect our revenues and operating profitability. For example, in December 2007, we entered into a voluntary settlement with the California Division of Labor Standards Enforcement regarding the potential misclassification of certain of our current and former employees, whereby we agreed to pay overtime wages that may have been owed to such employees. The total settlement amount was approximately $26 million, including penalties and taxes.

In addition, we may face competition in other countries from companies that may have more experience with operations in such countries or with international operations generally. We may also face difficulties integrating new facilities in different countries into our existing operations, as well as integrating employees that we hire in different countries into our existing corporate culture. As an international company, our offshore and onsite operations may also be impacted by disease, epidemics and local political instability. For instance, some of the regions in which we operate, including North Africa, have experienced political instability in recent times, which required us to temporarily redeploy some of our personnel and property from those regions. Political instability in the regions in which we operate could have a material adverse effect on revenues and profitability.

Our international expansion plans may not be successful and we may not be able to compete effectively in other countries. Any of these events could adversely affect our revenues and operating profitability.

It may be difficult for holders of our ADSs to enforce any judgment obtained in the United States against us or our affiliates.

We are incorporated under the laws of India and many of our directors and executive officers reside outside the United States. Virtually all of our assets are located outside the United States. As a result, holders of our ADSs may be unable to effect service of process upon us outside the United States. In addition, holders of our ADSs may be unable to enforce judgments against us if such judgments are obtained in courts of the United States, including judgments predicated solely upon the federal securities laws of the United States.

The United States and India do not currently have a treaty providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments (other than arbitration awards) in civil and commercial matters. Therefore, a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any federal or state court in the United States on the basis of civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon the federal securities laws of the United States, would not be enforceable in India. However, the party in whose favor such final judgment is rendered may bring a new suit in a competent court in India based on a final judgment that has been obtained in the United States. The suit must be brought in India within three years from the date of the judgment in the same manner as any other suit filed to enforce a civil liability in India. It is unlikely that a court in India would award damages on the same basis as a foreign court if an action is brought in India. Furthermore, it is unlikely that an Indian court would enforce foreign judgments if it viewed the amount of damages awarded as excessive or inconsistent with Indian practice. A party seeking to enforce a foreign judgment in India is required to obtain approval from the Reserve Bank of India under the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999, to repatriate any amount recovered pursuant to the execution of such a judgment.

Holders of ADSs are subject to the Securities and Exchange Board of India’s Takeover Code with respect to their acquisitions of ADSs or the underlying equity shares, and this may impose requirements on such holders with respect to disclosure and offers to purchase additional ADSs or equity shares.

The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers) Regulations, 2011 (the Takeover Code) is applicable to publicly listed Indian companies. Therefore, the provisions of the Takeover Code apply to us and to any person acquiring our equity shares or voting rights in our company, such as those represented by our ADSs.

Upon the acquisition of shares or voting rights in a publicly listed Indian company such that the aggregate share-holding of the acquirer (meaning a person who directly or indirectly, acquires or agrees to acquire shares or voting rights in a target company, or acquires or agrees to acquire control over the target company, either by himself or together with any person acting in concert) is 5% or more of the shares of the company, the acquirer is required, within two working days of such acquisition, to disclose the aggregate shareholding and voting rights in the company to the company and to the stock exchanges in which the shares of the company are listed.

Further, an acquirer who, together with persons acting in concert with him, holds shares or voting rights entitling them to 5% or more of the shares or voting rights in a target company, acquires or sells shares representing 2% or more of the shares or voting rights of the company must disclose, within two working days of such acquisition, sale or receipt of intimation of allotment of such shares, the acquirer's revised shareholding to the company and to the stock exchanges on which the shares of the company are listed. This disclosure is required, in case of a sale, even if such sale results in the shareholding of the acquirer falling below 5%

The Takeover Code may impose conditions that discourage a potential acquirer, which could prevent an acquisition of our company in a transaction that could be beneficial for our equity holders.

The laws of India do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as those of the United States, and we may be unsuccessful in protecting our intellectual property rights. We may also be subject to third party claims of intellectual property infringement.

We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and design laws, trade secrets, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our intellectual property. However, the laws of India do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent as laws in the United States. Therefore, our efforts to protect our intellectual property may not be adequate. Our competitors may independently develop similar technology or duplicate our products or services. Unauthorized parties may infringe upon or misappropriate our products, services or proprietary information.

The misappropriation or duplication of our intellectual property could disrupt our ongoing business, distract our management and employees, reduce our revenues and increase our expenses. We may need to litigate to enforce our intellectual property rights or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Any such litigation could be time consuming and costly. As the number of patents, copyrights and other intellectual property rights in our industry increases, and as the coverage of these rights increases, we believe that companies in our industry will face more frequent infringement claims. Defense against these claims, even if such claims are not meritorious, could be expensive and time consuming and may divert our management’s attention and resources from operating our company. From time to time, third parties have asserted, and may in the future assert, patent, copyright, trademark and other intellectual property rights against us or our customers. Our business partners may have similar claims asserted against them. A number of third parties, including companies with greater resources than us, have asserted patent rights to technologies that we utilize in our business. If we become liable to third parties for infringing their intellectual property rights, we could be required to pay a substantial damage award and be forced to develop non-infringing technology, obtain a license or cease selling the applications or products that contain the infringing technology. We may be unable to develop non-infringing technology or to obtain a license on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. An unfavorable outcome in connection with any infringement claim against us as a result of litigation, other proceeding or settlement, could have a material and adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial position.

Our ability to acquire companies organized outside India depends on the approval of the Government of India and/or the Reserve Bank of India, and failure to obtain this approval could negatively impact our business.

Generally, the Reserve Bank of India must approve any acquisition by us of any company organized outside of India. The Reserve Bank of India permits acquisitions of companies organized outside of India by an Indian party without approval if the transaction consideration is paid in cash, the transaction value does not exceed 400% of the net worth of the acquiring company as of the date of the acquiring company’s latest audited balance sheet, or if the acquisition is funded with cash from the acquiring company’s existing foreign currency accounts or with cash proceeds from the issuance of ADRs/GDRs.

It is possible that any required approval from the Reserve Bank of India or any other government agency may not be obtained. Our failure to obtain approvals for acquisitions of companies organized outside India may restrict our international growth, which could negatively affect our business and prospects.

Indian laws limit our ability to raise capital outside India and may limit the ability of others to acquire us, which could prevent us from operating our business or entering into a transaction that is in the best interests of our shareholders.

Indian law relating to foreign exchange management constrains our ability to raise capital outside India through the issuance of equity or convertible debt securities. Generally, any foreign investment in, or acquisition of, an Indian company does not require the approval from relevant government authorities in India, including the Reserve Bank of India. However, in a number of industrial sectors, there are restrictions on foreign investment in Indian companies. Changes to the policies may create restrictions on our capital raising abilities. For example, a limit on the foreign equity ownership of Indian technology companies or pricing restrictions on the issuance of ADRs/GDRs may constrain our ability to seek and obtain additional equity investment by foreign investors. In addition, these restrictions, if applied to us, may prevent us from entering into certain transactions, such as an acquisition by a non-Indian company, which might otherwise be beneficial for us and the holders of our equity shares and ADSs.

Risks Related to the ADSs

Historically, our ADSs have traded at a significant premium to the trading prices of our underlying equity shares, and may not continue to do so in the future.

Historically, our ADSs have traded at a premium to the trading prices of our underlying equity shares on the Indian stock exchanges. We believe that this price premium has resulted from the relatively small portion of our market capitalization previously represented by ADSs, restrictions imposed by Indian law on the conversion of equity shares into ADSs and an apparent preference of some investors to trade dollar-denominated securities. We have already completed three secondary ADS offerings and the completion of any additional secondary ADS offering will significantly increase the number of our outstanding ADSs. Also, over time, some of the restrictions on the issuance of ADSs imposed by Indian law have been relaxed and we expect that other restrictions may be relaxed in the future. As a result, the historical premium enjoyed by ADSs as compared to equity shares may be reduced or eliminated upon the completion of any additional secondary offering of our ADSs or similar transactions in the future, a change in Indian law permitting further conversion of equity shares into ADSs or changes in investor preferences.

In the past several years, a significant number of our ADSs have been converted into equity shares in India as the premium on ADSs compared to equity shares has significantly narrowed. If a substantial amount of our ADSs are converted into underlying equity shares in India, it could affect the liquidity of such ADSs on the NYSE and could impact the price of our ADSs.

Sales of our equity shares may adversely affect the prices of our equity shares and ADSs.

Sales of substantial amounts of our equity shares, including sales by our insiders in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our equity shares or the ADSs or our ability to raise capital through an offering of our securities. In the future, we may also sponsor the sale of shares currently held by some of our shareholders as we have done in the past, or issue new shares. We can make no prediction as to the timing of any such sales or the effect, if any, that future sales of our equity shares, or the availability of our equity shares for future sale, will have on the market price of our equity shares or ADSs prevailing from time to time.

Negative media coverage and public scrutiny may adversely affect the prices of our equity shares and ADSs.

Media coverage and public scrutiny of our business practices, policies and actions has increased dramatically over the past several years, particularly through the use of Internet forums and blogs. Any negative media coverage in relation to our business, regardless of the factual basis for the assertions being made, may adversely impact our reputation. Responding to allegations made in the media may be time consuming and could divert the time and attention of our senior management from our business. Any unfavorable publicity may also adversely impact investor confidence and result in sales of our equity shares and ADSs, which may lead to a decline in the share price of our equity shares and our ADSs.

Indian law imposes certain restrictions that limit a holder’s ability to transfer the equity shares obtained upon conversion of ADSs and repatriate the proceeds of such transfer which may cause our ADSs to trade at a premium or discount to the market price of our equity shares.

Under certain circumstances, the Reserve Bank of India must approve the sale of equity shares underlying ADSs by a non-resident of India to a resident of India. The Reserve Bank of India has given general permission to effect sales of existing shares or convertible debentures of an Indian company by a resident to a non-resident, subject to certain conditions, including the price at which the shares may be sold. Additionally, except under certain limited circumstances, if an investor seeks to convert the rupee proceeds from a sale of equity shares in India into foreign currency and then repatriate that foreign currency from India, he or she will have to obtain Reserve Bank of India approval for each such transaction. Required approval from the Reserve Bank of India or any other government agency may not be obtained on terms favorable to a non-resident investor or at all.

An investor in our ADSs may not be able to exercise preemptive rights for additional shares and may thereby suffer dilution of such investor’s equity interest in us.

Under the Companies Act, 1956, or the Indian Companies Act, a company incorporated in India must offer its holders of equity shares preemptive rights to subscribe and pay for a proportionate number of shares to maintain their existing ownership percentages prior to the issuance of any new equity shares, unless such preemptive rights have been waived by three-fourths of the shareholders voting on the resolution to waive such rights. Holders of ADSs may be unable to exercise preemptive rights for equity shares underlying ADSs unless a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 as amended, or the Securities Act, is effective with respect to such rights or an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act is available. We are not obligated to prepare and file such a registration statement and our decision to do so will depend on the costs and potential liabilities associated with any such registration statement, as well as the perceived benefits of enabling the holders of ADSs to exercise their preemptive rights, and any other factors we consider appropriate at the time. No assurance can be given that we would file a registration statement under these circumstances. If we issue any such securities in the future, such securities may be issued to the Depositary, which may sell such securities for the benefit of the holders of the ADSs. There can be no assurance as to the value, if any, the Depositary would receive upon the sale of such securities. To the extent that holders of ADSs are unable to exercise preemptive rights granted in respect of the equity shares represented by their ADSs, their proportional interests in us would be reduced.

ADS holders may be restricted in their ability to exercise voting rights.

At our request, the Depositary will electronically mail to holders of our ADSs any notice of shareholders’ meeting received from us together with information explaining how to instruct the Depositary to exercise the voting rights of the securities represented by ADSs. If the Depositary receives voting instructions from a holder of our ADSs in time, relating to matters that have been forwarded to such holder, it will endeavor to vote the securities represented by such holder’s ADSs in accordance with such voting instructions. However, the ability of the Depositary to carry out voting instructions may be limited by practical and legal limitations and the terms of the securities on deposit. We cannot assure that holders of our ADSs will receive voting materials in time to enable such holders to return voting instructions to the Depositary in a timely manner. Securities for which no voting instructions have been received will not be voted. There may be other communications, notices or offerings that we only make to holders of our equity shares, which will not be forwarded to holders of ADSs. Accordingly, holders of our ADSs may not be able to participate in all offerings, transactions or votes that are made available to holders of our equity shares.

COMPANY OVERVIEW

Infosys provides business consulting, technology, engineering and outsourcing services to help clients in over thirty countries to build tomorrow’s enterprise.
Our comprehensive end-to-end business solutions include:
  • Consulting and systems integration comprising consulting, enterprise solutions, systems integration and advanced technologies;
  • Business IT services comprising application development and maintenance, independent validation services, infrastructure management, engineering services comprising product engineering and life cycle solutions and business process management;
  • Products, business platforms and solutions to accelerate intellectual property led innovation, including Finacle TM , our banking product, which offers solutions to address core banking, mobile banking and e-banking needs of retail, corporate and universal banks worldwide; and
  • Newer areas such as cloud computing, enterprise mobility and sustainability.
Our professionals deliver high quality solutions through our Global Delivery Model. Using our Global Delivery Model, we divide projects into components that we execute simultaneously at client sites and at our development centers in India and around the world. We optimize our cost structure by maintaining the flexibility to execute project components where it is most cost effective. Our Global Delivery Model, with its scalable infrastructure and ability to execute project components around the clock and across time zones, enables us to reduce project delivery times.

We have organized our sales, marketing and business development departments into teams that focus on specific geographies and industries, enabling us to better customize our service offerings to our clients’ needs. Our primary geographic markets are the Americas, Europe, Asia Pacific (APAC) and Middle East and Africa (MEA) regions. We serve clients in financial services and insurance, manufacturing, energy, utilities, communications and services, retail, consumer packaged goods, logistics and life sciences, healthcare and public services.

Our revenues grew from $4,663 million in fiscal 2009 to $7,398 million in fiscal 2013, representing an compound annualized growth of 12.2%. Our net income grew from $1,281 million to $1,725 million during the same period, representing an compound annualized growth of 7.7%. Between March 31, 2009 and March 31, 2013, our total employees grew from approximately 104,900 to approximately 156,000, representing a compound annualized growth rate of approximately 10.4%.
We believe we have some of the best talent in the technology services industry, and we are committed to remaining among the industry’s leading employers.
We were incorporated on July 2, 1981 in Maharashtra, India, as Infosys Consultants Private Limited, a private limited company under the Indian Companies Act, 1956. We changed our name to Infosys Technologies Private Limited in April 1992, to Infosys Technologies Limited in June 1992, when we became a public limited company. In June 2011, we changed our name from Infosys Technologies Limited to Infosys Limited, following approval of the name change by our Board, shareholders and the Indian regulatory authorities. The name change was intended to reflect our transition from a provider of technology services to a partner with our clients solving business problems by leveraging technology. We completed our initial public offering of equity shares in India in 1993 and our initial public offering of ADSs in the United States in 1999. In August 2003, June 2005 and November 2006, we completed sponsored secondary offerings of ADSs in the United States on behalf of our shareholders. Our 2005 and 2006 offerings also each included a public offering without listing in Japan, or POWL. In 2008, we were selected as an original component member of 'The Global Dow', a world-wide stock index made up of 150 leading blue-chip stocks. Following our voluntary delisting from the NASDAQ Global Select Market on December 11, 2012, we began trading of our ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) on December 12, 2012, under the ticker symbol INFY. On February 20, 2013, we listed our ADSs on NYSE Euronext's (NYX) London and Paris markets, under the ticker symbol INFY. In fiscal 2013, we also completed the acquisition of Lodestone Holding AG, a global management consultancy firm based in Switzerland.
Infosys BPO Limited (Infosys BPO) is our majority-owned and controlled subsidiary. Infosys Technologies (Australia) Pty. Limited (Infosys Australia), Infosys Technologia do Brazil Ltda (Infosys Brazil), Infosys Technologies (China) Co. Limited (Infosys China), Infosys Consulting India Limited, Infosys Technologies S. de R. L. de C.V (Infosys Mexico), Infosys Technologies (Sweden) AB (Infosys Sweden), Infosys Public Services, Infosys Technologies (Shanghai) Co. Limited (Infosys Shanghai) and Lodestone Holding AG (Infosys Lodestone) are our wholly-owned and controlled subsidiaries.

The address of our registered office is Electronics City, Hosur Road, Bangalore-560 100, Karnataka, India. The telephone number of our registered office is +91-80-2852-0261. Our agent for service of process in the United States is CT Corporation System, 1350 Treat Boulevard, Suite 100, Walnut Creek, CA 94597-2152. Our website address is www.infosys.com and the information contained in our website does not constitute a part of this Annual Report.
Principal Capital Expenditures and Divestitures
In fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, we spent $382 million, $301 million and $285 million, respectively, on capital expenditure. As of March 31, 2013, we had contractual commitments of approximately $312 million for capital expenditure. These commitments included approximately $192 million in domestic purchases and $120 million in imports and overseas commitments for hardware, supplies and services. All our capital expenditures were financed out of cash generated from operations.

On February 21, 2011, we incorporated a wholly owned subsidiary Infosys Technologies (Shanghai) Company Limited.

During the year ended March 31, 2011, Infosys BPO (Thailand) Limited was liquidated.

On October 7, 2011, the board of directors of Infosys Consulting Inc., approved the termination and winding down of the entity, and entered into an assignment and assumption agreement with Infosys Limited. The termination of Infosys Consulting Inc., became effective on January 12, 2012, in accordance with the Texas Business Organizations Code.  Effective January 12, 2012, the assets and liabilities of Infosys Consulting Inc., were transferred to Infosys Limited.

On January 4, 2012, Infosys BPO acquired 100% of the voting interest in Portland Group Pty Ltd a strategic sourcing and category management services provider based in Australia. This business acquisition was conducted by entering into a share sale agreement for a cash consideration of $41 million.
On October 22, 2012, we acquired 100% of the voting interests in Lodestone Holding AG, a global management consultancy firm headquartered in Zurich, Switzerland. The business acquisition was conducted by entering into a share purchase agreement for a cash consideration of $219 million and an additional consideration of up to $112 million, which we refer to as deferred purchase price, payable to the selling shareholders of Lodestone Holding AG who are continuously employed or otherwise engaged by us or our subsidiaries during the three year period following the date of the acquisition.
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

Changing economic and business conditions, evolving consumer preferences, rapid technological innovation and adoption and globalization are creating an increasingly competitive market environment that is driving corporations to transform the manner in which they operate. Companies in this environment are now focusing even more on their core business objectives, such as revenue growth, profitability and asset efficiency.

Technology has evolved from merely driving cost efficiency – technology is now also driving tangible business value. The ability to define, design, develop, implement and maintain advanced technology platforms and business solutions to address business needs has become a competitive advantage and a priority for corporations worldwide.

As a result, there is an increasing need for highly skilled professionals in the market to help corporations transform their business, optimize operations and drive innovation by leveraging technology. At the same time, enterprises are reluctant to expand their internal IT departments and increase costs. These factors have led to the increased reliance of corporations on their outsourcing providers and are expected to continue to drive future growth for outsourced technology services.

Corporations are increasingly turning to offshore service providers to meet their need for higher quality, cost competitive technology solutions. As a result, offshore service providers have become critical to the operations of many enterprises and these service providers continue to grow in recognition and sophistication. In view of this, the addressable market for offshore technology services has expanded.

The India Advantage

India is widely recognized as the premier destination for offshore technology services. According to the NASSCOM Strategic Review 2013 , IT services exports (excluding exports relating to business process management (BPM), hardware, engineering design and product development) from India are estimated to grow by 9.9% over fiscal 2012, to record revenues of $43.9 billion. According to the NASSCOM Strategic Review 2013, BPM exports from India are estimated to record revenues of $17.8 billion, which is a growth of over 12.2% compared to fiscal 2012. There are several key factors contributing to the growth of IT and IT-enabled services (ITES) in India and by Indian companies.

High Quality Delivery. According to the Process Maturity Profile published by the Carnegie Mellon Software Engineering Institute in September 2012, only 5.4% of 5159 organizations most recently appraised are operating at Level 5, which is the highest level of the CMMi assessment. Out of 581 organizations appraised recently in India, 139 companies are at SEI-CMMi Level 5, higher than any other country in the world. SEI-CMMi is the Carnegie Mellon Software Engineering Institute’s Capability Maturity Model, which assesses the quality of organizations’ management system processes and methodologies.

Significant Cost Benefits. The NASSCOM Strategic Review 2012 indicates that India offers the lowest cost of delivery as compared to other offshore locations, with certain cities in India offering savings of approximately 50%–80% over source locations.

Abundant Skilled Resources. India has a large and highly skilled English-speaking labor pool. According to the NASSCOM Strategic Review 2012, approximately 4.5 million students are expected to graduate from Indian universities in fiscal 2012, including approximately 917,000 graduates with technical and post-graduate degrees.

The factors described above also make India the premier destination for services such as business process management. While these advantages apply to many companies with offshore capabilities in India, we believe that there are additional factors critical to a successful, sustainable and scalable technology services business. These factors include the ability to:
  • effectively integrate onsite and offshore execution capabilities to deliver seamless, scalable services;
  • increase depth and breadth of service offerings to provide a one-stop solution in an environment where enterprises are increasingly reducing the number of technology services vendors they are using;
  • develop and maintain knowledge of a broad range of existing and emerging technologies;
  • demonstrate significant domain knowledge to understand business processes and requirements;
  • leverage in-house industry expertise to customize business solutions for clients;
  • attract and retain high-quality technology professionals; and
  • make strategic investments in human resources and physical infrastructure or facilities throughout the business cycle.
Evolution of Technology Outsourcing

The nature of technology outsourcing is changing. Historically, enterprises either outsourced their technology requirements entirely or on a standalone project-by-project basis. In an environment of rapid technological change, globalization and regulatory changes, the complete outsourcing model is often perceived to limit a company’s operational flexibility and not fully deliver potential cost savings and efficiency benefits. Similarly, project-by-project outsourcing is also perceived to result in increased operational risk and coordination costs and as failing to fully leverage technology service providers’ full ranges of capabilities. To address these issues, companies are looking at outsourcing approaches that require their technology service providers to develop specialized systems, processes and solutions along with cost-effective delivery capabilities.

OUR COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS

We believe our competitive strengths include:

Leadership in sophisticated solutions that enable clients to deliver improved business results in addition to optimizing the efficiency of their business. We bring together our expertise in consulting, IT services and business process management to create solutions that allow our clients to transform their business, optimize operations and drive innovation, thus making them more competitive in their market. Our suite of comprehensive, end-to-end business solutions that leverage technology enables us to offer services through our broad network of relationships, increase our dialogue with key decision makers within each client, and increase the points of sale for new clients. As a result, we believe we are able to capture a greater share of our clients’ budgets. Our suite of business solutions includes business and technology consulting, enterprise solutions, systems integration, custom application development, application maintenance and production support, infrastructure management, independent testing and validation, product engineering and lifecycle solutions, business process management, software products, business platforms and solutions.

Proven Global Delivery Model We have a highly evolved Global Delivery Model, which enables us to take work to the location where the best talent is available and to where it makes the best economic sense with the least amount of acceptable risk. Over the last thirty years, we have developed our onsite and offshore execution capabilities to deliver high quality and scalable services. In doing so, we have made substantial investments in our processes, infrastructure and systems and have refined our Global Delivery Model to effectively integrate onsite and offshore technology services. Our Global Delivery Model provides clients with seamless, high quality solutions in reduced timeframes, enabling our clients to achieve operating efficiencies. To address changing industry dynamics, we are continuously refining our Global Delivery Model. Through our Modular Global Sourcing framework, we assist clients in segmenting their internal business processes and applications and outsourcing these segments selectively on a modular basis to reduce risk and cost and to increase operational flexibility. We believe that this approach enables us to retain our leadership position in the industry.

Commitment to Quality and Process Execution. We have developed a new integrated engineering methodology, enabling improved execution capabilities along with our own sophisticated project and program management. We have also developed a service management methodology to enable timely, consistent and accurate delivery of superior quality solutions to maintain a high level of client satisfaction. We benchmark our services and processes against globally recognized quality standards. Infosys BPO has been certified for eSCM – SP v. 2.0 Level 5, the eSourcing Capability Model for service providers developed by a consortium led by Carnegie Mellon University’s Information Technology Services Qualification Center. Infosys Limited and Infosys BPO are certified for ISO 22301: 2012 Societal Security, Business Continuity Management Systems standards. We continue to demonstrate process excellence by adhering to various international quality standards certifications, including ISO 9001: 2008, ISO 27001, ISO 20000, AS EN 9100, TL 9000-SV, OHSAS 18001 and ISO 14001. We have also received an independent auditors assurance report on compliance to ISAE 3402/SSAE16 and a certification of compliance on PCIDSS V 2.0 for Infosys BPO.

Strong Brand and Long-Standing Client Relationships. We have long-standing relationships with large multinational corporations built on successful prior engagements with them. Our track record of delivering high quality solutions across the entire software life cycle and our strong domain expertise helps us to solidify these relationships and gain increased business from our existing clients. As a result, we have a history of client retention and derive a significant proportion of revenues from repeat clients.

Status as an Employer of Choice. We believe we have some of the best talent in the Indian technology services industry and we are committed to remaining among the industry’s leading employers. We have a presence in 12 cities in India, allowing us to recruit technology professionals with specific geographic preferences. Our diverse workforce includes employees of 100 nationalities. Our training programs ensure that new hires enhance their skills in alignment with our requirements and are readily deployable upon completion of their training programs.

Ability to Scale. We have successfully managed our growth by investing in infrastructure and by rapidly recruiting, training and deploying new professionals. We currently have 87 global development centers, the majority of which are located in India. We also have development centers in various countries including Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, Japan, Mauritius, Mexico, Poland, Philippines and at multiple locations in the United States and Europe. Our financial position allows us to make the investments in infrastructure and personnel required to continue growing our business. We can rapidly deploy resources and execute new projects through the scalable network of our global delivery centers. Between March 31, 2008 and March 31, 2013, our total employees grew from approximately 91,200 to approximately 156,000.

Innovation and Leadership. We are a pioneer in the technology services industry. We were one of the first Indian companies to achieve a number of significant milestones, which has enhanced our reputation in the marketplace. For example, we were one of the first companies to develop and deploy a global delivery model and attain SEI-CMMI Level 5 certification for both our offshore and onsite operations. In addition, we were the first Indian company to be listed on a U.S. stock exchange, and we were also the first Indian company to complete a POWL (Public Offer Without Listing) in Japan. In 2008, we were selected as an original component member of 'The Global Dow', a world-wide stock index made up of 150 leading blue-chip stocks. Following our voluntary delisting from the NASDAQ Global Select Market on December 11, 2012, we began trading of our ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) on December 12, 2012, under the ticker symbol INFY. On February 20, 2013, we listed our ADSs on NYSE Euronext's (NYX) London and Paris markets, under the ticker symbol INFY.
OUR STRATEGY

We seek to further strengthen our position as a leading global consulting and technology company by:
  • Strengthening our strategic partnership with our clients;
  • Increasing our relevance to clients by being able to work in the entire spectrum of their business; and
  • Delivering higher business value to clients through the alignment of our structure and offerings to their business objectives.
To achieve these goals, we seek to:

Increase Business from Existing and New Clients. Our goal is to build enduring relationships with both existing and new clients. With existing clients, we aim to expand the nature and scope of our engagements by increasing the size and number of projects and extending the breadth of our service offerings. For new clients, we seek to provide value-added solutions by leveraging our in-depth industry expertise and expanding the breadth of services offered to them beyond those in the initial engagement. We also seek to increase our recurring business with existing clients by providing product engineering, maintenance, infrastructure management and business process management services which are long-term in nature and require frequent client contact. In order to further improve our business generation capabilities, we have established a Strategic Global Sourcing Group, which is comprised of senior professionals, and seeks to identify, secure and manage new, large, and long-term client engagements.

Continue to Enhance our Engagement Models and Offerings. We seek to continually enhance our portfolio of solutions as a means of developing and growing our business. To differentiate our services, we focus on emerging trends, new technologies, specific industries and pervasive business issues that confront our clients. In the changing world of today, many opportunities are closely linked with advances in IT. In our endeavor to assist our clients in taking advantage of business and technological change, we have identified seven key drivers—digital consumers, emerging economies, sustainable tomorrow, smarter organizations, new commerce, pervasive computing and healthcare economy. We believe that realizing the full potential of these drivers is important for tomorrow’s enterprise to forge ahead of its competition. We have aligned our offerings to enable our clients to take advantage of these trends. In 2011, we internally re-organized our offerings into consulting and systems integration, business IT services and products, and platforms and solutions. By categorizing our offerings this way, we believe we will be able to engage with clients across their key areas of investment: transformation, optimization and innovation. We have also extended our capability into areas such as cloud computing, enterprise mobility and sustainability.

Expand Geographically. We seek to selectively expand our global presence to enhance our ability to serve clients. We plan to accomplish this by establishing new sales and marketing offices, representative offices and global development centers to expand our geographical reach. We intend to further increase our presence in China through Infosys China and Infosys Shanghai, in the Czech Republic and Eastern Europe directly and through Infosys BPO, in Australia directly and through Infosys BPO, in Latin America through Infosys Brazil and Infosys Mexico and in Europe directly and through Infosys Lodestone. We intend to use our operations in these regions to eventually support clients in the local market as well as our global clients.

Continue to Develop Deep Industry Knowledge. We intend to continue to build specialized industry expertise in the financial services and insurance, manufacturing, energy, utilities, communications and services, retail, consumer packaged goods, logistics, life sciences, healthcare and public services industries. We combine deep industry knowledge with an understanding of our clients’ needs and technologies to provide high value, quality services. Our industry expertise can be leveraged to assist clients throughout an industry, thereby improving quality and reducing the cost of services to our clients. We will continue to build on our extensive industry expertise and we plan to provide our services to new industries in the future.

Pursue Alliances and Strategic Acquisitions. We intend to continue to develop alliances that complement our core competencies. Our alliance strategy is targeted at partnering with leading technology providers, which allows us to take advantage of emerging technologies in a mutually beneficial and cost-competitive manner. We also intend to selectively pursue acquisitions that augment our existing expertise, client base or geographical presence. For example, in fiscal 2013, we completed the acquisition of Lodestone Holding AG, a global management consultancy firm based in Switzerland. In fiscal 2012, we completed the acquisition of Portland Group Pty Ltd., a strategic sourcing and procurement management services provider based in Australia.

Enhance Brand Visibility. We intend to continue to invest in the development of our premium brand identity in the marketplace. Our branding efforts include participating in media and industry analyst events, sponsorship of, and participation in, targeted industry conferences, trade shows, recruiting efforts, community outreach programs and investor relations. We have instituted the ACM-Infosys Foundation Award jointly with the Association of Computing Machinery, or ACM, for the recognition of young scientists and system developers whose innovations have an impact on the computing field. Additionally, the Infosys Science Foundation has instituted an annual award to honor outstanding achievements of researchers and scientists across six categories: Engineering and Computer Sciences, Humanities, Life Sciences, Mathematical Sciences, Physical Sciences and Social Sciences. We believe that a strong and recognizable Infosys brand will continue to facilitate the new-business lead generation process and enhance our ability to attract talented personnel globally.

Continue to Invest in Infrastructure and Employees. We intend to continue to invest in physical and technological infrastructure to support our growing worldwide development and sales operations and to increase our productivity. To enhance our ability to hire and successfully deploy increasingly greater numbers of technology professionals, we intend to continue investing in recruiting, training and maintaining a challenging and rewarding work environment. During fiscal 2013, we received approximately 379,000 employment applications, interviewed approximately 48,100 applicants and extended offers of employment to approximately 27,300 applicants. These statistics do not include Infosys BPO or our other subsidiaries. We also have constructed an employee training facility, the Infosys Global Education Center, in our campus in Mysore, India to further enhance our employee training capabilities.
OUR GLOBAL DELIVERY MODEL

Our Global Delivery Model allows us to take work to the location where the best talent is available and to where it makes the best economic sense with the least amount of acceptable risk. Our Global Delivery Model enables us to derive maximum benefit from:
  • access to our large pool of highly skilled technology professionals;
  • 24-hour execution capabilities across multiple time zones;
  • the ability to accelerate delivery times of large projects by simultaneously processing project components;
  • cost competitiveness across geographic regions;
  • built-in redundancy to ensure uninterrupted services; and
  • a knowledge management system that enables us to re-use solutions where appropriate.
In a typical offshore development project, we assign a team of our technology professionals to visit a client’s site to determine the scope and requirements of the project. Once the initial specifications of the project have been established, our project managers return to the relevant global development center to supervise a larger team of technology professionals dedicated to the development or implementation of the solution. Typically, a small team remains at the client’s site to manage project coordination and address changes in requirements as the project progresses. Teams return to the client’s site when necessary to ensure seamless integration. To the extent required, a dedicated team provides ongoing maintenance from our global development centers. The client’s systems are linked to our facilities enabling simultaneous processing in our global development centers. Our model ensures that project managers remain in control of execution throughout the life of the project regardless of their geographical location.

We have successfully executed projects at all of our global development centers. We have 87 global development centers, of which 32 are located in India, 17 are in North and South America, 22 are in the Asia-Pacific region and 16 are in Europe. Our largest development centers are located in India. Approximately 73.3% of the total billed person-months for our services rendered during fiscal 2013 originated from our global development centers in India, with the balance efforts being rendered at client sites and our global development centers located outside India.

Our quality control processes and programs are designed to minimize defects and ensure adherence to pre-determined project parameters. Additionally, software quality advisors help individual teams establish appropriate processes for projects and adhere to multi-level testing plans. The project manager is responsible for tracking metrics, including actual effort spent versus initial estimates, project budgeting and estimating the remainder of efforts required on a project.

Our Global Delivery Model mitigates risks associated with providing offshore technology services to our clients. For our communications needs, we use multiple service providers and a mix of terrestrial and optical fiber links with alternate routing. In India, we rely on two telecommunications carriers to provide high-speed links connecting our global development centers. Internationally, we rely on multiple links on submarine cable paths provided by various service providers to connect our Indian global development centers with network hubs in other parts of the world. Our significant investment in redundant infrastructure enables us to provide uninterrupted service to our clients.

MODULAR GLOBAL SOURCING

The nature of technology outsourcing is changing. Historically, enterprises either outsourced their technology requirements entirely or on a standalone project-by-project basis. The complete outsourcing model is perceived to be deficient as a result of:
  • the increased pace of technological change;
  • continuous change in the business environment due to globalization and deregulation;
  • the need to better manage risk in an evolving regulatory environment;
  • the failure to deliver promised cost savings and expected benefits; and
  • the changing role of technology from merely improving operational efficiency to becoming an integral part of a corporation’s strategy.
Similarly, project-by-project outsourcing is also perceived to have its deficiencies, resulting in increased operational risk and coordination costs, as well as the failure to fully leverage service providers’ complete range of capabilities.

We have developed our Modular Global Sourcing framework to address these issues and assist clients in evaluating and defining, on both a modular and an enterprise-wide basis, the client’s business processes and applications that can be outsourced, and the capabilities required to effectively deliver those processes and applications to the organization. We then assist the client in assessing whether a particular process, application or infrastructure is best retained within the organization or is suitable for outsourcing based on various factors including third-party capabilities, potential cost savings, risks to the organization and importance of the function. Thereafter, we assist in sourcing decisions, the related risk assessments, transitioning, and program management and execution.

Our systematic approach to evaluating an enterprise’s IT systems and business processes under the Modular Global Sourcing framework allows us to better align our solutions to our clients’ business, operations and IT platforms. As a result, our clients are able to benefit from our Global Delivery Model and potentially realize cost savings, enhanced efficiencies and competitive advantages, while retaining control and flexibility. Modular Global Sourcing also positions us to offer the broadest range of services to the greatest number of clients and to capture a greater share of our clients’ technology budgets.

ORGANIZATION RESTRUCTURING

We internally reorganized ourselves in 2011, which we believe will:
  • strengthen our strategic partnership with our clients;
  • increase our relevance to clients by being able to work in the entire spectrum of their business; and
  • enable us to deliver higher business value to clients through alignment of our structure and offerings to their business objectives.
This internal reorganization consolidated our previous seven business units into four industry units. These new units are:
  • Financial Services & Insurance;
  • Energy, Utilities, Communications & Services;
  • Manufacturing; and
  • Retail, Consumer Packaged Goods, Logistics and Life Sciences.
These units are global encompassing the Americas, Europe, APAC and MEA. They each contain complete client service and delivery capabilities for meeting client needs, allowing these units to respond to client needs with domain specific service capabilities.

India and Finacle TM business units continue to be organized as before.

To complement the new internal business unit structure, we have consolidated our offerings into three groups:
  • Consulting and Systems Integration comprising consulting, enterprise solutions, systems integration and advanced technologies to transform our clients business;
  • Business IT Services comprising application development and maintenance, independent validation services, infrastructure management and business process management to optimize client operations; and
  • Products, Platforms and Solutions to accelerate intellectual property led innovation.
OUR SOLUTIONS

Consulting and Systems Integration Services

Infosys' Consulting and Systems Integration (C&SI) services group focuses on delivering best-in-class end-to-end business transformation engagements with a focus on delivering tangible and quantifiable business value. Our portfolio of services includes providing front-end business strategy consulting services, business requirements definition, business process re-engineering, business and technology solution design, package evaluation and implementation, complex program management, organizational design and change management, systems integration services and upgrades and maintenance. We have a best-in-class value realization method that enables delivery of real business value through tightly linking operational metrics with technology and process decisions.
Additionally, we work with our clients as they leverage commercially available enterprise software packages for large, complex business transformation programs. We help our clients implement and utilize these software packages developed by third-party vendors. Our solutions largely relate to product suites from SAP AG and Oracle Corporation and also extend to certain product suites from IBM Corporation, Microsoft Corporation, Pegasystems Inc., SalesForce.com Inc., Software AG and TIBCO Software Inc.
We also provide services to clients in areas such as customer relationship management, supply chain management, human capital management, corporate performance management, business analytics, business process management, enterprise application integration and system integration
Business IT Services

We work with clients worldwide to help them run more efficient IT operations. Our charter for the Business Optimization services is to partner with clients in their journey towards unlocking greater efficiency from their existing IT assets–systems, processes and infrastructure. With our Business Optimization services, we believe clients can achieve sustained operational superiority with the ability to significantly differentiate themselves in the marketplace.
At the heart of our work we deliver best-in-class services ranging across application development, application maintenance, third party testing, large scale IT infrastructure rationalization and business process outsourcing. These offerings are provided to clients across geographies and industry verticals including banking and capital markets, insurance, technology, communications, media, entertainment, energy, utilities, manufacturing, aerospace and defense, pharmaceuticals, healthcare, retail, consumer goods, logistics and public services. We complement our industry expertise with specialized support for our clients. We also leverage the expertise of our various Technology Centres of Excellence and Infosys Labs, our research arm, to create customized solutions for our clients. Finally, we ensure the integrity of our service delivery by utilizing a scalable and secure infrastructure.

We generally assume full project management responsibility in each of our solution offerings. We strictly adhere to our SEI-CMMI Level 5 internal quality and project management processes. Our project delivery focus is supplemented by our knowledge management system that enables us to leverage existing solutions across our company, where appropriate, and develop in-house tools for project management and software life-cycle support. We believe that these processes, methodologies, knowledge management systems and tools help deliver cost-effective solutions to clients, mitigate project-related risks, enhance the quality of our offerings and allow our clients to improve the time-to-market for their solutions.

Custom Software Application Development

We develop customized software solutions for our clients. We aim to provide high-quality solutions that are secure, easy-to-deploy and modular so as to facilitate enhancements and extensions. Our proprietary methodologies also allow our software applications to integrate stringent security measures throughout the software development lifecycle.

We create new applications or enhance the functionalities of our clients’ existing software applications. Our projects vary in size and duration. Each project typically involves all aspects of the software development process including defining requirements, designing, prototyping, programming and module integration, user acceptance testing, user training, installation and maintenance and support of these systems. In recent years, we have witnessed increased emphasis on the user experience aspect of application development owing to multiple devices used for accessing the software solutions and apps. Infosys User Experience (UX) Center of Excellence helps clients to deliver compelling experiences to their customers via their websites and apps.

We perform system design and software coding and run pilots primarily at our global development centers, while activities relating to the defining of requirements, transition planning, user training, user acceptance testing and deployment are performed at the client’s site. Our application development services span the entire range of mainframe, client server, Internet and mobile technologies. We leverage various methodologies to develop these software solutions.

Maintenance and Production Support Services

Our maintenance and production support services help clients improve the availability of their applications portfolio and reduce cost of maintenance. These services also provide clients with insights into their application portfolio and help them optimize the value of that portfolio and manage the risks associated with it. We take a proactive approach to software maintenance and production support, by focusing on long-term functionality, stability and preventive maintenance to avoid problems that typically arise from incomplete or short-term solutions. The practice focus on Application Services has been deepened and it works constantly with the Maintenance Center of Excellence (CoE) to pioneer next generation enhanced maintenance services that enable our clients to reduce lights-on operational spends and focus on strategic transformation. This approach is coupled with stringent quality control processes and global shared services centers. We have also invested in knowledge management and internal development of software processes and tools to increase automation of our delivery systems and thereby enhance productivity.

Our new Integrated Application Management Platform (IAM) has adopted a set of tools to aid in the acquisition, collating and use of organizational knowledge and incident diagnosis in production support. IAM’s knowledge management features enable our teams to address multiple issues that commonly arise in the maintenance and support of software and enable our clients to get the benefit of reduced IT support cost, higher-quality first level problem resolution and operational efficiency.

Independent Validation Solutions

We offer end-to-end validation solutions, specialized testing services, such as services oriented architecture (SOA) testing, data warehouse testing, package testing, test consulting and other testing services, to clients across various industry verticals. Also, in response to changing market and client demands, we have introduced new service offerings such as cloud testing, infrastructure testing, test environment management and security testing. Our quality assurance solutions are aimed at building high reliability and predictability in our client technology systems, keeping in mind the time to market and optimization constraints.

We have invested internally in developing technology based solutions for test life cycle automation, non-functional testing and vertical specific testing solutions. We have also built alliances with leading test tool vendors such as Hewlett-Packard Company (HP), International Business Machines Corp. (IBM), Microsoft Corporation, CA, Inc., Parasoft Corporation, Micro Focus International plc, Compuware Corporation and TestPlant Ltd. and are involved in building joint solutions with some of these alliance partners. These testing solutions facilitate high-reliability in our client applications and products while ensuring that they are delivered cost-effectively and with reduced time-to-market. Our dedicated testing professionals are trained at an in-house testing academy along various dimensions including industry domains, technology, quality processes, testing methodologies and project management.

Our engagements span multiple geographies across business lines of our clients. We provide a broad range of services, including independent testing, maintenance testing, package testing for implementations, upgrades and roll outs, functional automation, performance testing, test process maturity assessment, Test Center of Excellence (TCoE) design and implementation, quality assurance transformation, and user acceptance testing. We provide these offerings through a “Managed Testing Services” model with centers of specialization for test automation, performance testing, data warehouse testing, SOA testing, test data management, infrastructure testing and user acceptance testing. With our managed testing services model and our test consulting services, we have played a key role in transforming the client’s testing organization leading to continuous improvement in quality at reduced costs.

Infrastructure Management Services

We provide a consulting led approach for the ‘Transform and Run’ part of our clients’ IT infrastructure business. Our end-to-end service offerings include Enterprise Computing, Infrastructure Applications, End User Computing, and Network and Security services. These end-to-end solutions leverage our technical expertise and benchmarked operational processes to help our clients achieve technology-led business transformation with better alignment to business goals, enhanced agility in responding to changing business needs, more effective management of the costs and complexity of their ever-changing IT infrastructures. We assist our clients with new IT operations process paradigms, such as virtualization, cloud computing, grid computing, infrastructure-as-utility and “green” IT and help transform our clients’ IT environments to leverage these next generation technologies across their data centers, networks, production and end-user computing environments.

We have made significant investments in developing innovative solutions and offerings that can unlock substantial value for our clients leveraging partnerships with industry leaders. We launched Infosys Infrastructure Testing Services this year—a comprehensive, integrated offering that enables clients to validate their IT infrastructure as they deploy large-scale programs such as datacenter consolidation, virtualization and technology upgrades. We are working with a leading large banking client to provide enterprise infrastructure testing services as the client conducts a major IT infrastructure transformation program. With this offering, we have been able to significantly reduce the risk of downtime for the client.

Engineering Services
We provide engineering solutions to support our clients across the product lifecycle of our clients' offerings, from product ideation and creation to sustenance and end of life management. The practice features deep traditional engineering skills along with manufacturing and supply chain expertise that ranges from embedded firmware to composite material design. Overall, Infosys has 20 years of experience in engineering services serving clients in the Fortune Global 500 in twelve different industries. We utilize a global delivery model to design, build, execute and manage complex projects requiring integration of engineering services with IT and BPO.
Offerings include mechanical systems involving the design and rendering of aircraft subsystems such as fuselages, wings and landing gear, passenger cabin seating systems for both aerospace and automotive original equipment manufacturers (OEMs); electronic products and systems involving the design, development and full lifecycle management of platforms, firmware, applications and operating systems for devices and products serving multiple industry segments; software engineering involving services supporting the application lifecycle for all supported industry sectors including independent software vendors (ISVs) and OEMs like Microsoft Corporation, engineering solutions that include the implementation, systems integration and solution development of product lifecycle management (PLM), point-of-sale and manufacturing execution system (MES/shop floor) packages and consulting which involves IP-lead engagements in the areas of cost/should cost modeling and process reengineering.

All offerings are operated with a relentless pursuit of quality, productivity and innovation (e.g., research and development services, design and development of mechanical, electronic and embedded systems, product globalization, testing and validation). Innovation is done jointly with clients to take their offerings to market where we design, implement and maintain the platforms and solutions they need to run operations, ensure full connectivity to the rest of the enterprise and support their business processes
Business Process Management

We offer business process management services through Infosys BPO. Infosys BPO enables clients to outsource several process-intensive operations that relate to specific industry vertical processes and functional horizontal processes. Infosys BPO’s industry-specific service offerings include the following:
  • Banking and financial services – For our clients in the banking and financial services industry, we offer services in credit card operations, collections, banking operations, mortgage and loan account servicing, payments processing, trade clearing and settlement services, registrar and transfer agency services, fund administration and reporting, reference data management, and hedge fund servicing and platform solutions;
  • Telecommunications – For our clients in the telecommunications industry, we offer services in order fulfillment, service assurance, billing and revenue assurance, data cleansing and validation services, telecom-specific analytic offerings, and technology-led point solutions;
  • Insurance, Healthcare and Life Sciences – For our clients in the insurance, healthcare and life sciences industries, we offer services in new business fulfillment, pensions and annuities, policy maintenance, claims administration, reinsurance finance and accounting, underwriting, and statutory reporting services;
  • Manufacturing – For our clients in the manufacturing industry, we offer services in customer operations, master data management, material planning, mid-office support, product data management, quoting and demand fulfillment, and supply chain and logistics support;
  • Media and Entertainment – For our clients in the media and entertainment industry, we offer services in advertisement analytics, content development, content management and desktop publishing;
  • Retail and Consumer Packaged Goods (CPG) – For our clients in the CPG industry, we offer services in master data management, trade promotions management, store solutions, supply chain solutions, and reporting and analytics; and
  • Energy, Utilities and Services – For our clients in the energy, utilities, communication and services industries, we offer services in master data management, supplier performance management and analytics, engineering documentation, advanced metering infrastructure support, data validation, new product/feature support, and meter data analytics .
The function-specific service offerings of Infosys BPO include the following:
  • Customer Service – Our customer services include customer engagement solutions including sales, ongoing service and recoveries situations, and customer relationship management through various service channels;
  • Finance and Accounting – Our finance and accounting services include accounts payable, accounts receivable, billing and invoicing, collections and credit management, general ledger operations, financial planning, and control and compliance related services;
  • HR Outsourcing – Our HR outsourcing services include payroll processing, benefits administration, learning and development, HR helpdesk, recruitment and staffing services, and workforce administration ;
  • Legal Process Outsourcing – Our legal process outsourcing services include contract management services and solutions, legal process outsourcing, and document review services;
  • Sales and Fulfillment Operations – Our sales and fulfillment operations services include sales support operations, customer data management, account planning, order administration, customer advocacy, returns management, warranty management, demand forecasting, material and inventory management, and reverse logistics; and
  • Sourcing and Procurement – Our sourcing and procurement services include sourcing, category management, transactional procurement, performance and compliance management, eBusiness solutions and spend, and demand and supply market analytics.
Products, Platforms and Solutions

Our products, platforms and solutions are geared to drive innovation-led growth for our clients. They cater to next generation market needs driven by global trends, including digital consumers, emerging economies, new commerce and healthcare. Our offerings leverage technologies in the areas of cloud computing, mobility, big data, rich media and social. By combining products from us and our partners, cloud-based hosting and platform operations, we help clients accelerate the business outcomes they seek.

All our Products, Platforms and Solutions are branded under the Infosys Edge™ umbrella

Our products are licensable systems that deliver functionalities that clients value. They can be used as standalone, customized or as building blocks in a larger enterprise application. They drive a business model that encompasses larger service engagements around the product license. We are investing in both industry-specific and cross-industry products.

For example, Infosys AssistEdge provides an integrated customer service experience across channels, transforming contact centers from issue resolution centers to revenue generating units. Infosys BigDataEdge empowers IT and business teams to quickly discover, analyze and act on information, both structured and unstructured, to drive business decisions. Our Transaction Reconciliation System manages diverse reconciliation needs of enterprises including cash flow reconciliations, stock reconciliations, account reconciliation and other reconciliations. Our Omni-Channel Personalization Engine helps retailers foster consumer relationship by presenting personalized content across channels.

Our suite of business platforms are built around specific themes that provide significant opportunities to enterprises. This suite drives deeper engagement with digital consumers, builds smarter organizations and addresses the needs of emerging markets. Our offerings are powered by best-in-class domain expertise, IP and cloud computing. Our focus is on delivering guaranteed business outcomes that impact either our client’s top-line or bottom-line. We host, operate and manage these business platforms on a subscription-based pricing model, providing our clients with rapid time-to-value.

For example, Infosys BrandEdge™, our digital marketing platform built using our proprietary Infosys BLUE™ framework addresses the comprehensive marketing needs of organizations. Infosys CommerceEdge™, our ecommerce and social commerce platform drives multi-channel commerce by enhancing consumer experience, driving traffic and increasing order value. Infosys ProcureEdge™, our end-to-end source-to-pay platform helps enterprises realize rapid and sustainable savings across their source-to-pay lifecycle. Infosys WalletEdge™, our mobile commerce and payments platform enables a financial ecosystem of consumers, merchants, telecoms, banks, government, & enterprises, to tap the potential of mobile commerce. Infosys TradeEdge™, our comprehensive trader partner platform enables global companies to accelerate long-term growth in emerging markets by driving better trade collaboration and bringing visibility and reach on secondary sales.

Our Edge suite of platforms has received industry recognition, winning the NASSCOM Business Innovation Award for 2013.

Our other industry platforms include (i) McCamish Systems’ proprietary VPAS and PMACS platforms which provide innovative solutions to the insurance and financial services industries; and (ii) solutions in strategic sourcing, category management and managed procurement services provided by Portland Group.

Each of our solutions address a specific business opportunity or a challenge, often domain-specific. Our solutions are early instances of a future product or platform and are typically co-created with clients. We are investing significantly in solutions in the areas of cloud, enterprise mobility and sustainability.

Cloud
Our vision is to deliver a trusted cloud ecosystem for our clients. Our proposition is to be a cloud ecosystem integrator for our clients where we assume responsibility for the entire lifecycle of our client’s cloud initiative, backed by our best-in-class partner ecosystem. This provides our clients with the convenience of a single point of accountability and transparency.
In order to realize this vision, we have created the Cloud Ecosystem Hub solution. Our Cloud Ecosystem Hub solution helps clients create, adopt and manage their hybrid cloud ecosystem. The solution:
  • Enables companies to automate, provision, secure and govern their hybrid cloud ecosystem; and
  • Provides companies with real-time decision support mechanisms to select, compare, and deploy the best-in-class cloud solutions for infrastructure, platforms and applications.
The Institute of Directors, India recently conferred the prestigious Golden Peacock Award to Infosys Cloud Ecosystem Hub.

Enterprise Mobility

We provide comprehensive enterprise mobility services and solutions to our clients to help them use Mobility as a strategic business differentiator. We accelerate the deployment of mobility with our IP, pre-built micro-apps, tools & accelerators, and agile methodologies. We currently deliver a range of consulting services, business solutions, technology solutions and technology services to our clients. Solutions such as our mobile point of sale and guided sales provide ready-made solutions to mobile challenges in an industry. All our solutions are delivered in multi-device and multi-platform environments.

Infosys has also invested heavily in building technology capabilities as well as complementary alliances. We have technology centers of excellence (CoEs) in several leading mobile platforms for development of tools and accelerators. Our alliances and partnerships with strategic players in the enterprise mobility ecosystem help Infosys deliver a comprehensive mobility experience to our clients.

Sustainability

We currently provide the following set of competencies that help address enterprise sustainability challenges:
  • Sustainability Transformation: We help enterprises transform and achieve operational efficiencies while reducing energy consumption and CO 2 emissions, across the business value chain (IT, buildings, data centers, facilities, manufacturing and supply chains). Key offerings include Energy Management, Green IT, Reporting and Compliance, and Sustainability Transformation.
  • Innovation: We enable our clients to co-create sustainability solutions by leveraging our research and development infrastructure and our relationships with world-renowned research and academic organizations. These efforts have led us to develop Infosys enterprise sustainability reporting and Infosys energy management solutions.
  • Partner Ecosystem: We are building a world-leading partner ecosystem that will utilize third-party technologies and build value-added systems integration layers and solutions around them.
Banking Software Products

Finacle TM , our universal banking solution, provides banking clients with the ability to transform product, process and customer experience, by equipping them with the ‘accelerated innovation’ that is key to building tomorrow’s bank. Finacle TM is a comprehensive, flexible and fully Web-enabled solution that addresses the core, e-banking, mobile, CRM, wealth management, treasury, and Islamic banking requirements of universal, retail and corporate banks worldwide. Other offerings include the Finacle TM core banking solution for regional rural banks; Finacle TM digital commerce solution, which enables next generation digital payments; Finacle TM alerts solution, which alerts end-users on events recorded by diverse business systems; Finacle TM Advizor, which combines the convenience of human intervention with banking self-service channels through the interplay of video, audio and data communication; and Finacle TM WatchWiz, a comprehensive new-generation monitoring solution that allows banks to monitor, diagnose and resolve issues.

Our professional services complement the solutions portfolio and include consulting, package implementation, independent validation, migration, application development and maintenance, system integration, software performance engineering and support.

As of March 31, 2013, Finacle TM is the choice of 168 banks across 81 countries and powers operations across 49,600 branches and enables its customer banks to serve 447 million accounts and 359 million consumers worldwide.

OUR CLIENTS

We market our services to large enterprises throughout the globe. We have a strong market presence in North America, Europe and Asia Pacific. We are also currently building strong presences in South America and Africa.

Our revenues for the last three fiscal years by geographic area are as follows:
Fiscal
2013
2012
2011
North America
62.2%
63.9%
65.3%
Europe
23.1%
21.9%
21.5%
India
2.1%
2.2%
2.2%
Rest of the World
12.6%
12.0%
11.0%
Total
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%

We have in-depth expertise in many industries and sectors, including financial services, manufacturing, telecommunications, retail, utilities and logistics. Our revenues for the last three fiscal years by market segment were as follows:

Fiscal
2013
2012
2011
Financial services and insurance (FSI)
33.9%
35.1%
35.9%
Manufacturing enterprises (MFG)
22.0%
20.6%
19.6%
Energy, utilities, communication and services (ECS)
20.2%
21.4%
24.0%
Retail, consumer packaged goods, logistics and life sciences (RCL)
23.9%
22.9%
20.5%
Total
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%

For each of fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 our largest client contributed 3.8%, 4.3% and 4.7%, respectively, of our total revenues.

The volume of work we perform for specific clients varies from year to year based on the nature of the assignments we have with our clients. Thus, a major client in one year may not provide the same level of revenues in a subsequent year. However, in any given year, a limited number of clients tend to contribute a significant portion of our revenues.

SALES AND MARKETING

Our sales and marketing strategies are distinct and complementary.

Sales Strategy: Our sales strategy focuses on the following:
  • Adding Value for Our Clients – One of the cornerstones of our sales strategy is to demonstrate the improvements we enable in the operating efficiency and competitiveness of our clients. We focus on how our solutions can lower a client’s cost structure through outsourcing and operational efficiency initiatives, increasing their revenues through new and improved product and service offerings, and promoting innovation and flexibility in the use of IP and business platforms;
  • Enhancing Our Client Base – We seek to win new business from targeted prospects around the globe, and undertake initiatives that promote client loyalty and repeat business among our existing clients. A significant portion of our existing clients, and our target prospects, are Forbes Global 2000 companies;
  • Expanding Our Geographical Footprint – We seek to accelerate sales growth in underpenetrated markets in developed and emerging economies; and
  • Promoting and Building Sustainable Ecosystems – We leverage our alliance relationships in order to capture specific sales opportunities and to support our longer-term vision of creating sustainable ecosystems between us, our partners and our clients. We believe that our focus on our ecosystem is an increasingly important part of our sales strategy as traditional boundaries between customers and service providers continue to evolve, creating new opportunities for business generation.
Marketing Strategy: Our marketing strategy complements our sales strategy by providing proof points to our success and articulating our unique brand differentiation. The core expression of this is embodied in our tagline, “Building Tomorrow’s Enterprise.” This tagline captures the essential foundation of the company’s efforts in transforming the business and accelerating innovation for our clients.

Building Tomorrow’s Enterprise is more than just a brand expression. It is also central to our relationship with our clients and informs our interaction with them. The focus on Building Tomorrow’s Enterprise permeates all aspects of our external-facing image to clients, prospects, media, and analysts.

Sales Execution Strategy: Our sales teams are trained to promote and sell our solutions by articulating the business value that we are able to deliver to our prospects and clients. To do so, we use a cross-functional, integrated sales approach in which our account managers, sales personnel, project managers and business consultants analyze potential projects and collaboratively develop strategies to sell our solutions to potential clients.

Also, all significant sales efforts have executive-level sponsorship to provide requisite oversight and institutionalize the relationship with the prospect or client organization.

This integrated sales approach allows for a smooth transition to execution once the sale is completed, and the institutionalized connection between the organizations strengthens the relationship and helps to address client concerns and changes in project requirements rapidly and effectively.

With existing clients, we constantly seek to expand the nature and scope of our engagements by extending the breadth and volume of services offered, with a focus on increasing our clients’ competitiveness through our proven and reliable Global Delivery Model. During fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, 97.8%, 97.8% and 98.0% of our revenue came as repeat business from existing clients, respectively. Our onsite project and account managers proactively identify client needs and work with our sales team to structure solutions to address those needs.

Further, client visits offshore also serve as an important mechanism to strengthen client loyalty and trust. Clients interact with their respective Infosys teams, share their own experiences and expectations with us, and in turn get a much better perspective about our strengths and capabilities.

Besides these one-on-one contacts between our clients and Infosys, we also promote client loyalty through a sales, marketing and alliances program that includes media and industry analyst events, sponsorship of, and participation in, targeted industry conferences, trade shows, recruiting efforts, community outreach and investor relations.

As a result of our growing worldwide brand and presence, prospective clients proactively reach out to us in many cases.

Sales and Marketing Organization. We market our services from 65 sales and marketing offices located in 29 countries. With our global sales operations spread across different parts of the world, we target our efforts towards the world’s largest companies. Our sales efforts are complemented by our marketing team, which assists in brand building and other corporate and field-level marketing efforts. As of March 31, 2013, we had approximately 1,300 sales and marketing employees.

COMPETITION

We operate in a highly competitive and rapidly changing market and compete with:
  • Consulting firms such as Accenture Limited, Atos Origin S.A., Cap Gemini S.A., and Deloitte Consulting LLP;
  • Divisions of large multinational technology firms such as Hewlett-Packard Company and IBM Corporation;
  • IT outsourcing firms such as Computer Sciences Corporation, and Dell Perot Systems;
  • Offshore technology services firms such as Cognizant Technology Solutions Corporation, Tata Consultancy Services Limited and Wipro Technologies Limited;
  • Software firms such as Oracle Corporation and SAP A.G.;
  • Business process outsourcing firms such as Genpact Limited, Exl Service Holdings and WNS Global Services;
  • In-house IT departments of large corporations; and
  • Specialty Platform and SaaS companies.
For larger projects, we typically compete with other technology services providers in response to requests for proposals. Clients often cite our Global Delivery Model, comprehensive end-to-end solutions, ability to scale, superior quality and process execution, industry expertise, experienced management team, talented professionals, track record and competitive pricing as reasons for awarding us contracts.

In the future we expect intensified competition from some of the firms above, and may also experience competition from new competitors. In particular, we expect increased competition from firms that strengthen their offshore presence in India or other low-cost locations and from firms in market segments that we have recently entered.

We understand that price alone cannot constitute a sustainable competitive advantage. We believe that the principal competitive factors in our business are:
  • the ability to attract and retain high-quality management, technology professionals, and sales personnel;
  • the ability to articulate and demonstrate long-term value to potential customers;
  • the ability to effectively integrate onsite and offshore execution capabilities to deliver high quality, seamless, scalable, cost-effective services
  • the ability to increase the scale and breadth of service offerings to provide one-stop solutions for customer needs;
  • the ability to keep pace with ever-changing technology and customer requirements;
  • a strong and well-recognized brand;
  • a proven track record of performance excellence and customer satisfaction;
  • the financial strength to be able to invest in personnel and infrastructure to support the evolving demands of customers; and
  • high ethical and corporate governance standards to ensure honest and professional business practices and protect the reputation of the company and its customers.
We believe we compete favorably with respect to these factors.

HUMAN CAPITAL

Our professionals are our most important assets. We believe that the quality and level of service that our professionals deliver are among the highest in the global technology services industry. We are committed to remaining among the industry’s leading employers.

As of March 31, 2013, we employed approximately 156,000 employees, of which approximately 147,000 are technology professionals, including trainees. During fiscal 2013, we recorded approximately 6,700 new hires, net of attrition. Our culture and reputation as a leader in the technology services industry enables us to recruit and retain some of the best available talent in India. The key elements that define our culture include:
Recruitment
We have built our global talent pool by recruiting new students from premier universities, colleges and institutes in India and through need-based hiring of project leaders and middle managers. We typically recruit only students in India who have consistently shown high levels of achievement. We also selectively recruit students from campuses in the United States, the United Kingdom, Australia and China. We rely on a rigorous selection process involving a series of aptitude tests and interviews to identify the best applicants. This selection process is continually assessed and refined based on the performance tracking of past recruits.

Our reputation as a premier employer enables us to select from a large pool of qualified applicants. For example, during fiscal 2013, we received approximately 379,000 employment applications, interviewed 48,100 applicants and extended offers of employment to 27,300 applicants. In fiscal 2013, we added 1,300 new employees, net of attrition. These statistics do not include Infosys BPO and our wholly-owned subsidiaries, which together, recruited approximately 5,400 new hires, net of attrition, during fiscal 2013.
Training and Development

Competence development of our people continues to be a key area of strategic focus for us. We launched new programs to align with the needs of the Infosys 3.0 strategy. In keeping with the changes in the use of technology in education, we enhanced our technology lead training efforts in multiple areas.

Our flagship industry-academia partnership program, Campus Connect, also launched the technology enabled co-teach program to reach out to students in engineering institutions.

The Knowledge Management system at Infosys won the Indian MAKE (Most Admired Knowledge Enterprise) award winner for the 8th time. Our researchers continued to demonstrate their thought leadership in several areas through their publications at global conferences and through contributions to book chapters and publications.

Compensation

Our technology professionals receive competitive salaries and benefits. We have a performance-linked compensation program that links compensation to individual performance, as well as our company performance.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

Our intellectual property rights are critical to our business. We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and design laws, trade secrets, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our intellectual property. We currently have 84 issued patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office and 3 patents issued by the Luxembourg Patent Office. An aggregate of 532 unique patent applications are pending under various stages of prosecution. We have 23 trademarks registered across classes identified for various goods and services in India and in other countries. We require employees, independent contractors and, whenever possible, vendors to enter into confidentiality agreements upon the commencement of their relationships with us. These agreements generally provide that any confidential or proprietary information developed by us or on our behalf be kept confidential. These agreements also provide that any confidential or proprietary information disclosed to third parties in the course of our business be kept confidential by such third parties. However, our clients usually own the intellectual property in the software we develop for them.

Our efforts to protect our intellectual property may not be adequate. Our competitors may independently develop similar technology or duplicate our products and/or services. Unauthorized parties may infringe upon or misappropriate our products, services or proprietary information. In addition, the laws of India do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as laws in the United States. In the future, litigation may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Any such litigation could be time-consuming and expensive.

We could be subject to intellectual property infringement claims as the number of our competitors grows and our product or service offerings overlap with competitive offerings. In addition, we may become subject to such claims since we may not always be able to verify the intellectual property rights of third parties from whom we license a variety of technologies. Defending against these claims, even if they are not meritorious, could be expensive and divert our attention from operating our company. If we become liable to third parties for infringing upon their intellectual property rights, we could be required to pay substantial damage awards and be forced to develop non-infringing technology, obtain licenses or cease selling the applications that contain the infringing technology. The loss of some of our existing licenses could delay the introduction of software enhancements, interactive tools and other new products and services until equivalent technology could be licensed or developed. We may be unable to develop non-infringing technology or obtain licenses on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.

We regard our trade name, trademarks, service marks and domain names as important to our success. We rely on the law to protect our proprietary rights to them, and we have taken steps to enhance our rights by filing trademark applications where appropriate. We have obtained registration of our key brand ‘INFOSYS’ as a trademark in both India and in the United States. We also aggressively protect these names and marks from infringement by others.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

Our research and development efforts focus on developing and refining our methodologies, tools and techniques, improving estimation processes and adopting new technologies. We have several groups engaged in our research and development activities. These groups are listed below.
Infosys Labs

At Infosys Labs, we have identified large, multidisciplinary problem spaces that embody the challenges facing our clients and we are creating technology solutions to solve them.
  • Infosys Labs has established a Centre of Innovation for Tomorrow’s Enterprise (CITE) which manages the research on the seven core themes for Building Tomorrow’s Enterprise. The themes are focused on Digital Consumers, Emerging Economies, Healthcare Economy, Sustainable Tomorrow, New Commerce, Smarter Organizations and Pervasive Computing.
  • Infosys Labs, under its Enterprise Technology Research group, focuses on topics such as semantic technology, context aware systems, intelligent sensing, multi-channel convergence, large data modeling and simulation, next generation computing platforms visualization and immersive experiences.
  • Infosys Labs, under its Center for Services Innovation, focuses on software engineering aspects like software dependability, preventive maintenance, distributed service delivery, modernization and automation and optimization.
To enable the co-creation of new solutions, we have set up innovation centers with a number of our clients, university partners, technology partners and industry research consortiums.
Infosys Labs focuses on developing significant new Intellectual Property to enable new and differentiated products, platforms, solutions and services by Infosys business groups.

During fiscal 2013, Infosys Labs, filed over 97 unique patent applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO), the Indian Patent Office and other jurisdictions. Our research and development expenses for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $173 million, $140 million and $116 million respectively.

EFFECT OF GOVERNMENT REGULATION ON OUR BUSINESS

Regulation of our business by the Indian government affects our business in several ways. We benefit from certain tax incentives promulgated by the Government of India, including a ten-year tax holiday from Indian corporate income taxes for the operation of our Indian facilities located in STPs and tax holidays for operation of our Indian facilities located in SEZs. As a result of these incentives, our operations have been subject to relatively insignificant Indian tax liabilities. The tax holiday for all of our STP units expired as of March 31, 2011. We have also benefited from the liberalization and deregulation of the Indian economy by the successive Indian governments since 1991, including the current Indian government. Further, there are restrictive Indian laws and regulations that affect our business, including regulations that require us to obtain approval from the Reserve Bank of India and/or the Ministry of Finance of the Government of India to acquire companies organized outside India, and regulations that require us, subject to some exceptions, to obtain approval from relevant government authorities in India in order to raise capital outside India. The conversion of our equity shares into ADSs is governed by guidelines issued by the Reserve Bank of India.

In addition, the ability of our technology professionals to work in the United States, Europe and in other countries depends on the ability to obtain the necessary visas and work permits.

As of March 31, 2013, the majority of our technology professionals in the United States held either H-1B visas (approximately 10,800 persons), which allow the employee to remain in the United States for up to six years during the term of the work permit and work as long as he or she remains an employee of the sponsoring firm, or L-1 visas (approximately 1,600 persons), which allow the employee to stay in the United States only temporarily.
Although there is no limit to new L-1 visas, there is a limit to the aggregate number of new H-1B visas that the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services, or CIS, may approve in any government fiscal year which is 65,000 annually, plus 20,000 H-1B visas which are only available to skilled workers who possess a Master's or higher degree from institutions of higher education in the United States. Further, in response to the terrorist attacks in the United States, the CIS has increased its level of scrutiny in granting new visas. This may, in the future, also lead to limits on the number of L-1 visas granted. In addition, the granting of L-1 visas precludes companies from obtaining such visas for employees with specialized knowledge: (1) if such employees will be stationed primarily at the worksite of another company in the U.S. and the employee will not be controlled and supervised by his or her employer, or (2) if such offsite placement is essentially an arrangement to provide labor for hire rather than in connection with the employee's specialized knowledge. Immigration laws in the United States may also require us to meet certain levels of compensation, and to comply with other legal requirements, including labor certifications, as a condition to obtaining or maintaining work visas for our technology professionals working in the United States.
Immigration laws in the United States and in other countries are subject to legislative change, as well as to variations in standards of application and enforcement due to political forces and economic conditions. In addition, the U.S. Congress is considering extensive changes to U.S. immigration laws regarding the admission of high-skilled temporary and permanent workers. Legislation in the U.S. Senate would, among other things, increase the annual H-1B numerical cap from 65,000 to at least 110,000 and would reduce the existing green card backlog for professional workers. However, all employers would be required to pay higher wages to H-1B workers and conduct additional U.S. worker recruitment. Furthermore, the proposed Senate legislation includes several provisions intended to limit the number of H-1B and L-1 workers in a company's U.S. workforce and the ability of a company to place H-1B and L-1B workers at third party worksites. For example, the Senate legislation would prohibit a company from having more than fifty percent of its U.S. workforce in H-1B or L-1 status and a company with more than thirty percent of its U.S. workforce in H-1B or L-1 status would be required to pay an additional $5000 fee per foreign temporary worker. A company with more than fifteen percent of its workforce in H-1B status would be prohibited from placing H-1B workers at third party worksites. If those provisions are signed into law, our cost of doing business in the United States would increase and that may discourage customers from seeking our services. This could have a material and adverse effect on our business, revenues and operating results.
Further, effective August 14, 2010, the CIS has announced a fee increase of $2,000 for certain H-1B visa petitions and $2,250 for certain L-1 visa petitions. It is difficult to predict the political and economic events that could affect immigration laws, or the restrictive impact they could have on obtaining or monitoring work visas for our technology professionals. Our reliance on work visas for a significant number of technology professionals makes us particularly vulnerable to such changes and variations as it affects our ability to staff projects with technology professionals who are not citizens of the country where the work is to be performed. As a result, we may not be able to obtain a sufficient number of visas for our technology professionals or may encounter delays or additional costs in obtaining or maintaining the conditions of such visas. Additionally, we may have to apply in advance for visas and this could result in additional expenses during certain quarters of the fiscal year.
In April 2011, a United States senator submitted a letter to U.S. Secretary of State and Secretary of Homeland Security, requesting that their respective departments review the B-1 business visa program and investigate the manner in which it is being utilized by companies, including Infosys. In the event that the U.S. government undertakes any actions which limit the B-1 business visa program or other visa program that we utilize, this could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Further, the United Kingdom government has recently introduced an interim limit on the number of visas that may be granted.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

On May 23, 2011, we received a subpoena from a grand jury in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas. The subpoena required that we provide to the grand jury certain documents and records related to our sponsorships for, and uses of, B1 business visas. We have complied with the subpoena. In connection with the subpoena, during a meeting with the United States Attorney's Office for the Eastern District of Texas, we were advised that we and certain of our employees are targets of the grand jury investigation. In addition, we were recently advised that this investigation was continuing and additional subpoenas may be issued. We are engaged in discussions with the U.S. Attorney's Office regarding this matter; however, we cannot predict the final outcome of the investigation or the discussions with the U.S. Attorney's Office.
In addition, the U.S. Department of Homeland Security (“DHS”) has reviewed our employer eligibility verifications on Form I-9 with respect to our employees working in the United States. In connection with this review, we have been advised that the DHS has found errors in a significant percentage of our Forms I-9 that the DHS has reviewed, and may impose fines and penalties on us related to such alleged errors. At this time, we cannot predict the outcome of the discussions with DHS or other governmental authority regarding the review of our Forms I-9.

In the event that the U.S. government undertakes any actions which limit the B-1 business visa program or other visa program that we utilize, this could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations. Further, in the event that any governmental authority imposes sanctions, fines or penalties on us or our employees, this could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
In light of the fact that, among other things, the grand jury is continuing its investigation and we remain in discussions with the U.S. Attorney's Office regarding these matters, we are unable to make an estimate of the amount or range of loss that we expect to incur in connection with the resolution of these matters.

In addition, we are subject to legal proceedings and claims, which have arisen in the ordinary course of our business. Our management does not reasonably expect that these legal actions, when ultimately concluded and determined, will have a material and adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.
ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

We hold a majority interest in the following company:

Infosys BPO. Infosys established Infosys BPO in April 2002, under the laws of India. As of March 31, 2013, Infosys holds 99.98% of the outstanding equity shares of Infosys BPO.

Infosys is the sole shareholder of the following companies:

Infosys Australia. In January 2004, we acquired, for cash, 100% of the equity in Expert Information Services Pty. Limited, Australia. The acquired company was renamed as 'Infosys Technologies (Australia) Pty. Limited'. As of March 31, 2013, Infosys Australia is under liquidation.

Infosys China. In October 2003, we established a wholly-owned subsidiary, Infosys China in Shanghai, China, to expand our business operations in China.

Infosys Mexico. In June 2007, we established a wholly-owned subsidiary, Infosys Mexico to expand our business operations in Latin America.

Infosys Sweden. In March 2009, we incorporated a wholly-owned subsidiary, Infosys Technologies (Sweden) AB to expand our operations in Europe.

Infosys Brasil. On August 7, 2009, we incorporated a wholly-owned subsidiary, Infosys Tecnologia do Brasil Ltda to expand our operations in South America.

Infosys Public Services. On October 9, 2009, we incorporated a wholly-owned subsidiary, Infosys Public Services, to focus and expand our operations in the U.S. public services market.

Infosys Shanghai. On February 21, 2011, we incorporated a wholly-owned subsidiary, Infosys Technologies (Shanghai) Company Limited.
Infosys Consulting Inc. In April 2004, we incorporated a wholly-owned subsidiary, Infosys Consulting Inc., in the State of Texas to add high-end consulting capabilities to our global delivery model. On October 7, 2011, the board of directors of Infosys Consulting Inc., approved the termination and winding down of the entity, and entered into an assignment and assumption agreement with Infosys Limited. The termination of Infosys Consulting Inc., became effective on January 12, 2012, in accordance with the Texas Business Organizations Code. Effective January 12, 2012, the assets and liabilities of Infosys Consulting Inc., were transferred to Infosys Limited.
Infosys Consulting India Limited . Infosys Consulting India is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Infosys Consulting Inc. Effective January 12, 2012, the assets and liabilities of Infosys Consulting, Inc., were transferred to Infosys Limited. Consequently, Infosys Consulting India Limited is now a wholly owned subsidiary of Infosys Limited. On February 9, 2012, Infosys Consulting India Limited filed a petition in the Honourable High Court of Karnataka for its merger with Infosys Limited.
Lodestone Holding AG On October 22, 2012, Infosys acquired 100% of the voting interests in Lodestone Holding AG, a global management consultancy firm headquartered in Zurich, Switzerland.
PROPERTY, PLANTS AND EQUIPMENT
Our principal campus, Infosys City is located at Electronics City, Bangalore, India. Infosys City consists of approximately 3.66 million square feet of land and 3.77 million square feet of operational facilities. The campus features, among other things, an Education and Research unit, a Management Development Center and extensive state-of-the-art conference facilities.
Additionally, we have leased independent facilities measuring approximately 519,000 square feet in Electronics City which accommodate approximately 5,800 employees.
Our capital expenditure on property, plant and equipment for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $382 million, $301 million and $285 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2013 we had contractual commitments for capital expenditure of $312 million. All our capital expenditures are financed out of cash generated from operations.

Our software development facilities are equipped with a world-class technology infrastructure that includes networked workstations, servers, data communication links and video-conferencing.

We have 22 sales and marketing offices in the United States, four in Germany, three each in Australia, Canada, Switzerland and the UAE, two each in India, UK, Malaysia, the Netherlands, Czech Republic, Japan and France and one each in Belgium, Brazil, Denmark, Finland, Hong Kong, Ireland, Mauritius, Mexico, New Zealand, Norway, Russia, Singapore, Spain, South Africa, Italy, China and Sweden. We believe our facilities are adequately utilized. Appropriate expansion plans are being undertaken to meet our expected future growth.

Our most significant leased and owned properties are listed in the table below. We have only listed our leased and owned properties that are in excess of 100,000 square feet, and each such facility is located in India.
Location
Building
Ownership
Land
Ownership
Approx. Sq. ft.
Approx Sq. ft.
Software Development Facilities
Bangalore (Infosys City), Karnataka
–
–
23,958
Leased
Bangalore (Infosys City), Karnataka
3,772,114
Owned
3,660,404
Owned
Bangalore (Center Point, Electronics City), Karnataka
148,300
Leased
–
–
Bangalore Sarjapur & Billapur, Karnataka
–
–
12,674,920
Owned
Bangalore (Devanahalli), Karnataka
–
–
374,313
Owned
Bangalore (Salarpuria Building, Electronics City) Karnataka
225,245
Leased
–
–
Bangalore (Tower Office, Banerghatta Road), Karnataka
120,906
Leased
–
–
Bangalore (JP IT Park Building, Electronics City), Karnataka
145,561
Leased
–
–
Bangalore - Baghmane Tech Park, Karnataka
102,605
Leased
–
–
Bhubaneswar (Chandaka Industrial Park), Orissa
879,721
Owned
1,999,455
Leased
Bhubaneswar (Info Valley Goudakasipur & Arisol), Orissa
–
–
2,218,040
Leased
Chandigarh (SEZ Campus)
1,135,580
Owned
1,316,388
Leased
Chennai (Sholinganallur), Tamil Nadu
508,300
Owned
578,043
Leased
Chennai (Maraimalai Nagar), Tamil Nadu
2,869,448
Owned
5,617,084
Leased
Chennai - BPO Offices
133,416
Leased
–
–
Hyderabad (Manikonda Village), Andhra Pradesh
1,873,209
Owned
2,194,997
Owned
Hyderabad (Pocharam Village), Andhra Pradesh
1,627,268
Owned
19,615,145
Owned
Mangalore (Kottara), Karnataka
204,000
Owned
119,790
Owned
Mangalore (Pajeeru and Kairangala Village), Karnataka
1,010,969
Owned
15,148,485
Leased
Mangalore (Kairangala Village), Karnataka
–
–
258,747
Owned
Mysore (Hebbal Electronic City), Karnataka
9,349,259
Owned
12,652,487
Owned
Mysore (Hebbal Electronic City), Karnataka
–
–
2,047,346
Leased
Pune (Hinjewadi), Maharashtra
589,647
Owned
1,089,004
Leased
Pune (Hinjewadi Phase II), Maharashtra
4,368,055
Owned
4,965,005
Leased
Thiruvananthapuram, Attipura Village, (SEZ campus), Kerala
493,625
Owned
2,178,009
Leased
Thiruvananthapuram, Pallipuram Village, (SEZ campus), Kerala
–
–
2,171,039
Leased
Thiruvananthapuram (Technopark), Kerala
124,576
Leased
–
–
Jaipur (BPO - SEZ Campus, M-City), Rajasthan
374,139
Owned
–
–
Jaipur (Mahindra World City), Rajasthan
–
–
6,452,568
Leased
Nagpur- Dahegaon Village (SEZ campus)
–
–
6,193,211
Leased
Indore - Tikgarita Badshah & Badangarda Village (SEZ campus)
–
–
5,666,307
Leased
Hubli - Gokul Village (SEZ campus)
–
2,178,009
Leased
Shanghai Infosys Technologies (Shanghai) Co. Ltd – – 657,403
Leased
Shanghai, China 254,278 Leased –
–
Hangzhou, China 186,746 Leased –
–
Manila, Philippines 107,318 Leased –
–
Lodz, Poland 150,947 Leased –
–
Proposed Software Development Facilities
Chennai (Maraimalai Nagar), Tamil Nadu
2,554,633
Owned
–
Hyderabad (Pocharam Village), Andhra Pradesh
1,453,077
Owned
–
–
Mangalore, Karnataka
1,388,800
Owned
–
–
Mysore (Hebbal Electronic City), Karnataka
2,159,535
Owned
–
–
Pune (Hinjewadi Phase II), Maharashtra
1,863,467
Owned
–
–
Jaipur SEZ, Rajasthan
404,106
Owned
–
–
Thiruvananthapuram (Technopark), Kerala
2,139,267
Owned
–
–
Bhubhaneshwar (SEZ)
515,620
Owned
–
–
Under Construction
M&C Building 1&2 Electronic city Bangalore
529,364
Owned
–
–
Delhi (Unitech Building)
135,209
Owned
–
–
*The nature of the ownership is that of a land use right.

None.


The consolidated financial statements of the Company included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by International Accounting Standards Board. The discussion, analysis and information presented in this section should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements included herein and the notes thereto.

OPERATING RESULTS

This information is set forth under the caption entitled 'Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations' below and is incorporated herein by reference.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

This information is set forth under the caption entitled 'Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations' below and is incorporated herein by reference.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT, PATENTS AND LICENSES, ETC.

We have committed and expect to continue to commit in the future, a material portion of our resources to research and development. Efforts towards research and development are focused on refinement of methodologies, tools and techniques, implementation of metrics, improvement in estimation process and the adoption of new technologies.

Our research and development expenses for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $173 million, $140 million and $116 million, respectively.

TREND INFORMATION

This information is set forth under the caption entitled “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” below and is incorporated herein by reference.

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview
We are a leading global technology services company that provides business consulting, technology, engineering and outsourcing services. In addition, we offer software products for clients in the banking industry.
Our professionals deliver high quality solutions by leveraging our Global Delivery Model through which we divide projects into components that we execute simultaneously at client sites and at our development centers in India and around the world. We seek to optimize our cost structure by maintaining the flexibility to execute project components where it is most cost effective. Our Global Delivery Model also allows us to provide clients with high quality solutions in reduced time-frames enabling them to achieve operational efficiencies. Our sales, marketing and business development teams are organized to focus on specific geographies and industries and this helps us to customize our service offerings to our client's needs. Our primary geographic markets are North America, Europe and the Asia Pacific region. We serve clients in financial services, manufacturing, telecommunications, retail, utilities, logistics and other industries.

There is an increasing need for highly skilled technology professionals in the markets in which we operate and in the industries to which we provide services. At the same time, companies are reluctant to expand their internal IT departments and increase costs. These factors have increased the reliance of companies on their outsourced technology service providers and are expected to continue to drive future growth for outsourced technology services. We believe that because the effective use of offshore technology services may offer lower total costs of ownership of IT infrastructure, lower labor costs, improved quality and innovation, faster delivery of technology solutions and more flexibility in scheduling, companies are increasingly turning to offshore technology service providers. India, in particular, has become a premier destination for offshore technology services. The key factors contributing to the growth of IT and IT enabled services in India include high quality delivery, significant cost benefits and the availability of skilled IT professionals. Our proven Global Delivery Model, our comprehensive end to end solutions, our commitment to superior quality and process execution, our long standing client relationships and our ability to scale make us one of the leading offshore technology service providers in India.
There are numerous risks and challenges affecting the business. These risks and challenges are discussed in detail in the section entitled 'Risk Factors' and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.
We were founded in 1981 and are headquartered in Bangalore, India. We completed our initial public offering of equity shares in India in 1993 and our initial public offering of ADSs in the United States in 1999. We completed three sponsored secondary ADS offerings in the United States in August 2003, June 2005 and November 2006. We did not receive any of the proceeds from any of our sponsored secondary offerings.
During fiscal 2011, we incorporated a wholly owned subsidiary, Infosys Technologies (Shanghai) Company Limited.
On October 7, 2011, the board of directors of Infosys Consulting Inc., approved the termination and winding down of the entity, and entered into an assignment and assumption agreement with Infosys Limited. The termination of Infosys Consulting, Inc. became effective on January 12, 2012, in accordance with the Texas Business Organizations Code. Effective January 12, 2012, the assets and liabilities of Infosys Consulting, Inc., were transferred to Infosys Limited.
On October 22, 2012, we acquired 100% of the voting interests in Lodestone Holding AG, a global management consultancy firm headquartered in Zurich, Switzerland. The business acquisition was conducted by entering into a share purchase agreement for a cash consideration of $219 million and an additional consideration of up to $112 million, which we refer to as deferred purchase price, payable to the selling shareholders of Lodestone Holding AG who are continuously employed or otherwise engaged by us or our subsidiaries during the three year period following the date of the acquisition.
At our Annual General Meeting held on June 9, 2012, our shareholders approved a final dividend of $0.58 per equity share ( RUPEE SYMBOL 32.00 per equity share), including a special dividend of $0.18 per equity share ( RUPEE SYMBOL 10.00 per equity share), which in the aggregate resulted in a cash outflow of $382 million, inclusive of corporate dividend tax of $53 million.
On October 12, 2012, our board of directors, approved payment of interim dividend of approximately $0.28 ( RUPEE SYMBOL 15.00) per equity share. The dividend payment resulted in a cash outflow of approximately $190 million, including a corporate dividend tax of $26 million, and was paid to holders of our equity shares and ADSs in October 2012.
Further, our Board of Directors, in its meeting on April 12, 2013, proposed a final dividend of approximately $0.50 per equity share ( RUPEE SYMBOL 27.00 per equity share). The proposal is subject to the approval of shareholders at the Annual General Meeting to be held on June 15, 2013, and if approved, would result in a cash outflow of approximately $334 million, inclusive of corporate dividend tax of $48 million.

During the year ended March 31, 2011 Infosys BPO (Thailand) Limited was liquidated.
On January 4, 2012, Infosys BPO acquired 100% of the voting interest in Portland Group Pty Ltd a strategic sourcing and category management services provider based in Australia. This business acquisition was conducted by entering into a share sale agreement for a cash consideration of $41 million.
The following table illustrates our growth in revenues, net profit, earnings per equity share and number of employees from fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2013:
(Dollars in millions except share data)
2013
2009
Compounded annual growth rate
Revenues
$7,398
$4,663
12.2%
Net profit
$1,725
$1,281
7.7%
Earnings per equity share (Basic)
$3.02
$2.25
7.6%
Earnings per equity share (Diluted)
$3.02
$2.25
7.6%
Approximate number of employees at the end of the fiscal year
156,000
104,900
10.4%
Our revenue growth was attributable to a number of factors, including an increase in the size and number of projects executed for clients, as well as an expansion in the solutions that we provide to our clients. We added 235 new customers (gross) (including 36 clients from Infosys Lodestone) during fiscal 2013 as compared to 172 new customers during fiscal 2012 and 139 new customers during fiscal 2011. For fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, 97.8%, 97.8% and 98.0%, respectively, of our revenues came from repeat business, which we define as revenue from a client that also contributed to our revenue during the prior fiscal year.

Our business is designed to enable us to seamlessly deliver our onsite and offshore capabilities using a distributed project management methodology, which we refer to as our Global Delivery Model. We divide projects into components that we execute simultaneously at client sites and at our geographically dispersed development centers in India and around the world. Our Global Delivery Model allows us to provide clients with high quality solutions in reduced time-frames enabling them to achieve operational efficiencies.

Revenues

Our revenues are generated principally from technology services provided on either a time-and-materials or a fixed-price, fixed-timeframe basis. Revenues from services provided on a time-and-materials basis are recognized as the related services are performed. Revenues from services provided on a fixed-price, fixed-timeframe basis are recognized pursuant to the percentage-of-completion method. Most of our client contracts, including those that are on a fixed-price, fixed-timeframe basis can be terminated by clients with or without cause, without penalties and with short notice periods of between 0 and 90 days. Since we collect revenues on contracts as portions of the contracts are completed, terminated contracts are only subject to collection for portions of the contract completed through the time of termination. Most of our contracts do not contain specific termination-related penalty provisions. In order to manage and anticipate the risk of early or abrupt contract terminations, we monitor the progress on all contracts and change orders according to their characteristics and the circumstances in which they occur. This includes a focused review of our ability and our client's ability to perform on the contract, a review of extraordinary conditions that may lead to a contract termination and a review of the historical client performance considerations. Since we also bear the risk of cost overruns and inflation with respect to fixed-price, fixed-timeframe projects, our operating results could be adversely affected by inaccurate estimates of contract completion costs and dates, including wage inflation rates and currency exchange rates that may affect cost projections. Losses on contracts, if any, are provided for in full in the period when determined. Although we revise our project completion estimates from time to time, such revisions have not, to date, had a material adverse effect on our operating results or financial condition. We also generate revenue from software application products, including banking software. Such software products represented 4.0%, 4.6% and 4.9% of our total revenues for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

We experience from time to time, pricing pressure from our clients. For example, clients often expect that as we do more business with them, they will receive volume discounts. Additionally, clients may ask for fixed-price, fixed-timeframe arrangements or reduced rates. We attempt to use fixed-price arrangements for engagements where the specifications are complete, so individual rates are not negotiated.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales represented 62.7%, 58.9% and 57.9% of total revenues for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Our cost of sales primarily consists of salary and other compensation expenses, depreciation, amortization of intangible assets, overseas travel expenses, cost of software purchased for internal use, third party items bought for service delivery to clients, cost of technical subcontractors, rent and data communication expenses. We depreciate our personal computers, mainframe computers and servers over two to five years and amortize intangible assets over their estimated useful life. Third party items bought for service delivery to clients are expensed. Amortization expense for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 included under cost of sales was $7 million, $3 million and $2 million, respectively.

We typically assume full project management responsibility for each project that we undertake. Approximately 73.3%, 72.8% and 74.0% of the total billed person-months for our services during fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, were performed at our global development centers in India, and the balance of the work was performed at client sites and global development centers located outside India. The proportion of work performed at our facilities and at client sites varies from quarter-to-quarter. We charge higher rates and incur higher compensation and other expenses for work performed at client sites and global development centers located outside India. Services performed at a client site or at a global development center located outside India typically generate higher revenues per-capita at a lower gross margin than the same services performed at our facilities in India. As a result, our total revenues, cost of sales and gross profit in absolute terms and as a percentage of revenues fluctuate from quarter- to- quarter based in part on the proportion of work performed outside India. We intend to hire more local employees in many of the overseas markets in which we operate, which could decrease our gross profits due to increased wage and hiring costs. Additionally, any increase in work performed at client sites or global development centres located outside India may decrease our gross profits. We hire subcontractors on a limited basis from time to time for our own technology development needs, and we generally do not perform subcontracted work for other technology service providers. For fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, approximately 5.8%, 3.9% and 3.8% respectively, of our cost of sales was attributable to cost of technical subcontractors.
Revenues and gross profits are also affected by employee utilization rates. We define employee utilization as the proportion of total billed person months to total available person months, excluding administrative and support personnel. We manage utilization by monitoring project requirements and timetables. The number of software professionals that we assign to a project will vary according to the size, complexity, duration, and demands of the project. An unanticipated termination of a significant project could also cause us to experience lower utilization of technology professionals, resulting in a higher than expected number of unassigned technology professionals. In addition, we do not utilize our technology professionals when they are enrolled in training programs, particularly during our 20-29 week training course for new employees.

Selling and Marketing Expenses

Selling and marketing expenses represented 5.0%, 5.2% and 5.5% of total revenues for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Our selling and marketing expenses primarily consist of expenses relating to salaries and other compensation expenses of sales and marketing personnel, travel expenses, brand building, commission charges, rental for sales and marketing offices and telecommunications. We may increase our selling and marketing expenses as we seek to increase brand awareness among target clients and promote client loyalty and repeat business among existing clients.

Administrative Expenses

Administrative expenses represented 6.5%, 7.1% and 7.2% of total revenues for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Our administrative expenses primarily consist of expenses relating to salaries and other compensation expenses of senior management and other support personnel, travel expenses, legal and other professional fees, telecommunications, office maintenance, power and fuel charges, insurance, other miscellaneous administrative costs and provisions for doubtful accounts receivable. The factors which affect the fluctuations in our provisions for bad debts and write offs of uncollectible accounts include the financial health of our clients and of the economic environment in which they operate.

Other Income

Other income includes interest income, income from certificates of deposit, income from available-for-sale financial assets, marked to market gains / (losses) on foreign exchange forward and option contracts and foreign currency exchange gains / (losses) on translation of other assets and liabilities. For fiscal 2013, the interest income on deposits and certificates of deposit was $329 million and income from available-for-sale financial assets was $42 million. In fiscal 2013, we also recorded a foreign exchange gain of $33 million on translation of other assets and liabilities and a foreign exchange gain of $15 million on forward and options contracts. For fiscal 2012, the interest income on deposits and certificates of deposit was $374 million and income from available-for-sale financial assets / investments was $6 million. In fiscal 2012, we also recorded a foreign exchange gain of $70 million on translation of other assets and liabilities partially offset by a foreign exchange loss of $57 million on forward and options contracts. For fiscal 2011, the interest income on deposits and certificates of deposit was $250 million and income from available-for-sale financial assets was $5 million. In fiscal 2011, we also recorded a foreign exchange gain of $13 million on forward and options contracts, partially offset by a foreign exchange loss of $4 million on translation of other assets and liabilities.

Functional Currency and Foreign Exchange

The functional currency of Infosys, Infosys BPO and Infosys Consulting India is the Indian rupee. The functional currencies for Infosys Australia, Infosys China, Infosys Mexico, Infosys Sweden, Infosys Brasil, Infosys Public Services, Infosys Shanghai and Infosys Lodestone are the respective local currencies. The consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F are presented in U.S. dollars (rounded off to the nearest million) to facilitate global comparability. The translation of functional currencies of foreign operations to U.S. dollars is performed for assets and liabilities using the exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date, and for revenue, expenses and cash flow items using a monthly average exchange rate for the respective periods. The gains or losses resulting from such translation are included in other comprehensive income and presented as currency translation reserves under other components of equity.

Generally, Indian law requires residents of India to repatriate any foreign currency earnings to India to control the exchange of foreign currency. More specifically, Section 8 of the Foreign Exchange Management Act, or FEMA, requires an Indian company to take all reasonable steps to realize and repatriate into India all foreign currency earned by the company outside India, within such time periods and in the manner specified by the Reserve Bank of India, or RBI. The RBI has promulgated guidelines that require the company to repatriate any realized foreign currency back to India, and either:
  • sell it to an authorized dealer for Rupees within seven days from the date of receipt of the foreign currency;
  • retain it in a foreign currency account such as an Exchange Earners Foreign Currency, or EEFC, account with an authorized dealer; or
  • use it for discharge of debt or liabilities denominated in foreign currency.
The RBI on May 10, 2012, mandated that in respect of all future foreign exchange earnings, 50% of the balances in the EEFC account should be converted into Indian rupee balances and credited to the Indian rupee accounts.
We typically collect our earnings and pay expenses denominated in foreign currencies using a dedicated foreign currency account located in the local country of operation. In order to do this, we are required to obtain, and have obtained, special approval from the RBI to maintain a foreign currency account in overseas countries like the United States. However, the RBI approval is subject to limitations, including a requirement that we repatriate all foreign currency in the account back to India within a reasonable time, except an amount equal to our local monthly operating cost for our overseas branch. We currently pay such expenses and repatriate the remainder of the foreign currency to India on a regular basis. We have the option to retain those earnings in an EEFC account (foreign currency denominated) or an Indian-rupee-denominated account. We convert substantially all of our foreign currency to Indian rupees to fund operations and expansion activities in India.

Our failure to comply with RBI regulations could result in RBI enforcement actions against us.

Income Taxes

Our net profit earned from providing software development and other services outside India is subject to tax in the country where we perform the work. Most of our taxes paid in countries other than India can be applied as a credit against our Indian tax liability to the extent that the same income is subject to tax in India.
We have benefited from certain tax incentives the Government of India had provided to the export of software from specially designated software technology parks, or STPs, in India and we continue to benefit from certain tax incentives for facilities set up under the Special Economic Zones Act, 2005. However, the tax incentives provided by the Government of India for STPs have expired, and all of our STP units are now taxable.
Under the Special Economic Zones Act, 2005 scheme, units in designated special economic zones which begin providing services on or after April 1, 2005 are eligible for a deduction of 100% of profits or gains derived from the export of services for the first five years from commencement of provision of services and 50% of such profits or gains for the five years thereafter. Certain tax benefits are also available for a further five years subject to the unit meeting defined conditions. When our tax holidays expire or terminate, our tax expense will materially increase, reducing our profitability.
As a result of these tax incentives, a portion of our pre-tax income has not been subject to significant tax in recent years. These tax incentives resulted in a decrease in our income tax expense of $202 million, $202 million and $173 million for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, compared to the effective tax amounts that we estimate we would have been required to pay if these incentives had not been available. The per share effect of these tax incentives for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $0.35, $0.35 and $0.30 respectively.
Our effective tax rate for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 was 26.3%, 28.8% and 26.7%, respectively. The decrease in the effective tax rate to 26.3% for fiscal 2013 was mainly due to reduction in taxes on dividend received from subsidiary, deduction on eligible research and development expense based on the approval received from Department of Scientific and Industrial Research (DSIR) for Finacle TM and Infosys labs, reduction in branch profit tax expense and increase in exempt non-operating income. The weighted tax deduction on research and development expense is equal to 200% of such expenditures incurred during fiscal 2013. Our Indian statutory tax rate for the same period was 32.45%.
Pursuant to the enacted changes in the Indian Income Tax Laws effective April 1, 2007, a Minimum Alternate Tax (MAT) has been extended to income in respect of which a deduction may be claimed under section 10A of the Income Tax Act for STP units. Further, the Finance Act, 2011, which became effective April 1, 2011, extended MAT to SEZ operating and SEZ developer units also. Consequently, Infosys BPO has calculated its tax liability for current domestic taxes after considering MAT. The excess tax paid under MAT provisions being over and above regular tax liability can be carried forward and set off against future tax liabilities computed under regular tax provisions. Infosys BPO was required to pay MAT, and, accordingly, a deferred tax asset of $7 million and $11 million has been recognized on the balance sheet as of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, respectively, which can be carried forward for a period of ten years from the year of recognition.
In addition, the Finance Act, 2011, which became effective April 1, 2011, extended MAT to SEZ operating and SEZ developer units also, which means that income in respect of which a deduction may be claimed under section 10AA or 80IAB of the Income Tax Act has to be included in book profits for computing MAT liability. With the growth of our business in SEZ units, we may be required to compute our tax liability under MAT in future years.
We, as an Indian resident, are required to pay taxes in India on the entire global income in accordance with Section 5 of the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961, which is reflected as domestic taxes. The geographical segment disclosures on revenue in note 2.19.2 of Item 18 of this Annual Report are based on the location of customers and do not reflect the geographies where the actual delivery or revenue-related efforts occur. The income on which domestic taxes are imposed are not restricted to the income generated from the “India” geographic segment. As such, amounts applicable to domestic income taxes and foreign income taxes will not necessarily correlate to the proportion of revenue generated from India and other geographical segments as per the geographic segment disclosure set forth in note 2.19.2 of Item 18 of this Annual Report.
Results of Operations

The following table sets forth certain financial information as a percentage of revenues:
Fiscal 2013
Fiscal 2012
Fiscal 2011
Revenues
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
Cost of sales
62.7%
58.9%
57.9%
Gross profit
37.3%
41.1%
42.1%
Operating expenses:
Selling and marketing expenses
5.0%
5.2%
5.5%
Administrative expenses
6.5%
7.1%
7.2%
Total operating expenses
11.5%
12.3%
12.7%
Operating profit
25.8%
28.8%
29.4%
Other income, net
5.8%
5.7%
4.4%
Profit before income taxes
31.6%
34.5%
33.8%
Income tax expense
8.3%
9.9%
9.0%
Net profit
23.3%
24.6%
24.8%

Results for Fiscal 2013 compared to Fiscal 2012
Revenues
The following table sets forth the growth in our revenues in fiscal 2013 from fiscal 2012:
(Dollars in millions)
Fiscal 2013
Fiscal 2012
Change
Percentage Change
Revenues
$7,398
$6,994
$404
5.8%
Revenues increased across most of the segments of our business. The increase in revenues was attributable primarily to an increase in business from existing clients, particularly in industries such as manufacturing (MFG) and retail, consumer packaged goods, logistics and life sciences (RCL) and also as a result of the addition of clients from the Infosys Lodestone acquisition.
Effective as of the quarter ended June 30, 2011, we reorganized our business to increase our client focus. Consequent to the internal reorganization there were changes effected in the reportable segments based on the “management approach” as defined in IFRS 8, Operating Segments (Refer Note 2.19, Segment reporting, of Item 18 of this Annual Report).
The following table sets forth our revenues by industry segments for fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012:
Industry Segments
Percentage of Revenues
Fiscal 2013
Fiscal 2012
Financial services and insurance (FSI)
33.9%
35.1%
Manufacturing (MFG)
22.0%
20.6%
Energy, utilities, communication and services (ECS)
20.2%
21.4%
Retail, consumer packaged goods, logistics and life sciences  (RCL)
23.9%
22.9%
During fiscal 2013, the U.S. dollar appreciated against a majority of the currencies in which we transact business. The U.S. dollar appreciated by 5.6% and 3.8% against the United Kingdom Pound Sterling and Euro, respectively.
There were significant currency movements during fiscal 2013. Had the average exchange rate between each of these currencies and the U.S. dollar remained constant, during fiscal 2013 in comparison to fiscal 2012, our revenues in constant currency terms for fiscal 2013 would have been higher by $67 million at $7,465 million as against our reported revenues of $7,398 million, resulting in a growth of 6.7% as against a reported growth of 5.8%. The following table sets forth our revenues by industry segments for fiscal 2013, had the average exchange rate between each of the currencies namely, the United Kingdom Pound Sterling, Euro and Australian dollar, and the U.S. dollar remained constant, during fiscal 2013 in comparison to fiscal 2012, in constant currency terms:
Industry Segments
Fiscal 2013
Financial services and insurance (FSI)
33.8%
Manufacturing (MFG)
22.1%
Energy, utilities, communication and services (ECS)
20.2%
Retail, consumer packaged goods, logistics and life sciences  (RCL)
23.9%
The following table sets forth our industry segment profit (revenues less identifiable operating expenses and allocated expenses) as a percentage of industry segment revenue for fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012 (refer note 2.19.1 under Item 18 of this Annual Report):
Industry Segments
Fiscal 2013
Fiscal 2012
Financial services and insurance (FSI)
30.1%
32.2%
Manufacturing (MFG)
25.9%
29.8%
Energy, utilities, communication and services (ECS)
27.8%
31.9%
Retail, consumer packaged goods, logistics and life sciences  (RCL)
29.6%
31.9%
Our revenues are also segmented into onsite and offshore revenues. Onsite revenues are for those services which are performed at client sites or at our global development centres outside India, as part of software projects, while offshore revenues are for services which are performed at our software development centers located in India. The table below sets forth the percentage of our revenues by location for fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012:
Percentage of revenues
Fiscal 2013
Fiscal 2012
Onsite
51.0%
49.9%
Offshore
49.0%
50.1%
The services performed onsite typically generate higher revenues per-capita, but at lower gross margins in percentage as compared to the services performed at our own facilities in India. The table below sets forth details of billable hours expended for onsite and offshore for fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012:
Fiscal 2013
Fiscal 2012
Onsite
24.8%
25.0%
Offshore
75.2%
75.0%
Revenues from services represented 96.0% of total revenues for fiscal 2013 as compared to 95.4% for fiscal 2012. Sales of our software products represented 4.0% of our total revenues for fiscal 2013 as compared to 4.6% for fiscal 2012.
The following table sets forth the revenues from fixed-price, fixed-timeframe contracts and time-and-materials contracts as a percentage of services revenues for fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012:
Percentage of total services revenues
Fiscal 2013
Fiscal 2012
Fixed-price, fixed-timeframe contracts
40.0%
39.3%
Time-and-materials contracts
60.0%
60.7%
The following table sets forth our revenues by geographic segments for fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012:
Percentage of revenues
Geographic Segments
Fiscal 2013
Fiscal 2012
North America
62.2%
63.9%
Europe
23.1%
21.9%
India
2.1%
2.2%
Rest of the World
12.6%
12.0%
A focus of our growth strategy is to expand our business to parts of the world outside North America, including Europe, Australia and other parts of Asia, as we expect that increases in the proportion of revenues generated from customers outside of North America would reduce our dependence upon our sales to North America and the impact on us of economic downturns in that region.
There were significant currency movements during fiscal 2013. The following table sets forth our revenues by geographic segments for fiscal 2013, had the average exchange rate between each of the currencies namely, the United Kingdom Pound Sterling, Euro and Australian dollar, and the U.S. dollar remained constant, during fiscal 2013 in comparison to fiscal 2012, in constant currency terms:
Geographic Segments
Fiscal 2013
North America
61.7%
Europe
23.6%
India
2.1%
Rest of the World
12.6%
The following table sets forth our geographic segment profit (revenues less identifiable operating expenses and allocated expenses) as a percentage of geographic segment revenue for fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012 (refer note 2.19.2 under Item 18 of this Annual Report):
Geographic Segments
Fiscal 2013
Fiscal 2012
North America
28.7%
31.3%
Europe
28.0%
30.5%
India
18.2%
27.7%
Rest of the World
31.2%
35.8%
The decline in geographic segment profit as a percentage of geographic segment revenue in the Indian geographic segment during fiscal 2013 as compared to fiscal 2012 was primarily due to the operational costs incurred in connection with certain projects including costs related to software application products.
During fiscal 2013, the total billed person-months for our services other than business process management grew by 8.8% compared to fiscal 2012. The onsite and offshore billed person-months growth for our services other than business process management were 9.2% and 8.6% during fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012. During fiscal 2013, there was a 4.8% decrease in offshore revenue productivity, and a 1.6% decrease in the onsite revenue productivity when compared to fiscal 2012. On a blended basis, the revenue productivity decreased by 3.0% during fiscal 2013 when compared to fiscal 2012.
Cost of sales
The following table sets forth our cost of sales for fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012:
(Dollars in millions)
Fiscal 2013
Fiscal 2012
Change
Percentage Change
Cost of sales
$4,637
$4,118
$519
12.6%
As a percentage of revenues
62.7%
58.9%
(Dollars in millions)
Fiscal 2013
Fiscal 2012
Change
Employee benefit costs
$3,697
$3,377
$320
Deferred purchase price pertaining to acquisition (Refer note 2.3 under Item 18 of this Annual Report)
10
–
10
Depreciation and amortization
207
195
12
Travelling costs
217
164
53
Cost of technical sub-contractors
268
160
108
Cost of Software packages for own use
115
101
14
Third party items bought for service delivery to clients
27
34
(7)
Operating lease payments
28
26
2
Communication costs
23
19
4
Repairs and maintenance
15
13
2
Consumables
5
–
5
Provision for post-sales client support
15
13
2
Other expenses
10
16
(6)
Total
$4,637
$4,118
$519
The increase in cost of sales as a percentage of revenues during fiscal 2013 from fiscal 2012 was attributable primarily to an increase in our employee benefit costs, cost of technical sub-contractors, travelling and communication costs, partially offset by a reduction in third party items bought for service delivery to clients. The increase in employee benefit costs during fiscal 2013 from fiscal 2012 was due to increase in billed person-months for our services other than business process management which grew by 8.8%, partially offset by curtailment gain recorded during fiscal 2013 on account of the company aligning the gratuity entitlement of certain employees prospectively to the Payment of Gratuity Act. The increase in cost of technical sub-contractors was due to increased engagement of technical sub-contractors to meet certain skill requirement in large projects. The increase in travelling and communication costs during fiscal 2013 from fiscal 2012 was due to an overall increase in the volume of our business.
Gross profit
The following table sets forth our gross profit for fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012:
(Dollars in millions)
Fiscal 2013
Fiscal 2012
Change
Percentage Change
Gross profit
$2,761
$2,876
$(115)
(4.0)%
As a percentage of revenues
37.3%
41.1%
The decrease in gross profit during fiscal 2013 from fiscal 2012 was attributable to a 3.8% increase in cost of sales as a percentage of revenue.
Revenues and gross profits are also affected by employee utilization rates. The following table sets forth the utilization rates of billable employees for services and software application products, excluding business process outsourcing services:
Fiscal
2013
2012
Including trainees
68.9%
69.0%
Excluding trainees
72.5%
75.9%
Selling and marketing expenses
The following table sets forth our selling and marketing expenses for fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012:
(Dollars in millions)
Fiscal 2013
Fiscal 2012
Change
Percentage Change
Selling and marketing expenses
$373
$366
$7
1.9%
As a percentage of revenues
5.0%
5.2%
(Dollars in millions)
Fiscal 2013
Fiscal 2012
Change
Employee benefit costs
$294
$283
$11
Travelling costs
33
37
(4)
Branding and marketing
25
25
–
Operating lease payments
6
5
1
Commission
6
6
–
Consultancy and professional charges
4
5
(1)
Communication costs
4
4
–
Other expenses
1
1
–
Total
$373
$366
$7
The increase in selling and marketing expenses during fiscal 2013 from fiscal 2012 was primarily attributable to an increase in employee benefit costs as a result of increase in the number of sales and marketing personnel.
Administrative expenses
The following table sets forth our administrative expenses for fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012:
(Dollars in millions)
Fiscal 2013
Fiscal 2012
Change
Percentage Change
Administrative expenses
$479
$497
$(18)
(3.6)%
As a percentage of revenues
6.5%
7.1%
(Dollars in millions)
Fiscal 2013
Fiscal 2012
Change
Employee benefit costs
$148
$155
$(7)
Consultancy and professional charges
89
94
(5)
Repairs and maintenance
73
76
(3)
Power and fuel
39
38
1
Communication costs
39
34
5
Travelling costs
28
32
(4)
Rates and taxes
15
13
2
Operating lease payments
11
9
2
Insurance charges
8
8
–
Postage and courier
3
3
–
Printing and stationery
2
3
(1)
Provisions for doubtful accounts receivable
7
14
(7)
Consumables
1
–
1
Donations
2
–
2
Other expenses
14
18
(4)
Total
$479
$497
$(18)
The decrease in administrative expenses for fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012 was primarily due to a decrease in employee benefit costs, consultancy and professional charges and provisions for doubtful accounts receivable, partially offset by increase in communication costs. The decrease in provision for doubtful account receivable was based on the management’s estimation on the collectability of the receivables.
Operating profit
The following table sets forth our operating profit for fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012:
(Dollars in millions)
Fiscal 2013
Fiscal 2012
Change
Percentage Change
Operating profit
$1,909
$2,013
$(104)
(5.2)%
As a percentage of revenues
25.8%
28.8%
The decrease in operating profit as a percentage of revenues for fiscal 2013 from fiscal 2012 was attributable to a 3.8% decrease in gross profit as a percentage of revenue, partially offset by a 0.2% decrease in selling and marketing expenses and 0.6% decrease in administrative expenses.
Other income
The following table sets forth our other income for fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012:
(Dollars in millions)
Fiscal 2013
Fiscal 2012
Change
Percentage Change
Other income, net
$433
$397
$36
9.1%
Other income for fiscal 2013 includes interest income on deposits and certificates of deposit of $329 million, foreign exchange gain of $33 million on translation of other assets and liabilities, income from available-for-sale financial assets of $42 million and a foreign exchange gain of $15 million on forward and options contracts. Other income for fiscal 2012 includes interest income on deposits and certificates of deposit of $374 million, foreign exchange gain of $70 million on translation of other assets and liabilities, and income from available-for-sale financial assets of $6 million partially offset by a foreign exchange loss of $57 million on forward and options contracts.
We generate substantially all of our revenues in foreign currencies, particularly the U.S. dollar, the United Kingdom Pound Sterling, Euro and the Australian dollar, whereas we incur a majority of our expenses in Indian rupees. The exchange rate between the Indian rupee and the U.S. dollar has changed substantially in recent years and may fluctuate substantially in the future. Consequently, the results of our operations are adversely affected as the Indian rupee appreciates against the U.S. dollar. Foreign exchange gains and losses arise from the appreciation and depreciation of the Indian rupee against other currencies in which we transact business and from foreign exchange forward and option contracts.
The following table sets forth the currency in which our revenues for fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012 were denominated:
Currency
Percentage of Revenues
Fiscal 2013
Fiscal 2012
U.S. dollar
70.6%
71.7%
United Kingdom Pound Sterling
6.4%
6.8%
Euro
8.8%
7.7%
Australian dollar
8.3%
7.6%
Others
5.9%
6.2%
The following table sets forth information on the foreign exchange rates in rupees per U.S. dollar, United Kingdom Pound Sterling, Euro and Australian dollar for fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012:
Fiscal 2013 ( rupee symbol )
Fiscal 2012 ( rupee symbol )
Appreciation / (Depreciation) in percentage
Average exchange rate during the period:
U.S. dollar
54.54
48.10
(13.4)%
United Kingdom Pound Sterling
86.14
76.79
(12.2)%
Euro
70.34
66.28
(6.1)%
Australian dollar
56.24
50.33
(11.7)%
Fiscal 2013 ( rupee symbol )
Fiscal 2012 ( rupee symbol )
Exchange rate at the beginning of the period:
U.S. dollar
50.88
44.60
United Kingdom Pound Sterling
81.46
71.80
Euro
67.87
63.38
Australian dollar
52.91
46.11
Exchange rate at the end of the period:
U.S. dollar
54.29
50.88
United Kingdom Pound Sterling
82.23
81.46
Euro
69.50
67.87
Australian dollar
56.63
52.91
Appreciation / (Depreciation) of the Indian rupee against the relevant currency during the period (as a percentage):
U.S. dollar
(6.7)%
(14.1)%
United Kingdom Pound Sterling
(0.9)%
(13.5)%
Euro
(2.4)%
(7.1)%
Australian dollar
(7.0)%
(14.7)%
The following table sets forth information on the foreign exchange rates in U.S. dollar per United Kingdom Pound Sterling, Euro and Australian dollar for fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012:
Fiscal 2013 ($)
Fiscal 2012 ($)
Appreciation / (Depreciation) in percentage
Average exchange rate during the period:
United Kingdom Pound Sterling
1.58
1.60
1.3%
Euro
1.29
1.38
6.5%
Australian dollar
1.03
1.05
1.9%
Fiscal 2013 ($)
Fiscal 2012 ($)
Exchange rate at the beginning of the period:
United Kingdom Pound Sterling
1.60
1.61
Euro
1.33
1.42
Australian dollar
1.04
1.03
Exchange rate at the end of the period:
United Kingdom Pound Sterling
1.51
1.60
Euro
1.28
1.33
Australian dollar
1.04
1.04
Appreciation / (Depreciation) of U.S. dollar against the relevant currency during the period:
United Kingdom Pound Sterling
5.6%
0.6%
Euro
3.8%
6.3%
Australian dollar
–
(1.0)%
For fiscal 2013, every percentage point depreciation/appreciation in the exchange rate between the Indian rupee and the U.S. dollar has affected our operating margins by approximately 0.4%. The exchange rate between the Indian rupee and the U.S. dollar has fluctuated substantially in recent years and may continue to do so in the future. We are unable to predict the impact that future fluctuations may have on our operating margins.
We have recorded a gain of $15 million and a loss of $57 million for fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, respectively, on account of foreign exchange forward and option contracts, which are included in total foreign currency exchange gains/ losses. Our accounting policy requires us to mark to market and recognize the effect in profit immediately of any derivative that is either not designated as a hedge, or is so designated but is ineffective as per IAS 39.
Income tax expense
The following table sets forth our income tax expense and effective tax rate for fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012:
(Dollars in millions)
Fiscal 2013
Fiscal 2012
Change
Percentage Change
Income tax expense
$617
$694
$(77)
(11.1)%
Effective tax rate
26.3%
28.8%
The decrease in the effective tax rate to 26.3% for fiscal 2013 was mainly due to reduction in taxes on dividend received from subsidiary, deduction on eligible research and development expense based on the approval received from Department of Scientific and Industrial Research (DSIR) for Finacle TM and Infosys Labs, reduction in branch profit tax expense and increase in exempt non-operating income. The weighted tax deduction on research and development expense is equal to 200% of such expenditures incurred during fiscal 2013.  (Refer to note 2.16 of Item 18 of this Annual Report  for a reconciliation of the income tax provision to the amount computed by applying the statutory income tax rate to the income before income taxes).
Net profit
The following table sets forth our net profit for fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012:
(Dollars in millions)
Fiscal 2013
Fiscal 2012
Change
Percentage Change
Net profit
$1,725
$1,716
$9
0.5%
As a percentage of revenues
23.3%
24.5%
The decrease in net profit as a percentage of revenues for fiscal 2013 from fiscal 2012 was attributable to a 3.0% decrease in operating profit as a percentage of revenue partially offset by a decrease of 2.5% in our effective tax rate and an increase of 9.1% in other income.
Results for Fiscal 2012 compared to Fiscal 2011
Effective as of the quarter ended June 30, 2011, we internally reorganized our business to increase our client focus. Consequent to this internal reorganization there were changes effected in the reportable segments based on the “management approach” as defined in IFRS 8, Operating Segments (Refer Note 2.19, Segment reporting, of Item 18 of this Annual Report).
Revenues
The following table sets forth the growth in our revenues in fiscal 2012 from fiscal 2011:
(Dollars in millions)
Fiscal 2012
Fiscal 2011
Change
Percentage Change
Revenues
$6,994
$6,041
$953
15.8%
Revenues increased across most of the segments of our business. The increase in revenues was attributable primarily to an increase in business from existing clients, particularly in industries such as financial services and insurance (FSI), manufacturing (MFG) and retail, consumer packaged goods, logistics and life sciences (RCL).
The following table sets forth our revenues by industry segments for fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011:
Industry Segments
Percentage of Revenues
Fiscal 2012
Fiscal 2011
Financial services and insurance (FSI)
35.1%
35.9%
Manufacturing (MFG)
20.6%
19.6%
Energy, utilities, communication and services (ECS)
21.4%
24.0%
Retail, consumer packaged goods, logistics and life sciences (RCL)
22.9%
20.5%
During fiscal 2012, the U.S. dollar depreciated against a majority of the currencies in which we transact business. The U.S. dollar depreciated by 3.2%, 4.5% and 11.7% against the United Kingdom Pound Sterling, Euro and Australian dollar, respectively.
There were significant currency movements during fiscal 2012. Had the average exchange rate between each of these currencies and the U.S. dollar remained constant, during fiscal 2012 in comparison to fiscal 2011, our revenues in constant currency terms for fiscal 2012 would have been lower by $103 million at $6,891 million as against our reported revenues of $6,994 million, resulting in a growth of 14.1% as against a reported growth of 15.8%. The following table sets forth our revenues by industry segments for fiscal 2012, had the average exchange rate between each of the currencies namely, the United Kingdom Pound Sterling, Euro and Australian dollar, and the U.S. dollar remained constant, during fiscal 2012 in comparison to fiscal 2011, in constant currency terms:
Industry Segments
Fiscal 2012
Financial services and insurance (FSI)
35.1%
Manufacturing (MFG)
20.6%
Energy, utilities ,communication and services (ECS)
23.1%
Retail, consumer packaged goods, logistics and life sciences (RCL)
21.2%
The following table sets forth our industry segment profit (revenues less identifiable operating expenses and allocated expenses) as a percentage of industry segment revenue for fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011 (refer note 2.19.1 under Item 18 of this Annual Report):
Industry Segments
Fiscal 2012
Fiscal 2011
Financial services and insurance (FSI)
32.2%
33.3%
Manufacturing (MFG)
29.8%
31.6%
Energy, utilities, communication and services (ECS)
31.9%
32.3%
Retail, consumer packaged goods, logistics and life sciences (RCL)
31.9%
32.5%
Our revenues are also segmented into onsite and offshore revenues. Onsite revenues are for those services which are performed at client sites or at our global development centres outside India, as part of software projects, while offshore revenues are for services which are performed at our software development centers located in India. The table below sets forth the percentage of our revenues by location for fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011:
Percentage of revenues
Fiscal 2012
Fiscal 2011
Onsite
49.9%
49.2%
Offshore
50.1%
50.8%
The services performed onsite typically generate higher revenues per-capita, but at lower gross margins in percentage as compared to the services performed at our own facilities. The table below sets forth details of billable hours expended as a percentage of revenue for onsite and offshore for fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011:
Fiscal 2012
Fiscal 2011
Onsite
25.0%
24.2%
Offshore
75.0%
75.8%
Revenues from services represented 95.4% of total revenues for fiscal 2012 as compared to 95.1% for fiscal 2011. Sales of our software products represented 4.6% of our total revenues for fiscal 2012 as compared to 4.9% for fiscal 2011.
The following table sets forth the revenues from fixed-price, fixed-timeframe contracts and time-and-materials contracts as a percentage of services revenues for fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011:
Percentage of total services revenues
Fiscal 2012
Fiscal 2011
Fixed-price, fixed-time frame contracts
39.3%
40.3%
Time-and-materials contracts
60.7%
59.7%
The following table sets forth our revenues by geographic segments for fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011:
Percentage of revenues
Geographic Segments
Fiscal 2012
Fiscal 2011
North America
63.9%
65.3%
Europe
21.9%
21.5%
India
2.2%
2.2%
Rest of the World
12.0%
11.0%
A focus of our growth strategy is to expand our business to parts of the world outside North America, including Europe, Australia and other parts of Asia, as we expect that increases in the proportion of revenues generated from customers outside of North America would reduce our dependence upon our sales to North America and the impact on us of economic downturns in that region.
There were significant currency movements during fiscal 2012. The following table sets forth our revenues by geographic segments for fiscal 2012, had the average exchange rate between each of the currencies namely, the United Kingdom Pound Sterling, Euro and Australian dollar, and the U.S. dollar remained constant, during fiscal 2012 in comparison to fiscal 2011, in constant currency terms:
Geographic Segments
Fiscal 2012
North America
64.8%
Europe
21.7%
India
2.2%
Rest of the World
11.3%
The following table sets forth our geographic segment profit (revenues less identifiable operating expenses and allocated expenses) as a percentage of geographic segment revenue for fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011 (refer note 2.19.2 under Item 18 of this Annual Report):
Geographic Segments
Fiscal 2012
Fiscal 2011
North America
31.3%
31.9%
Europe
30.5%
33.4%
India
27.7%
29.5%
Rest of the World
35.8%
35.5%
The decline in geographic segment profit as a percentage of geographic segment revenue in the Indian geographic segment during fiscal 2012 as compared to fiscal 2011 was primarily due to the initial operational costs incurred in connection with certain projects.
During fiscal 2012, the total billed person-months for our services other than business process management grew by 11.1% compared to fiscal 2011. The onsite and offshore billed person-months growth for our services other than business process management were 14.8% and 9.5% during fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011. During fiscal 2012, there was a 5.1% increase in offshore revenue productivity, and a 2.2% increase in the onsite revenue productivity when compared to fiscal 2011. On a blended basis, the revenue productivity increased by 4.7% during fiscal 2012 when compared to fiscal 2011.
Cost of sales
The following table sets forth our cost of sales for fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011:
(Dollars in millions)
Fiscal 2012
Fiscal 2011
Change
Percentage Change
Cost of sales
$4,118
$3,497
$621
17.8%
As a percentage of revenues
58.9%
57.9%
(Dollars in millions)
Fiscal 2012
Fiscal 2011
Change
Employee benefit costs
$3,377
$2,850
$527
Depreciation and amortization
195
189
6
Travelling costs
164
152
12
Cost of technical sub-contractors
160
132
28
Software packages for own use
101
77
24
Third party items bought for service delivery to clients
34
30
4
Operating lease payments
26
20
6
Communication costs
19
18
1
Repairs and maintenance
13
12
1
Provision for post-sales client support
13
1
12
Other expenses
16
16
–
Total
$4,118
$3,497
$621
The increase in cost of sales as a percentage of revenues during fiscal 2012 from fiscal 2011 was attributable primarily to an increase in our employee benefit costs, cost of technical sub-contractors, software packages for own use and provision for post-sales client support. The increase in employee benefit costs during fiscal 2012 from fiscal 2011 was due to an increase in employees, excluding sales and support personnel, from 123,811 as of fiscal 2011 to 141,788 as of fiscal 2012. Further, the offshore and onsite wages of our employees increased on an average by 10% to 12% and 2% to 3%, respectively, with effect from April 2011. The increase in cost of technical sub-contractors was due to increased engagement of technical sub- contractors to meet certain skill requirement in large projects. The increase in software packages for own use, is due to an increase in volume of system integration projects executed in the Indian market and also general increase in software bought for internal use. The increase in provision for post-sales client support during fiscal 2012 from fiscal 2011 was due to increase in provision made for contracts especially in certain financial services clients.
Gross profit
The following table sets forth our gross profit for fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011:
(Dollars in millions)
Fiscal 2012
Fiscal 2011
Change
Percentage Change
Gross profit
$2,876
$2,544
$332
13.1%
As a percentage of revenues
41.1%
42.1%
The increase in gross profit during fiscal 2012 from fiscal 2011 was attributable to a 15.8% increase in revenue, partially offset by a 1.0% increase in cost of sales as a percentage of revenue.
Revenues and gross profits are also affected by employee utilization rates. The following table sets forth the utilization rates of billable employees for services and software application products, excluding business process outsourcing services:
Fiscal 2012
Fiscal 2011
Including trainees
69.0%
72.1%
Excluding trainees
75.9%
79.6%
Selling and marketing expenses
The following table sets forth our selling and marketing expenses for fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011:
(Dollars in millions)
Fiscal 2012
Fiscal 2011
Change
Percentage Change
Selling and marketing expenses
$366
$332
$34
10.2%
As a percentage of revenues
5.2%
5.5%
(Dollars in millions)
Fiscal 2012
Fiscal 2011
Change
Employee benefit costs
$283
$268
$15
Travelling costs
37
28
9
Branding and marketing
25
21
4
Operating lease payments
5
4
1
Commission
6
3
3
Consultancy and professional charges
5
3
2
Other expenses
5
5
–
Total
$366
$332
$34
The number of our sales and marketing personnel increased to 1,132 as of March 31, 2012 from 1,001 as of March 31, 2011. The increase in selling and marketing expenses during fiscal 2012 from fiscal 2011 was primarily attributable to an increase in employee benefit costs as a result of increased head count and the result of the salary increase in April 2011.
Administrative expenses
The following table sets forth our administrative expenses for fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011:
(Dollars in millions)
Fiscal 2012
Fiscal 2011
Change
Percentage Change
Administrative expenses
$497
$433
$64
14.8%
As a percentage of revenues
7.1%
7.2%
(Dollars in millions)
Fiscal 2012
Fiscal 2011
Change
Employee benefit costs
$155
$147
$8
Consultancy and professional charges
94
72
22
Repairs and maintenance
76
67
9
Power and fuel
38
37
1
Communication costs
34
30
4
Travelling costs
32
30
2
Rates and taxes
13
12
1
Operating lease payments
9
9
–
Insurance charges
8
7
1
Postage and courier
3
3
–
Printing and stationery
3
3
–
Provisions for doubtful accounts receivable
14
–
14
Other expenses
18
16
2
Total
$497
$433
$64
The increase in administrative expenses for fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011 was primarily due to an increase in employee benefit costs and an increase in consultancy, professional charges and provisions for doubtful accounts receivable. The increase in consultancy and professional charges is primarily due to an increase in hiring charges of employees as well as increased legal charges. The increase in employee cost during fiscal 2012 from fiscal 2011 is primarily due to an increase in head count from 6,008 as at March 31, 2011 to 7,074 as at March 31, 2012, as well as increased salaries in April 2011. The increase in provision for doubtful account receivable was based on the management’s estimation on the collectability of the receivables.
Operating profit
The following table sets forth our operating profit for fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011:
(Dollars in millions)
Fiscal 2012
Fiscal 2011
Change
Percentage Change
Operating profit
$2,013
$1,779
$234
13.2%
As a percentage of revenues
28.8%
29.4%
The decrease in operating profit as a percentage of revenues for fiscal 2012 from fiscal 2011 was attributable to a 1.0% decrease in gross profit as a percentage of revenue, partially offset by a 0.3% decrease in selling and marketing expenses and 0.1% decrease in administrative expenses.
Other income
The following table sets forth our other income for fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011:
(Dollars in millions)
Fiscal 2012
Fiscal 2011
Change
Percentage Change
Other income, net
$397
$267
$130
48.7%
Other income for fiscal 2012 includes interest income on deposits and certificates of deposit of $374 million, foreign exchange gain of $70 million on translation of other assets and liabilities, and income from available-for-sale financial assets of $6 million partially offset by a foreign exchange loss of $57 million on forward and options contracts. Other income for fiscal 2011 includes interest income on deposits and certificates of deposit of $250 million, foreign exchange gain of $13 million on forward and options contracts and income from available-for-sale financial assets of $5 million, partially offset by a foreign exchange loss of $4 million on translation of other assets and liabilities.
We generate substantially all of our revenues in foreign currencies, particularly the U.S. dollar, the United Kingdom Pound Sterling, Euro and the Australian dollar, whereas we incur a majority of our expenses in Indian rupees. The exchange rate between the Indian rupee and the U.S. dollar has changed substantially in recent years and may fluctuate substantially in the future. Consequently, the results of our operations are adversely affected as the Indian rupee appreciates against the U.S. dollar. Foreign exchange gains and losses arise from the appreciation and depreciation of the Indian rupee against other currencies in which we transact business and from foreign exchange forward and option contracts.
The following table sets forth the currency in which our revenues for fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011 were denominated:
Currency
Percentage of Revenues
Fiscal 2012
Fiscal 2011
U.S. dollar
71.7%
72.8%
United Kingdom Pound Sterling
6.8%
7.2%
Euro
7.7%
6.9%
Australian dollar
7.6%
6.5%
Others
6.2%
6.6%
The following table sets forth information on the foreign exchange rates in Rupees per U.S. dollar, United Kingdom Pound Sterling, Euro and Australian dollar for fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011:
Fiscal 2012 ( rupee symbol )
Fiscal 2011 ( rupee symbol )
Appreciation / (Depreciation) in percentage
Average exchange rate during the period:
U.S. dollar
48.10
45.54
(5.6)%
United Kingdom Pound Sterling
76.79
70.77
(8.5)%
Euro
66.28
60.14
(10.2)%
Australian dollar
50.33
42.95
(17.2)%
Fiscal 2012 ( rupee symbol )
Fiscal 2011 ( rupee symbol )
Exchange rate at the beginning of the period:
U.S. dollar
44.60
44.90
United Kingdom Pound Sterling
71.80
67.96
Euro
63.38
60.45
Australian dollar
46.11
41.16
Exchange rate at the end of the period:
U.S. dollar
50.88
44.60
United Kingdom Pound Sterling
81.46
71.80
Euro
67.87
63.38
Australian dollar
52.91
46.11
Appreciation / (Depreciation) of the rupee against the relevant currency during the period (as a percentage):
U.S. dollar
(14.1)%
0.7%
United Kingdom Pound Sterling
(13.5)%
(5.7)%
Euro
(7.1)%
(4.8)%
Australian dollar
(14.7)%
(12.0)%
The following table sets forth information on the foreign exchange rates in U.S. dollar per United Kingdom Pound Sterling, Euro and Australian dollar for fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011:
Fiscal 2012 ($)
Fiscal 2011 ($)
Appreciation / (Depreciation) in percentage
Average exchange rate during the period:
United Kingdom Pound Sterling
1.60
1.55
(3.2)%
Euro
1.38
1.32
(4.5)%
Australian dollar
1.05
0.94
(11.7)%
Fiscal 2012 ($)
Fiscal 2011 ($)
Exchange rate at the beginning of the period:
United Kingdom Pound Sterling
1.61
1.51
Euro
1.42
1.35
Australian dollar
1.03
0.92
Exchange rate at the end of the period:
United Kingdom Pound Sterling
1.60
1.61
Euro
1.33
1.42
Australian dollar
1.04
1.03
Appreciation / (Depreciation) of U.S. dollar against the relevant currency during the period:
United Kingdom Pound Sterling
0.6%
(6.6)%
Euro
6.3%
(5.2)%
Australian dollar
(1.0)%
(12.0)%
For fiscal 2012, every percentage point depreciation/appreciation in the exchange rate between the Indian rupee and the U.S. dollar has affected our operating margins by approximately 0.5%. The exchange rate between the Indian rupee and U.S. dollar has fluctuated substantially in recent years and may continue to do so in the future. We are unable to predict the impact that future fluctuations may have on our operating margins.
We have recorded a loss of $57 million and a gain of $13 million for fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011, respectively, on account of foreign exchange forward and option contracts, which are included in total foreign currency exchange gains/ losses. Our accounting policy requires us to mark to market and recognize the effect in profit immediately of any derivative that is either not designated a hedge, or is so designated but is ineffective as per IAS 39.
Income tax expense
The following table sets forth our income tax expense and effective tax rate for fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011:
(Dollars in millions)
Fiscal 2012
Fiscal 2011
Change
Percentage Change
Income tax expense
$694
$547
$147
26.9%
Effective tax rate
28.8%
26.7%
The increase in the effective tax rate during fiscal 2012 from fiscal 2011 is primarily due to the expiration of the tax holiday period for all units operating under the Software Technology Park (STP) scheme and movement of one of the SEZ units from the 100% tax exempt category to the 50% tax exempt category, due to the completion of its first five years of operations and increase in taxes on non-operating income.
Net profit
The following table sets forth our net profit for fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011:
(Dollars in millions)
Fiscal 2012
Fiscal 2011
Change
Percentage Change
Net profit
$1,716
$1,499
$217
14.5%
As a percentage of revenues
24.5%
24.8%
The decrease in net profit as a percentage of revenues for fiscal 2012 from fiscal 2011 was attributable to a 0.6% decrease in operating profit as a percentage of revenue and an increase of 2.1% in our effective tax rate, partially offset by an increase in other income.
Sensitivity analysis for significant defined benefit plans
In accordance with the Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972, we provide for gratuity, a defined benefit retirement plan (the Gratuity Plan) covering eligible employees. The Gratuity Plan provides a lump-sum payment to vested employees at retirement, death, incapacitation or termination of employment, of an amount based on the respective employee's salary and the tenure of employment.
The defined benefit obligations as of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012 are $120 million and $118 million respectively.
The weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations as of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012 is set out below:
Particulars
Fiscal 2013
Fiscal 2012
Discount rate
8.0%
8.6%
Weighted average rate of increase in compensation levels
7.3%
7.3%
As of March 31, 2013, every percentage point increase / decrease in discount rate will affect our gratuity benefit obligation by approximately $8 million.
As of March 31, 2013, every percentage point increase / decrease in weighted average rate of increase in compensation levels will affect our gratuity benefit obligation by approximately $7 million.
Liquidity and capital resources
Our growth has been financed largely by cash generated from operations and, to a lesser extent, from the proceeds from the issuance of equity. In 1993, we raised approximately $4.4 million in gross aggregate proceeds from our initial public offering of equity shares in India. In 1994, we raised an additional $7.7 million through private placements of our equity shares with foreign institutional investors, mutual funds, Indian domestic financial institutions and corporations. On March 11, 1999, we raised $70.4 million in gross aggregate proceeds from our initial public offering of ADSs in the United States.
As of March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, we had $5,347 million, $5,008 million and $4,496 million in working capital, respectively. The working capital as of March 31, 2013, includes $4,021 million in cash and cash equivalents and $320 million in available-for-sale financial assets. The working capital as of March 31, 2012, includes $4,047 million in cash and cash equivalents, $6 million in available-for-sale financial assets and $68 million in investments in certificates of deposit. The working capital as of March 31, 2011, includes $3,737 million in cash and cash equivalents, $5 million in available-for-sale financial assets and $27 million in investments in certificates of deposit. Available-for-sale financial assets include investments in liquid mutual fund units, quoted debt securities and unquoted equity securities. Certificates of deposit represent funds deposited at a bank or other eligible financial institution for a specified time period. Investment in quoted debt securities represents the investments made in debt securities issued by government and quasi government organizations. We have no outstanding bank borrowings. We believe that our current working capital is sufficient to meet our requirements for the next 12 months. We believe that a sustained reduction in IT spending, a longer sales cycle, or a continued economic downturn in any of the various geographic locations or industry segments in which we operate, could result in a decline in our revenue and negatively impact our liquidity and cash resources.
Our principal sources of liquidity are our cash and cash equivalents and the cash flow that we generate from our operations. Our cash and cash equivalents are comprised of deposits with banks and corporations with high credit-ratings assigned by international and domestic credit-rating agencies which can be withdrawn at any point of time without prior notice or penalty. These cash and cash equivalents included a restricted cash balance of $56 million, $52 million and $24 million as of March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. These restrictions are primarily on account of unclaimed dividends, bank balances held as margin money deposit and cash balances held by irrevocable trusts controlled by us .
In summary, our cash flows were:
(Dollars in millions)
Fiscal 2013
Fiscal 2012
Fiscal 2011
Net cash provided by operating activities
$1,738
$1,681
$1,298
Net cash provided/(used) in investing activities
$(927)
$(429)
$490
Net cash (used) in financing activities
$(583)
$(500)
$(811)
Net cash provided by operations consisted primarily of net profit adjusted for depreciation and amortization, deferred taxes and income taxes, income on investment and changes in working capital.
Trade receivables increased by $181 million, $247 million and $254 million during fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Trade receivables as a percentage of last 12 months revenues were 17.6%, 16.5% and 17.3% as of March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Days sales outstanding on the basis of last 12 months revenues were 64 days, 60 days and 63 days as of March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Prepayments and other assets increased by $83 million in fiscal 2013, compared to $13 million and $52 million during fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011, respectively. There was an increase in unbilled revenues of $87 million in fiscal 2013, compared to $131 million during fiscal 2012 and $88 million during fiscal 2011. Unbilled revenues represent revenues that are recognized but not yet invoiced. The increase in unbilled revenues is primarily due to efforts spent in certain large projects for which the billing milestones have not yet been established. Other liabilities and provisions increased by $97 million, $123 million and $98 million during fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Unearned revenues increased by $49 million and $6 million during fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, respectively, as compared to a decrease of $3 million during fiscal 2011. Unearned revenue resulted primarily from advance client billings on fixed-price, fixed-timeframe contracts for which related efforts had not been expended. Revenues from fixed-price, fixed-timeframe contracts represented 40.0%, 39.3% and 40.3% of total services revenues for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, whereas revenues from time-and-materials contracts represented 60.0%, 60.7% and 59.7% of total services revenues for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
Income taxes paid decreased by $53 million during fiscal 2013 as compared to an increase of $29 million and $257 million during fiscal 2012 and 2011, respectively.
We expect to contribute $13 million to our gratuity trusts during fiscal 2014 (refer to note 2.11.1 under Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F). We believe that our current working capital is sufficient to meet our gratuity obligations.
Net cash used in investing activities, relating to our business acquisitions for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $213 million, $41 million and Nil respectively. Net cash used in investing activities, relating to acquisition of additional property, plant and equipment for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $382 million, $301 million and $285 million, respectively for our software development centers. During fiscal 2013, we invested $4,029 million in available-for-sale financial assets, $45 million in deposits with corporations, and redeemed available-for-sale financial assets of $3,716 million and $67 million of certificates of deposit. During fiscal 2012, we invested $1,247 million in available-for-sale financial assets, $75 million in certificates of deposit, $23 million in deposits with corporations and redeemed available-for-sale financial assets of $1,245 million and $31 million of certificates of deposit. During fiscal 2011, we invested $425 million in available-for-sale financial assets, $185 million in certificates of deposit, $22 million in non-current deposits with corporations and redeemed available-for-sale financial assets of $973 million and certificates of deposit of $436 million. The proceeds realized from the redemption of available-for-sale financial assets were used in our day to day business activities.
On January 4, 2012, Infosys BPO acquired 100% of the voting interest in Portland Group Pty Ltd, a strategic sourcing and category management services provider based in Australia. This business acquisition was conducted by entering into a share sale agreement for a cash consideration of $41 million. The entire amount was paid by March 31, 2012.
On October 22, 2012, we acquired 100% of the voting interests in Lodestone Holding AG, a global management consultancy firm headquartered in Zurich, Switzerland. The business acquisition was conducted by entering into a share purchase agreement for a cash consideration of $219 million and an additional consideration of up to $112 million, which we refer to as deferred purchase price, payable to the selling shareholders of Lodestone Holding AG who are continuously employed or otherwise engaged by us or our subsidiaries during the three year period following the date of the acquisition.
Previously, we provided various loans to employees including car loans, home loans, personal computer loans, telephone loans, medical loans, marriage loans, personal loans, salary advances, education loans and loans for rental deposits. These loans were provided primarily to employees in India who were not executive officers or directors. Housing and car loans were available only to middle level managers, senior managers and non-executive officers. These loans were generally collateralized against the assets of the loan and the terms of the loans ranged from 1 to 100 months.
We have discontinued fresh disbursements under all of these loan schemes except for personal loans and salary advances which we continue to provide primarily to employees in India who are not executive officers or directors.
The annual rates of interest for these loans vary between 0% and 4%. Loans and advances aggregating $41 million, $33 million and $32 million were outstanding as of March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
The timing of required repayments of employee loans and advances outstanding as of March 31, 2013 are as detailed below.
(Dollars in millions)
12 months ending March 31,
Repayment
2014
$26
2015
15
$41
Net cash used in financing activities for fiscal 2013 was $583 million, which was comprised primarily of dividend payments of $568 million. Net cash used in financing activities for fiscal 2012 was $500 million, which was comprised primarily of dividend payments of $501 million, partially offset by $1 million of proceeds received from the issuance of 78,442 equity shares on exercise of share options by employees. Net cash used in financing activities for fiscal 2011 was $811 million, which was comprised primarily of dividend payments of $816 million, partially offset by $5 million of proceeds received from the issuance of 326,367 equity shares on exercise of share options by employees.
The Board of Directors, in their meeting on April 12, 2013, proposed a final dividend of approximately $0.50 per equity share ( 27.00 per equity share). The proposal is subject to the approval of shareholders at the Annual General Meeting to be held on June 15, 2013, and if approved, would result in a cash outflow of approximately $334 million, inclusive of corporate dividend tax of $48 million.
As of March 31, 2013, we had contractual commitments for capital expenditure of $312 million, as compared to $205 million and $183 million of contractual commitments as of March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. These commitments include approximately $192 million in commitments for domestic purchases as of March 31, 2013, as compared to $164 million and $177 million as of March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and $120 million in commitments for imports of hardware, supplies and services to support our operations generally as of March 31, 2013, as compared to $41 million and $6 million as of March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. All our capital commitments will be financed out of cash generated from operations. We expect our outstanding contractual commitments as of March 31, 2013 to be significantly completed by September 2013.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
General
Market risk is attributable to all market sensitive financial instruments including foreign currency receivables and payables. The value of a financial instrument may change as a result of changes in the interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices and other market changes that affect market risk sensitive instruments.
Our exposure to market risk is a function of our revenue generating activities and any future borrowing activities in foreign currency. The objective of market risk management is to avoid excessive exposure of our earnings and equity to loss. Most of our exposure to market risk arises out of our foreign currency accounts receivable.
We have chosen alternative 1 provided by Item 11 of Form 20-F to disclose quantitative information about market risk. All the required information under alternative 1 has been either included in components of market risk as given below or in note 2.7 under Item 18 of this Annual Report and such information has been incorporated herein by reference.
The following table provides the cross references to notes under Item 18 of this Annual Report which contains disclosures required under alternative 1 of Item 11 of Form 20-F.
Sl. No.
Requirements of Alternative 1 of Item 11
Cross reference to notes in the financial statements for instruments held for trading (Derivative financial instruments)
Cross reference to notes in the financial statements for instruments other than for trading purposes (All other financial instruments)
1.
Fair values of market risk sensitive instruments
Table: The carrying value and fair value of financial instruments by categories under Note 2.7, Financial Instruments, of Item 18 of this Annual Report.
Table: The carrying value and fair value of financial instruments by categories under Note 2.7, Financial Instruments, of Item 18 of this Annual Report.
2.
Contract terms to determine future cash flows, categorized by expected maturity terms
Section: Derivative Financial Instruments under Note 2.7, Financial Instruments, of Item 18 of this Annual Report describing the terms of forward and options contracts and the table depicting the relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period as of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012.
We have provided the outstanding contract amounts in Note 2.7, Financial Instruments, of Item 18 of this Annual Report, table giving details in respect of outstanding foreign exchange forward and option contracts.
Current Financial Assets: The expected maturity of these assets falls within one year, hence no additional disclosures are required.
Non Current Financial Assets:
Prepayments and Other Assets - Primarily consist of deposit held with corporation to settle certain employee-related obligations as and when they arise during the normal course of business. Consequently, the period of maturity could not be estimated. (Refer to Note 2.4, Prepayments and Other Assets, of Item 18 of this Annual Report). Hence we have not made any additional disclosures for the maturity of non-current financial assets.
Financial Liabilities: Refer to Section “Liquidity Risk” under Note 2.7 of Item 18 of this Annual Report, table containing the details regarding the contractual maturities of significant financial liabilities as of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012.
3.
Contract terms to determine cash flows for each of the next five years and aggregate amount for remaining years.
Same table as above however as all our forward and option contracts mature between 1-12 months, we do not require further classification.
Refer to Section “Liquidity Risk” under Note 2.7 of Item 18 of this Annual Report, table containing the details regarding the contractual maturities of significant financial liabilities as of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012.
4.
Categorization of market risk sensitive instruments
We have categorized the forwards and option contracts based on the currency in which the forwards and option contracts were denominated in accordance with instruction to Item 11(a) 2 B (v). Refer to section entitled: Derivative Financial Instruments under Note 2.7, Financial Instruments, of Item 18 of this Annual Report; table giving details in respect of outstanding foreign exchange forward and option contracts.
We have categorized the financial assets and financial liabilities based on the currency in which the financial instruments were denominated in accordance with instruction to Item 11(a) 2 B (v). Refer to section entitled: Financial Risk Management under Note 2.7, Financial Instruments, under Item 18 of this Annual Report; table analyzing the foreign currency risk from financial instruments as of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012.
5.
Descriptions and assumptions to understand the above disclosures
All the tables given under Note 2.7, Financial Instruments, under Item 18 of this Annual Report have explanatory headings and the necessary details to understand the information contained in the tables.
All the tables given under Note 2.7, Financial Instruments, under Item 18 of this Annual Report have explanatory headings and the necessary details to understand the information contained in the tables.
Risk Management Procedures
We manage market risk through treasury operations. Our treasury operations' objectives and policies are approved by senior management and our Audit Committee. The activities of treasury operations include management of cash resources, implementing hedging strategies for foreign currency exposures, borrowing strategies, if any, and ensuring compliance with market risk limits and policies.
Components of Market Risk
Exchange rate risk. Our exposure to market risk arises principally from exchange rate risk. Even though our functional currency is the Indian rupee, we generate a major portion of our revenues in foreign currencies, particularly the U.S. dollar, the United Kingdom Pound Sterling, Euro and the Australian dollar, whereas we incur a majority of our expenses in Indian rupees. The exchange rate between the Indian rupee and the U.S. dollar has changed substantially in recent years and may fluctuate substantially in the future. Consequently, the results of our operations are adversely affected as the Indian rupee appreciates against the U.S. dollar. For fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, U.S. dollar denominated revenues represented 70.6%, 71.7% and 72.8% of total revenues, respectively. For the same periods, revenues denominated in United Kingdom Pound Sterling represented 6.4%, 6.8% and 7.2% of total revenues, revenues denominated in the Euro represented 8.8%, 7.7% and 6.9% of total revenues while revenues denominated in the Australian dollar represented 8.3%, 7.6% and 6.5% of total revenues. Our exchange rate risk primarily arises from our foreign currency revenues, receivables and payables.
We use derivative financial instruments such as foreign exchange forward and option contracts to mitigate the risk of changes in foreign exchange rates on accounts receivable and forecasted cash flows denominated in certain foreign currencies. The counterparty for these contracts is generally a bank.
As of March 31, 2013, we had outstanding forward contracts of $851 million, Euro 62 million, United Kingdom Pound Sterling 65 million and Australian dollar 70 million. As of March 31, 2012, we had outstanding forward contracts of $729 million, Euro 51 million, United Kingdom Pound Sterling 35 million and Australian dollar 24 million and option contracts of $50 million. As of March 31, 2011, we had outstanding forward contracts of $546 million, Euro 28 million, United Kingdom Pound Sterling 15 million and Australian dollar 10 million. The forward contracts typically mature within one to twelve months, must be settled on the day of maturity and may be cancelled subject to the payment of any gains or losses in the difference between the contract exchange rate and the market exchange rate on the date of cancellation. We use these derivative instruments only as a hedging mechanism and not for speculative purposes. We may not purchase adequate instruments to insulate ourselves from foreign exchange currency risks. In addition, any such instruments may not perform adequately as a hedging mechanism. The policies of the Reserve Bank of India may change from time to time which may limit our ability to hedge our foreign currency exposures adequately. We may, in the future, adopt more active hedging policies, and have done so in the past.
Fair value. The fair value of our market rate risk sensitive instruments approximates their carrying value.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
IFRS 9 Financial Instruments: In November 2009, the International Accounting Standards Board issued IFRS 9, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, to reduce the complexity of the current rules on financial instruments as mandated in IAS 39. The effective date for IFRS 9 is annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2015 with early adoption permitted. IFRS 9 has fewer classification and measurement categories as compared to IAS 39 and has eliminated the categories of held to maturity, available for sale and loans and receivables. Further it eliminates the rule-based requirement of segregating embedded derivatives and tainting rules pertaining to held to maturity investments. For an investment in an equity instrument which is not held for trading, IFRS 9 permits an irrevocable election, on initial recognition, on an individual share-by-share basis, to present all fair value changes from the investment in other comprehensive income. No amount recognized in other comprehensive income would ever be reclassified to profit or loss. IFRS 9 was further amended in October 2010, and such amendment introduced requirements on accounting for financial liabilities. This amendment addresses the issue of volatility in the profit or loss due to changes in the fair value of an entity’s own debt. It requires the entity, which chooses to measure a liability at fair value, to present the portion of the fair value change attributable to the entity’s own credit risk in the other comprehensive income. We are required to adopt IFRS 9 by accounting year commencing April 1, 2015. We are currently evaluating the requirements of IFRS 9, and have not yet determined the impact on the consolidated financial statements.
IFRS 10, Consolidated Financial Statements, IFRS 11, Joint Arrangements and IFRS 12, Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities: In May 2011, the International Accounting Standards Board issued IFRS 10, IFRS 11 and IFRS 12. The effective date for IFRS 10, IFRS 11 and IFRS 12 is annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013 with early adoption permitted.
IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements builds on existing principles by identifying the concept of control as the determining factor in whether an entity should be included within the consolidated financial statements of the parent Company. IFRS 10 replaces the consolidation requirements in SIC-12 Consolidation of Special Purpose Entities and IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements. The standard provides additional guidance for determining of control in cases of ambiguity for instance in case of franchisor franchisee relationship, de facto agent, silos and potential voting rights.
IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements determines nature of arrangement by focusing on the rights and obligations of the arrangement, rather than its legal form. IFRS 11 replaces IAS 31 Interests in Joint Ventures and SIC-13 Jointly-controlled Entities-Non-monetary Contributions by Venturers. IFRS 11 addresses only forms of joint arrangements (joint operations and joint ventures) where there is joint control whereas IAS 31 had identified three forms of joint ventures, namely jointly controlled operations, jointly controlled assets and jointly controlled entities. The standard addresses inconsistencies in the reporting of joint arrangements by requiring a single method to account for interests in jointly controlled entities, which is the equity method.
IFRS 12 Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities is a new and comprehensive standard on disclosure requirements for all forms of interests in other entities, including joint arrangements, associates, special purpose vehicles and other off balance sheet vehicles. A significant requirement of IFRS 12 is that an entity needs to disclose the significant judgment and assumptions it has made in determining:
a. Whether it has control, joint control or significant influence over another entity.
b. The type of joint arrangement when the joint arrangement is structured through a separate vehicle.
IFRS 12 also expands the disclosure requirements for subsidiaries with non-controlling interest, joint arrangements and associates that are individually material. IFRS 12 introduces the term “structured entity” by replacing Special Purpose entities and requires enhanced disclosures by way of nature and extent of, and changes in, the risks associated with its interests in both its consolidated and unconsolidated structured entities.
We are required to adopt IFRS 10, IFRS 11 and IFRS 12 by accounting year commencing April 1, 2013. We have evaluated the requirements of IFRS 10, IFRS 11 and IFRS 12, and these requirements are not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement: In May 2011, the International Accounting Standards Board issued IFRS 13, Fair Value Measurement to provide a specific guidance on fair value measurement and requires enhanced disclosures for all assets and liabilities measured at fair value, not restricting to financial assets and liabilities. The standard introduces a precise definition of fair value and a consistent measure for fair valuation across assets and liabilities, with a few specified exceptions. The effective date for IFRS 13 is annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013 with early adoption permitted. We are required to adopt IFRS 13 by accounting year commencing April 1, 2013. We have evaluated the requirements of IFRS 13, and these requirements are not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
IAS 1 (Amended) Presentation of Financial Statements: In June 2011, the International Accounting Standard Board published amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements. The amendments to IAS 1, Presentation of Financial Statements, require companies preparing financial statements in accordance with IFRS to group items within other comprehensive income that may be reclassified to the profit or loss separately from those items which would not be recyclable in the profit or loss section of the income statement. It also requires the tax associated with items presented before tax to be shown separately for each of the two groups of other comprehensive income items (without changing the option to present items of other comprehensive income either before tax or net of tax). The amendments also reaffirm existing requirements that items in other comprehensive income and profit or loss should be presented as either a single statement or two consecutive statements. This amendment is applicable to annual periods beginning on or after July 1 2012, with early adoption permitted. We are required to adopt IAS 1 (Amended) by accounting year commencing April 1, 2013. We have evaluated the requirements of IAS 1 (Amended) and we do not believe that the adoption of IAS 1 (Amended) will have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.
IAS 19 (Amended) Employee Benefits: In June 2011, International Accounting Standards Board issued IAS 19 (Amended), Employee Benefits. The effective date for adoption of IAS 19 (Amended) is annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, though early adoption is permitted. IAS 19 (Amended) has eliminated an option to defer the recognition of gains and losses through re-measurements and requires such gain or loss to be recognized through other comprehensive income in the year of occurrence to reduce volatility. The amended standard requires immediate recognition of effects of any plan amendments. Further it also requires asset in profit or loss to be restricted to government bond yields or corporate bond yields, considered for valuation of Projected Benefit Obligation, irrespective of actual portfolio allocations. The actual return from the portfolio in excess of such yields is recognized through other comprehensive income. These amendments enhance the disclosure requirements for defined benefit plans by requiring information about the characteristics of defined benefit plan and risks that entities are exposed to through participation in those plans. The amendments need to be adopted retrospectively. We are required to adopt IAS 19 (Amended) by accounting year commencing April 1, 2013. We have evaluated the requirements of IAS 19 (Amended) and these requirements are not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Critical Accounting Policies
We consider the policies discussed below to be critical to an understanding of our financial statements as their application places the most significant demands on management's judgment, with financial reporting results relying on estimation about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Specific risks for these critical accounting policies are described in the following paragraphs. For all of these policies, future events rarely develop exactly as forecast, and the best estimates routinely require adjustment.
Estimates
We prepare financial statements in conformity with IFRS, which requires us to make estimates, judgments and assumptions. These estimates, judgements and assumptions affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. Application of accounting policies which require critical accounting estimates involving complex and subjective judgments and the use of assumptions in the consolidated financial statements have been disclosed below. However, accounting estimates could change from period to period and actual results could differ from those estimates. Appropriate changes in estimates are made as and when we become aware of changes in circumstances surrounding the estimates. Changes in estimates are reflected in the period in which changes are made and, if material, their effects are disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.
a. Revenue recognition
We use the percentage-of-completion method in accounting for fixed-price contracts. Use of the percentage-of-completion method requires us to estimate the efforts or costs expended to date as a proportion of the total efforts or costs to be expended. Efforts  or costs expended have been used to measure progress towards completion as there is a direct relationship between input and productivity. Provisions for estimated losses, if any, on uncompleted contracts are recorded in the period in which such losses become probable based on the expected contract estimates at the reporting date.
b. Income taxes
Our two major tax jurisdictions are India and the U.S., though we also file tax returns in other foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgments are involved in determining the provision for income taxes, including the amount expected to be paid/recovered for uncertain tax positions.
c. Business combinations and Intangible assets
Our business combinations are accounted for using IFRS 3 (Revised), Business Combinations. IFRS 3 requires us to fair value identifiable intangible assets and contingent consideration to ascertain the net fair value of identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquiree. Significant estimates are required to be made in determining the value of contingent consideration and intangible assets. These valuations are conducted by independent valuation experts.
Revenue Recognition
We derive our revenues primarily from software development and related services and the licensing of software products. Arrangements with customers for software development and related services are either on a fixed-price, fixed-timeframe or on a time-and-material basis.
We recognize revenue on time-and-material contracts as the related services are performed. Revenue from the end of the last billing to the balance sheet date is recognized as unbilled revenues. Revenue from fixed-price, fixed-timeframe contracts, where there is no uncertainty as to measurement or collectability of consideration, is recognized as per the percentage-of-completion method. When there is uncertainty as to measurement or ultimate collectability, revenue recognition is postponed until such uncertainty is resolved. Efforts or costs expended have been used to measure progress towards completion as there is a direct relationship between input and productivity. Provisions for estimated losses, if any, on uncompleted contracts are recorded in the period in which such losses become probable based on the current contract estimates. Costs and earnings in excess of billings have been classified as unbilled revenue while billings in excess of costs and earnings have been classified as unearned revenue.
At the end of every reporting period, we evaluate each project for estimated revenue and estimated efforts or costs. Any revisions or updates to existing estimates are made wherever required by obtaining approvals from officers having the requisite authority. Management regularly reviews and evaluates the status of each contract in progress to estimate the profit or loss. As part of the review, detailed actual efforts or costs and a realistic estimate of efforts or costs to complete all phases of the project are compared with the details of the original estimate and the total contract price. To date, we have not had any fixed-price, fixed-timeframe contracts that resulted in a material loss. We evaluate change orders according to their characteristics and the circumstances in which they occur. If such change orders are considered by the parties to be a normal element within the original scope of the contract, no change in the contract price is made. Otherwise, the adjustment to the contract price may be routinely negotiated. Contract revenue and costs are adjusted to reflect change orders approved by the client and us, regarding both scope and price. Changes are reflected in revenue recognition only after the change order has been approved by both parties. The same principle is also followed for escalation clauses.
In arrangements for software development and related services and maintenance services, we have applied the guidance in IAS 18, Revenue, by applying the revenue recognition criteria for each separately identifiable component of a single transaction. The arrangements generally meet the criteria for considering software development and related services as separately identifiable components. For allocating the consideration, we have measured the revenue in respect of each separable component of a transaction at its fair value, in accordance with principles given in IAS 18. The price that is regularly charged for an item when sold separately is the best evidence of its fair value. In cases where we are unable to establish objective and reliable evidence of fair value for the software development and related services, we have used a residual method to allocate the arrangement consideration. In these cases the balance consideration after allocating the fair values of undelivered components of a transaction has been allocated to the delivered components for which specific fair values do not exist.
License fee revenues have been recognized when the general revenue recognition criteria given in IAS 18 are met. Arrangements to deliver software products generally have three components: license, implementation and Annual Technical Services (ATS). We have applied the principles given in IAS 18 to account for revenues from these multiple element arrangements. Objective and reliable evidence of fair value has been established for ATS. Objective and reliable evidence of fair value is the price charged when the element is sold separately. When other services are provided in conjunction with the licensing arrangement and objective and reliable evidence of their fair values have been established, the revenue from such contracts are allocated to each component of the contract in a manner, whereby revenue is deferred for the undelivered services and the residual amounts are recognized as revenue for delivered components. In the absence of objective and reliable evidence of fair value for implementation, the entire arrangement fee for license and implementation is recognized using the percentage-of-completion method as the implementation is performed. Revenue from client training, support and other services arising due to the sale of software products is recognized as the services are performed. ATS revenue is recognized rateably over the period in which the services are rendered.
Advances received for services and products are reported as client deposits until all conditions for revenue recognition are met.
We account for volume discounts and pricing incentives to customers by reducing the amount of discount from the amount of revenue recognized at the time of sale. In some arrangements, the level of discount varies with increases in the levels of revenue transactions. The discounts are passed on to the customer either as direct payments or as a reduction of payments due from the customer. Further, we recognize discount obligations as a reduction of revenue based on the rateable allocation of the discount to each of the underlying revenue transactions that result in progress by the customer toward earning the discount. We recognize the liability based on an estimate of the customer's future purchases. If it is probable that the criteria for the discount will not be met, or if the amount thereof cannot be estimated reliably, then discount is not recognized until the payment is probable and the amount can be estimated reliably. We recognize changes in the estimated amount of obligations for discounts using a cumulative catch-up adjustment. We present revenues net of sales and value-added taxes in our consolidated statement of comprehensive income.
Income Tax
Our income tax expense comprises current and deferred income tax and is recognized in net profit in the statement of comprehensive income except to the extent that it relates to items recognized directly in equity, in which case it is recognized in equity. Current income tax for current and prior periods is recognized at the amount expected to be paid to or recovered from the tax authorities, using the tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for all temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements except when the deferred income tax arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss at the time of the transaction. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realized.
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date and are expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of changes in tax rates on deferred income tax assets and liabilities is recognized as income or expense in the period that includes the enactment or the substantive enactment date. A deferred income tax asset is recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences and tax losses can be utilized. Deferred income taxes are not provided on the undistributed earnings of subsidiaries and branches outside India where it is expected that the earnings of the foreign subsidiary or branch will not be distributed in the foreseeable future. We offset current tax assets and current tax liabilities, where we have a legally enforceable right to set off the recognized amounts and where we intend either to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. We offset deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities wherever we have a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and where the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority. Tax benefits of deductions earned on exercise of employee share options in excess of compensation charged to income are credited to share premium.
Business Combinations, Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Business combinations have been accounted for using the acquisition method under the provisions of IFRS 3 (Revised), Business Combinations. The cost of an acquisition is measured at the fair value of the assets transferred, equity instruments issued and liabilities incurred or assumed at the date of acquisition. The cost of acquisition also includes the fair value of any contingent consideration. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair value on the date of acquisition. Transaction costs that we incur in connection with a business combination such as finders’ fees, legal fees, due diligence fees, and other professional and consulting fees are expensed as incurred.
Goodwill represents the cost of business acquisition in excess of our interest in the net fair value of identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquiree. When the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired exceed the cost of the business acquisition, we recognize a gain immediately in net profit in the statement of comprehensive income. Goodwill arising on the acquisition of a non-controlling interest in a subsidiary represents the excess of the cost of the additional investment over the fair value of the net assets acquired at the acquisition date and is measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses.
Intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated amortization and impairments. They are amortized over their respective individual estimated useful lives on a straight-line basis, from the date that they are available for use. The estimated useful life of an identifiable intangible asset is based on a number of factors including the effects of obsolescence, demand, competition, and other economic factors (such as the stability of the industry, and known technological advances), and the level of maintenance expenditures required to obtain the expected future cash flows from the asset.
We expense research costs as and when the same are incurred. Software product development costs are expensed as incurred unless technical and commercial feasibility of the project is demonstrated, future economic benefits are probable, we have the intention and ability to complete and use or sell the software and the costs can be measured reliably. The costs which can be capitalized include the cost of material, direct labour, overhead costs that are directly attributable to preparing the asset for its intended use. Research and development costs and software development costs incurred under contractual arrangements with customers are accounted as cost of sales.
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
None.
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
Set forth below are our outstanding contractual obligations as of March 31, 2013.
(Dollars in millions)
Contractual obligations
Total
Less than 1 year
1-3 years
3-5 years
More than 5 years
Operating lease obligations
$141
$39
$48
$33
$21
Purchase obligations
420
404
16
–
–
Other long-term liabilities
20
–
20
–
–
Unrecognized tax benefits
269
–
–
–
–
Post retirement benefits obligations
244
18
43
53
130
Total
$1,094
$461
$127
$86
$151
We have various operating leases, mainly for office buildings, that are renewable on a periodic basis. A majority of  our operating lease arrangements extend up to a maximum of ten years from their respective dates of inception, and relate to rented overseas premises.
Purchase obligation means an agreement to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding on the Company that specifies all significant terms, including fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction.
Other long-term liabilities comprises of liability towards acquisition of business on a discounted basis and incentive accruals.
Unrecognized tax benefits relate to liability towards uncertain tax positions taken in various tax jurisdictions. The period in which these uncertain tax positions will be settled is not practically determinable.
Post-retirement benefits obligations are the benefit payments, which are expected to be paid under our gratuity plans.
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
Set forth below are the respective ages and positions of our directors and executive officers as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.
Name
Age
Position
K. V. Kamath (1)
65
Chairman of the Board
S. Gopalakrishnan (7)
58
Executive Co-Chairman of the Board
S. D. Shibulal (7)
58
Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director
Deepak M. Satwalekar (1)(2)(5)
64
Director
Omkar Goswami (1)(5)(6)
56
Director
David L. Boyles (1)(3)(6)
64
Director
Jeffrey Sean Lehman (1)(4)(5)
56
Director
R. Seshasayee (1)(2)(6)
65
Director
Ravi Venkatesan (1)(2)(3)(4)
50
Director
Ann M. Fudge (1)(3)(4)
62
Director
Srinath Batni (7)
58
Director and Head-Delivery Excellence
V. Balakrishnan (7)
48
Director and Head – Infosys BPO, Finacle TM and India Business Unit
Ashok Vemuri (7)
45
Director and Head of Americas and Global Head of Manufacturing and Engineering Services
B. G. Srinivas (7)
52
Director and Head of Europe and Global Head of Financial Services and Insurance
Chandrasekhar Kakal (7)
53
Senior Vice President-Global Head of Business IT Services, Member, Executive Council
Nandita Gurjar (7)
52
Senior Vice President-Group Head of Education and Research, Member, Executive Council
Basab Pradhan (7)
47
Senior Vice President-Head of Global Sales, Marketing and Alliances, Member, Executive Council
Stephen R. Pratt (7)
51
Senior Vice President – Managing Partner – Worldwide Consulting and Systems Integration, Member, Executive Council
U.B. Pravin Rao (7)
51
Senior Vice President-Global Head of Retail, Consumer Packaged Goods, Logistics and Life Sciences, Member, Executive Council
Prasad Thrikutam (7)
48
Senior Vice President-Global Head of Energy, Utilities, Communications and Services, Member, Executive Council
Ramadas Kamath U (7)
52
Senior Vice President-Head of Infrastructure, Commercial, Facilities, Administration and Security, Member, Executive Council
Rajiv Bansal (7)
40
Chief Financial Officer, Member, Executive Council
Sanjay Purohit (7)
47
Senior Vice President-Global Head, Products, Platforms and Solutions, Member, Executive Council
Srikantan Moorthy (7)
51
Senior Vice President-Group Head of Human Resources, Member, Executive Council
Leo Puri (1)(8)
52
Additional Director
(1)
Independent Director
(2)
Member of the Audit Committee
(3)
Member of the Management Development and Compensation Committee (The Compensation Committee adopted a revised charter effective May 13, 2013 under which the name of the committee was changed to the Management Development and Compensation Committee.)
(4)
Member of the Nominations and Governance Committee (The Nominations Committee adopted a revised charter effective May 13, 2013 under which the name of the committee was changed to the Nominations and Governance Committee.)
(5)
Member of the Investors’ Grievance Committee
(6)
Member of the Risk Management Committee
(7)
Member of Executive Council
(8)
Appointed by the Board as additional director effective April 11, 2013. Mr. Puri’s appointment will come up for shareholder confirmation at the ensuing AGM on June 15, 2013.
K. V. Kamath has served as one of the directors on our Board since May 2009 and has been the Chairman of the Board since August 2011.
Mr. Kamath is the non-executive Chairman of the Board of Directors of ICICI Bank Limited, India’s second largest bank. Between 1996 and 2009, he served as Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer of ICICI Bank Limited. Between 1988 and 1996, he was employed by the Asian Development Bank. He started his career in 1971 at ICICI, an Indian financial institution that founded ICICI Bank and merged with it in 2002.
Mr. Kamath serves as a director on the boards of ICICI Bank Limited and Schlumberger Limited.
Mr. Kamath was awarded the Padma Bhushan, one of India’s highest civilian honors, in 2008. He has been conferred with numerous other awards including an honorary Ph.D. by the Banaras Hindu University.
Mr. Kamath received a degree in mechanical engineering from Karnataka Regional Engineering College and a Post Graduate Diploma in Business Management from the Indian Institute of Management (IIM), Ahmedabad.
S. Gopalakrishnan is one of the founders of Infosys Limited and our Executive Co-Chairman.
In 1981, Mr. Gopalakrishnan, along with Mr. Narayana Murthy and five others, founded Infosys Limited.
Between 2007 and 2011, Mr. Gopalakrishnan served as the CEO and Managing Director of Infosys. Mr. Gopalakrishnan previously served as the Chief Operating Officer (April 2002), and as the President and Joint Managing Director (August 2006). In 1994, Mr. Gopalakrishnan was appointed Deputy Managing Director of Infosys. Between 1987 and 1994, Mr. Gopalakrishnan headed the technical operations of KSA/Infosys (a joint venture between Infosys and KSA at Atlanta, U.S.) as Vice President (Technical).
In April 2012, he was appointed as a member of the reconstituted United Nations Global Compact Board for three years. The Global Compact Board is the UN’s highest level advisory body, involving business, civil society, labor and employers organizations.
In January 2011, Mr. Gopalakrishnan was awarded the Padma Bhushan, one of India’s highest civilian honors.
Mr. Gopalakrishnan holds master’s degrees in Physics (1977) and Computer Science (1979) from the Indian Institute of Technology, Madras.
S. D. Shibulal has served as our Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director since August 2011. Mr. Shibulal has been a director on our Board since 1997 and he is the Chairman of the board of Infosys Sweden.
Prior to becoming the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director, Mr. Shibulal served as the Chief Operating Officer between June 22, 2007 and August 20, 2011. Earlier, Mr. Shibulal held a number of senior leadership roles including: Head of Worldwide Sales and Customer Delivery, Worldwide Head of Customer Delivery, and Head of Infosys Manufacturing and Distribution and Internet Consulting practice.
Mr. Shibulal is the Chair of the World Economic Forum’s Global Agenda Council on Emerging Multinationals and the Co-chair of the Confederation of Indian Industries (CII) National Committee on IT, ITES and e-Commerce
Mr. Shibulal holds a Master of Science degree in Computer Science from Boston University and a master’s degree in Physics from the University of Kerala.
Deepak M. Satwalekar has served as one of the directors on our Board since October 1997 and is the Chairperson of our Audit Committee and member of the Investor Grievance Committee.
Mr. Satwalekar served as the Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer of HDFC Standard Life Insurance Company Limited between 2000 and 2008. Prior to that, he served as the Managing Director of HDFC between 1993 and 2000.
Mr. Satwalekar also serves as a director on the boards of Asian Paints (India) Limited, Piramal Enterprises Limited, The Tata Power Company Limited, ILFS Transportation Networks Limited Additionally, during the past five years, Mr. Satwalekar has served as a director on the boards of Arvind Mills Limited, HDFC Investments Limited, HDFC Holdings Limited, Entertainment Network (India) Limited, Housing Development Finance Corporation Limited and HDFC Standard Life Insurance Company Limited.
Mr. Satwalekar received a Bachelor of Technology in Mechanical Engineering from Indian Institute of Technology Bombay and Master of Business Administration from The American University, Washington, D.C.
Dr. Omkar Goswami has served as one of the directors on our Board since November 2000 and is the Chairperson of the Investor Grievances Committee and member of the Risk Management committee.
Dr. Goswami is the founder and chairman of CERG Advisory Private Limited. Before that, from 1998 to 2004, Dr. Goswami served as the Chief Economist to the Confederation of Indian Industries (CII). Between 1997 and 1998, he was the Editor of Business India magazine. From 1981 to 1996, Mr. Goswami taught and researched economics at Oxford University, Delhi School of Economics, Harvard University, Tufts University, Jawaharlal Nehru University, Rutgers University and the Indian Statistical Institute.
Dr. Goswami also serves as a director on the boards of Infosys BPO Limited, Ambuja Cements Limited, Cairn India Limited, Crompton Greaves Limited, Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories Limited, Infrastructure Development and Finance Company Limited, Godrej Consumer Products Limited, Avantha Power and Infrastructure Limited, Max Healthcare Institute Limited and Bajaj Finance Limited. Additionally, during the past five years, Dr. Goswami has served as a director on the boards of SRF Limited and Sona Koyo Steering Systems Limited.
Dr. Goswami received his Master of Arts in Economics from the Delhi School of Economics and his Doctor of Philosophy in Economics from Oxford University.
David L. Boyles has served as one of the directors on our Board since July 2005. Mr. Boyles is the Chairperson of our Risk Management Committee and member of the Compensation Committee.
Mr. Boyles currently operates a boutique consulting practice focused on IT strategy / governance, risk management and business innovation. Mr. Boyles also chairs the State of Victoria TAFE ICT Board. Mr. Boyles has held senior leadership positions at large multinational corporations, including American Express, Bank of America and ANZ Banking Group (ANZ). In December 2003, he retired from his position as Chief Operations Officer at ANZ, where he was responsible for technology, payments, property, strategic sourcing and other shared services. Prior to joining ANZ, from 1991 to 1998, Mr. Boyles held various positions at American Express, the most recent being that of Senior Vice President, eCommerce.
Mr. Boyles received a Master of Business Administration from Washington State University and a Master of Arts and Bachelor of Arts (summa cum laude) in Psychology from the University of Northern Colorado and an Associate Degree from Mesa State College.
Jeffrey Sean Lehman has served as one of the directors on our Board since April 2006. Mr. Lehman is the Chairperson of our Nominations and Governance Committee, a member of the Investors Grievance Committee and also serves as the Chairman of Infosys Public Services, Inc.
Mr. Lehman, Chancellor and founding dean of the Peking University School of Transnational Law, is also professor of law and former president at Cornell University and a Senior Scholar at the Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars. Mr. Lehman is also an honorary professor at China Agricultural University and at Xiamen University. Effective, July 1, 2012, Mr. Lehman was named the Vice-Chancellor of NYU Shanghai. Mr. Lehman taught tax law and public policy at the University of Michigan before becoming dean of the University of Michigan Law School in 1994. During his last two years as dean, he also served as president of the American Law Deans Association. Prior to entering academia, Mr. Lehman practiced tax law in Washington, D.C.
Mr. Lehman received a Bachelor of Arts in Mathematics from Cornell University, and Master of Public Policy and Juris Doctor degrees from the University of Michigan.
R. Seshasayee has served as one of the directors on our Board since January 2011. He is a member of the Audit Committee (and serves as the audit committee financial expert) and member of the Risk Management Committee.
Mr. Seshasayee is the Executive Vice Chairman of Ashok Leyland Limited. He is also the Executive Vice Chairman of Hinduja Automotive Limited, UK, the holding company of Ashok Leyland. He was the Managing Director of Ashok Leyland between 1998 and March 2011. He joined Ashok Leyland in 1976. In 1971, he began his career as a Chartered Accountant with Hindustan Lever Limited.
Mr. Seshasayee serves on the boards of Ashok Leyland Limited, Ashley Airways Limited, Ashley Alteams India Limited, Hinduja Foundries Limited, IndusInd Bank Limited, Hinduja Group India Limited, Hinduja Energy India Limited, Hinduja Leyland Finance Limited, Hinduja National Power Corporation Limited, .
Mr. Seshasayee received a Bachelor of Commerce from the University of Madras and is a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India.
Ravi Venkatesan has served as one of the directors on our Board since April 2011. He is also a member of our Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and the Nominations and Governance Committee.
Mr. Venkatesan was the Chairman of Microsoft India between 2004 and 2011. Prior to joining Microsoft, Mr. Venkatesan worked for over 17 years with Cummins Inc.
Mr. Venkatesan is a member of the Board of Directors of AB Volvo and a member of the Advisory Boards of Harvard Business School and Bunge Inc.
Mr. Venkatesan received a Bachelor of Technology in Mechanical Engineering from the Indian Institute of Technology, Bombay, a Master of Science in Industrial Engineering from Purdue University and a Master of Business Administration from Harvard University, where he was a Baker Scholar.
Ann Fudge has served as one of the directors on our Board since October 2011. She is the chairperson of the Management Development and Compensation Committee and a member of the Nominations and Governance Committee of the Board.
Ms. Fudge was the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Young & Rubicam Brands from 2003 to 2006. Prior to Young & Rubicam Brands, from 1997 to 2000 Ms. Fudge was President of Maxwell House Coffee and Post Cereals and from 2000 to 2001. Ms. Fudge served as the President, Beverages, Desserts and Post Division–a unit of Kraft Foods, Inc. She served on Kraft's Management Committee and has managed many Kraft businesses. Before joining General Foods, she spent nine years at General Mills, where she began as a Marketing Assistant and rose to the level of Marketing Director.
Ms. Fudge serves on the Board of Directors of General Electric Company, Novartis International AG, and Unilever. She has also served on the Board of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, Liz Claiborne, Inc., Allied Signal, Inc., Honeywell International, Inc., and Marriott International, Inc.
Ms. Fudge holds a bachelor’s degree from Simmons College and a Masters of Business Administration from Harvard University.
Srinath Batni has served as one of the directors on our Board since May 2000. Mr. Batni is currently Head – Delivery Excellence at Infosys. He serves as a director on the boards of Infosys China, Infosys Shanghai and Infosys Australia.
Mr. Batni joined Infosys in June 1992 as Project Manager. Since then, he has held several senior positions in our Customer Delivery function.
Mr. Batni is also a Member of the Executive Council of NASSCOM.
Mr. Batni received a Bachelor of Engineering in Mechanical Engineering from the University of Mysore and a Master of Engineering in Mechanical Engineering from the Indian Institute of Science, Bangalore.
V. Balakrishnan has served as one of the directors of our Board since June 2011. He serves as a Chairman on the Board of Infosys BPO. He is also a member of the board of Lodestone Holding AG.
Mr. Balakrishnan served as our Chief Financial Officer from 2006 to October 31, 2012. Prior to that, he served as our Company Secretary and Senior Vice President – Finance from 2001 to 2006. Since he joined us in 1991, Mr. Balakrishnan has served in various capacities in our Finance department. Prior to joining Infosys, Mr. Balakrishnan was Senior Accounts Executive with Amco Batteries Limited.
Mr. Balakrishnan also serves on the board of Tejas Networks Limited and Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL) India.
Mr. Balakrishnan received a Bachelor of Science from the University of Madras. He is an Associate Member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India, the Institute of Company Secretaries of India and the Institute of Cost and Works Accountants of India.
Ashok Vemuri has served as one of the directors on our Board since June 2011 and is Head of Americas and Global Head of Manufacturing and Engineering Services. He serves as a chairman of the Boards of Infosys China and Infosys Shanghai and a director on the board of Infosys Public Services Inc.
Mr. Vemuri joined Infosys in 1999 and has served in a number of leadership roles. In 2004, he led the company’s entry into the financial services industry as the Head of Banking and Capital Markets. Prior to that he served as Head of Infosys Canada and Eastern North America Region operations.
Mr. Vemuri received a bachelor's degree (Hons.) in Physics from St. Stephens College, Delhi, and a Post Graduate Diploma in Marketing Management from the Indian Institute of Management, Ahmedabad.
B. G. Srinivas has served as one of the directors on our Board since June 2011 and is Head of Europe and Global Head of Financial Services and Insurance. He serves as a director on the boards of Infosys Sweden, Infosys Consulting India Limited, and is the Chairman of the boards of Lodestone Holding AG and Infosys Australia.
In 2007, Mr. Srinivas was appointed the Head of Infosys’ Manufacturing and Product Development and Engineering units. Following the consolidation and reorganization of industry groups, he is responsible for the worldwide manufacturing sector.
As the Head of Europe since 2004, Mr. Srinivas is responsible for business operations and growth in the region and for ensuring both client and employee satisfaction. Under his leadership, the region has been characterized by market expansion, new service offerings and new client acquisitions.
Upon joining Infosys in 1999, Mr. Srinivas’s first leadership role was to establish and manage the Enterprise Solutions (ES) practice with a focus on consulting and package implementation.
Mr. Srinivas is a member of the advisory board of Ovum, a leading European IT and business research and advisory firm.
Mr. Srinivas holds a bachelor's degree in Mechanical Engineering from Visheveshwarayya College of Engineering, Bangalore University, Bangalore and has participated in executive programs at Indian Institute of Management, Ahmedabad and Wharton Business School.
Rajiv Bansal is a member of our Executive Council and our Chief Financial Officer. His areas of responsibility include corporate finance, business finance, international taxation and mergers and acquisitions for Infosys and its subsidiaries.
Before becoming the CFO, Mr. Bansal was the Vice President and Head of Finance. Mr. Bansal joined Infosys as Manager, Finance in 1999.
Mr. Bansal has over 18 years of experience as a Chartered Accountant and Cost Accountant. Prior to joining Infosys, Mr. Bansal worked in different capacities at Tata Technologies Ltd., Cable & Wireless India and ABB Ltd.
He holds a Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) degree from Calcutta University. Mr. Bansal was a gold medalist and stood all India third in Institute of Cost and Works Accountants of India (ICWAI).
Chandrashekhar Kakal is a Member of our Executive Council and Senior Vice President and heads the Enterprise Solutions business unit at Infosys.
Mr. Kakal also established Infosys’ Hyderabad Development Center in 2000, which he headed until 2004. Mr. Kakal joined Infosys in 1999. He was part of the group that started the Enterprise Solutions practice.
Prior to joining Infosys, Mr. Kakal had worked with several manufacturing and IT companies, including Ashok Leyland Limited, Wipro Technologies Limited, Larsen & Toubro Limited and Ramco Systems Limited.
Mr. Kakal received a Bachelor of Engineering in Mechanical Engineering from Bangalore University and a Master of Business Administration from the Asian Institute of Technology, Bangkok.
Nandita Gurjar is a member of our Executive Council and Senior Vice President and Group Head of Education and Research. She served as the Senior Vice President-Group Head of Human Resources until March 31, 2013. Ms. Gurjar was appointed the Head of Infosys Human Resources in 2007.
Earlier, Ms. Gurjar established and headed the Human Resources department at Infosys BPO. Ms. Gurjar joined Infosys in 1999 and founded the Learning and Development unit.
Ms. Gurjar holds a bachelor's degree in Psychology from Nizam College, Hyderabad, and a master's degree in Psychology from Osmania University.
Basab Pradhan is a member of our Executive Council and Senior Vice President – Global Head of Sales and Marketing for Infosys.
Over two stints at Infosys, Mr. Pradhan has played many roles in the organization across Sales, Marketing, Industry Solutions and P&L leadership.
Outside of Infosys, Mr. Pradhan was the co-founder and CEO of a venture-funded technology startup in the area of unstructured data in financial information. Prior to Infosys, he worked for Hindustan Unilever in Mumbai.
Mr. Pradhan holds a bachelor's degree in mechanical engineering from Indian Institute of Technology, Kanpur and has a Post Graduate Diploma in General Management from Indian Institute of Management, Ahmedabad.
Stephen R. Pratt is the Managing Partner – Worldwide Consulting and Systems Integration and a Member of our Executive Council. In 2003, he co-founded Infosys Consulting.
Mr. Pratt joined Infosys after 12 years as a senior partner at Deloitte Consulting, where he established the company’s CRM practice. Before Deloitte, he worked for eight years at Booz, Allen & Hamilton Inc.
Mr. Pratt holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering from Northwestern University, and a master’s degree from the George Washington University.Mr. Pratt also serves on the board of Lodestone Holding AG.
U. B. Pravin Rao is a member of our Executive Council and Senior Vice President, Global Head of Retail, Consumer Packaged Goods, Logistics and Life Sciences. Mr. Rao is responsible for providing services to Retail, Consumer Packaged Goods, Logistics and Life Sciences clients.
He joined Infosys in 1986 and has over 25 years of experience working on engagements with clients, primarily in Retail and Financial Services. Prior to his current role, Mr. Rao held a number of senior leadership roles including: Head of Infrastructure Management Services and Delivery Head for Europe. As a member of the Executive Council, he participates in formulation and deployment of business strategy along with the Board. Mr. Rao also serves on the boards of Infosys Australia and Lodestone Holding AG.
Mr. Rao holds a bachelor’s degree in electrical engineering from Bangalore University.
Prasad Thrikutam is a member of our Executive Council and Senior Vice President, Global Head of Energy, Utilities, Communications and Services.
Mr. Thrikutam heads the Energy, Utilities, Communications and Services (ECS) industry group. Mr. Thrikutam also has the overall responsibility of Infosys Cloud and Sustainability services, and serves on the board of Infosys China.
In 2008, Mr. Thrikutam took on the leadership of the Energy, Utilities & Services (EUS) unit. From 2004 to 2008, he led our Hi-tech and Discrete Manufacturing unit (HTDM). Mr. Thrikutam joined Infosys in 1995 as a Regional Head of Business Development in the U.S.
Prior to joining Infosys, Mr. Thrikutam headed the regional operations at a leading IT company in India, selling solutions to the Enterprise market. Prior to that, he was at Bosch GmbH, India, where he held leadership roles in Manufacturing and Operations.
Mr. Thrikutam holds a bachelor's degree in Mechanical Engineering from Visheveshwarayya College of Engineering, Bangalore and a Post Graduate Diploma in Marketing Management from Indian Institute of Management, Bangalore.
Ramadas Kamath U. is a Member of our Executive Council and Senior Vice President and Head of Infrastructure, Commercial, Facilities, Administration and Security.
Mr. Kamath plays a vital role in the management of Infosys’ facilities and administration worldwide. From managing the company’s infrastructure growth to ensuring physical security across campuses, he has been instrumental in ensuring that Infosys’ growth as a global IT leader has been reflected across the locations and facilities from which it operates.
Mr. Kamath is a Chartered Accountant and has a bachelor’s degree in General Management from Poorna Prajna College, Udupi, Karnataka.
Sanjay Purohit is a member of the Infosys Executive Council. Sanjay is responsible for leading ‘Infosys Edge’, a portfolio of innovation-led businesses, including emerging areas such as Cloud, Big Data, Enterprise Mobility and Sustainability.
Mr. Purohit has 23 years of diverse experience in leading innovation management, market development, strategic planning, business operations and leadership development with leading businesses in India and other countries. He is deeply engaged with CXOs of global corporations on accelerating innovation and driving innovation co-creation focused on Building Tomorrow’s Enterprise.
Mr. Purohit holds a bachelor’s degree in mechanical engineering from National Institute of Technology, Srinagar, India.
Srikantan Moorthy is a member of our Executive Council and Senior Vice President and Group Head of Human Resources,
Mr. Moorthy has over 28 years of industry experience. Prior to his current role, he was the Group Head of Education and Research. Earlier, he was the delivery head of Infosys Communication Service Providers unit.
Mr. Moorthy holds a bachelor’s degree in electronics engineering from Bangalore University.
Leo Puri was appointed by our Board of Directors as an additional director effective April 11, 2013. His appointment is up for shareholder confirmation at the Annual General Meeting to be held on June 15, 2013.
Mr. Puri is a Senior Advisor to McKinsey & Company’s Asia-Pacific Financial Institution Practice. He has served as a Senior Partner of the firm, and has 25 years of experience of working in consulting to financial institutions. Between 2007 and 2011, he was a Managing Director with Warburg Pincus & Company, a leading Private Equity Firm, responsible for investments in India and financial institutions in relevant Asian markets.
Mr. Puri serves as a director on the boards of Max Bupa Health Insurance Limited, Max Life Insurance Company Limited and Bennett Coleman & Company Limited.
Mr. Puri has a M.A. from the Oxford University, UK in Politics, Philosophy and Economics and a master's degree in Law from Cambridge University with First Class honors.
COMPENSATION
Our Management Development and Compensation Committee determines and recommends to the Board the compensation payable to the directors. All Board-level compensation is approved by shareholders. The annual compensation of the executive directors is approved by the Management Development and Compensation Committee, within the parameters set by the shareholders at the shareholders meetings. Remuneration of the executive directors consists of a fixed component, bonus and a variable performance linked incentive. The Management Development and Compensation Committee makes a half-yearly appraisal of the performance of the employee directors based on a detailed performance-related matrix.
We have a variable compensation structure for all of our employees. Each employee’s compensation consists of performance incentives payable upon the achievement by the company of certain financial performance targets and is also based on individual performance. Our Board aligned the compensation structure of our employee directors in line with that applicable to all of our other employees. All of our executive directors are entitled to a bonus of up to 20% of their fixed salary. All of our executive directors are entitled to receive company-linked performance incentives payable on our achievement of certain financial performance targets. All our executive directors are entitled to receive individual performance-linked incentives. The bonus and various incentives are payable quarterly or at other intervals as may be decided by our Board.
In fiscal 2013, our non-executive directors were paid an aggregate of $1,429,167. Directors are also reimbursed for certain expenses in connection with their attendance at Board and committee meetings. Executive directors do not receive any additional compensation for their service on the Board.
We operate in numerous countries and compensation for our officers and employees may vary significantly from country to country. As a general matter, we seek to pay competitive salaries in all the countries in which we operate.
The table below describes the compensation for our officers and directors, for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013.
Name
Salary ($)
Bonus/ Incentive ($)
Other Annual Compensation ($)
Amount accrued for long term benefits ($)
S. Gopalakrishnan
66.311
15,920
22,430
15,115
S. D. Shibulal
66,311
15,918
22,430
15,115
Deepak M. Satwalekar
–
–
145,000
–
Omkar Goswami
–
–
130,000
–
Sridar Iyengar (1)
–
–
84,167
–
David Boyles
–
–
180,000
–
Jeffrey Lehman
–
–
180,000
–
K. V. Kamath
–
–
255,000
–
R. Seshasayee
–
–
130,000
–
Ravi Venkatesan
–
–
145,000
–
Ann M Fudge
–
–
180,000
–
Srinath Batni
88,414
267,666
30,521
19,539
V. Balakrishnan
83,993
238,148
28,902
18,655
Ashok Vemuri
708,000
190,978
5,400
–
B. G. Srinivas )
593,983
170,674
104,378
–
Chandrasekhar Kakal
70,782
149,346
48,805
16,010
Nandita Gurjar )
326,755
236,910
12,810
3,508
Basab Pradhan
397,080
108,880
–
–
Stephen R Pratt
809,073
1,320,712
–
–
U B Pravin Rao
73,339
155,240
50,655
16,522
Prasad Thrikutam
418,980
226,235
5,400
–
Ramadas Kamath U
62,323
138,382
42,694
14,321
Rajiv Bansal (2)(3)(4)
24,141
13,544
17,009
5,058
(1)
Mr. Sridar A. Iyengar retired from the Board effective August 13, 2012. Remuneration paid is for the period April 1, 2012 to August 12, 2012.
(2)
Appointed as the Chief Financial Officer effective November 1, 2012
(3)
Appointed as a Member of the Executive Council effective November 1, 2012.
(4) Salary for period from November 1, 2012 to March 31, 2013
All compensation to directors and officers disclosed in the table above that was paid in Indian rupees has been converted, for the purposes of the presentation in such table, at an exchange rate of RUPEE SYMBOL 54.29 per U.S. dollar.
Option Grants
There were no option grants to our Executive Co-Chairman, Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer in the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. Details of options granted to other senior executives are reported elsewhere in Item 6 in the section titled “Compensation”.
Option Exercises and Holdings
Our Executive Co-Chairman, Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer did not hold or exercise any options during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013. The details of stock options held and exercised with respect to other senior executives are reported elsewhere in Item 6 in the section titled “Share Ownership”.
All executive directors are also liable to retire by rotation. The term of office of each of the directors is given below:
Name
Date Current Term of Office Began (2)
Expiration/Renewal Date of Current Term of Office (3)
Whether Term of Office is subject to retirement by rotation
S. Gopalakrishnan
August 21, 2011
August 20, 2016
Yes
S. D. Shibulal (1)
August 21, 2011
August 20, 2016
Yes
Srinath Batni (1)
May 27, 2010
May 26, 2015
Yes
Deepak M. Satwalekar (1)
June 11, 2011
–
Yes
Omkar Goswami (1)
June 11, 2011
–
Yes
David L. Boyles
June 09, 2012
–
Yes
Jeffrey Sean Lehman
June 09, 2012
–
Yes
K. V. Kamath
June 09, 2012
–
Yes
R. Seshasayee (1)
June 11, 2011
–
Yes
Ravi Venkatesan
June 11, 2011
–
Yes
V. Balakrishnan
June 11, 2011
June 10,2016
Yes
B.G. Srinivas
June 11, 2011
June 10, 2016
Yes
Ashok Vemuri
June 11, 2011
June 10, 2016
Yes
Ann M Fudge
June 09, 2012
–
Yes
Leo Puri (4)
–
–
Yes
(1)
Director who is retiring by rotation in the ensuring Annual General Meeting scheduled for June 15, 2013 and is seeking re-appointment.
(2)
For executive directors, this date is the date they were appointed by our shareholders as executive directors. For non-executive directors, this date is the date they were appointed/re-appointed as directors liable to retire by rotation by our shareholders. The term of office of a non-whole time director, i.e. a non-executive director is determined by rotation and may not be more than three years.
(3)
For executive directors, this date is the date when their current term of appointment as an executive director expires.
(4)
Appointed by the Board as additional director effective April 11, 2013. Mr. Puri’s appointment will come up for shareholder confirmation at the ensuing AGM on June 15, 2013.
Employment and Indemnification contracts
Under the Indian Companies Act, our shareholders must approve the salary, bonus and benefits of all executive directors at a General Meeting of shareholders. Each of our executive directors has signed an agreement containing the terms and conditions of employment, including a monthly salary, bonus and benefits including vacation, medical reimbursement and gratuity contributions. There are no benefits payable upon termination of this agreement. These agreements are made for a five-year period, but either we or the executive director may terminate the agreement upon six months’ notice to the other party. The form of the employment agreement for our executive directors has been filed previously and is incorporated by reference as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 20-F.
We have also entered into agreements to indemnify our directors and officers for claims brought under U.S. laws to the fullest extent permitted by Indian law. These agreements, among other things, indemnify our directors and officers for certain expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any such person in any action or proceeding, including any action by or in the right of Infosys, arising out of such person's services as our director or officer. The form of the indemnification agreement for our directors and officers is filed as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 20-F. Other than the indemnification agreements referred to in this paragraph, we have not entered in to any agreements with our non-executive directors.
Board Composition
Our Articles of Association provide that the minimum number of directors shall be 3 and the maximum number of directors shall be 18. Currently, we have 15 directors, nine of whom are independent as defined by Rule 303A.02 of the Listed Company Manual of the New York Stock Exchange. Our Articles of Association and the Indian Companies Act require that at least two-thirds of our directors be subject to retirement by rotation. One-third of these directors must retire from office at each Annual General Meeting of the shareholders. A retiring director is eligible for re-election. Our executive directors are appointed for five-year terms by the shareholders. They customarily retire every three years and are eligible for re-election at that time. Executive directors are required to retire at age 60 in accordance with our India-based employee retirement policies
Other Board members must retire from the Board at age 65. The age of retirement for independent directors joining the board on or after October 15, 2010, is 70 years.
An independent board chair is generally permitted to serve in the capacity until the age of 70 years.
Board Leadership Structure
Independent Chairman of the Board
Our Board leadership is comprised of an independent Chairman, Mr. K. V. Kamath, an Executive Co-Chairman, Mr. S. Gopalakrishnan and a Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Managing Director, Mr. S. D. Shibulal. In the current structure, the roles of CEO and Chairman of the Board are separated.
The Independent Chairman of the Board (Chairman) is the leader of the Board. As Chairman, he will be responsible for fostering and promoting the integrity of the Board while nurturing a culture where the Board works harmoniously for the long-term benefit of the Company and all its stakeholders. The Chairman in primarily responsible for ensuring that the Board provides effective governance for the Company. In doing so, the Chairman will preside at meetings of the Board and at meetings of the shareholders of the Company.
The Chairman will take a lead role in managing the Board and facilitating communication among directors. The Chairman will be responsible for matters pertaining to governance, including the organization and composition of the Board, the organization and conduct of Board meetings, effectiveness of the Board. Board, Board committees and individual directors in fulfilling their responsibilities. The Chairman will provide independent leadership to the Board, identify guidelines for the conduct and performance of directors, evaluate and manage directors’ performance and with the assistance of Co-Chairman and the Company Secretary, oversee the management of the Board’s administrative activities such as meetings, schedules, agendas, communication flow and documentation.
The Chairman will actively work with the Nominations and Governance Committee to plan the Board and Board committee’s composition, induction of directors to the Board, plan for director succession, participate in the Board effectiveness evaluation process and meet with individual directors to provide constructive feedback and advice.
Executive Co-Chairman of the Board
The Executive Co-Chairman of the Board (Co-Chairman), being an executive of the Company, will focus on maintaining key client relationships, dealing with broader industry issues, providing global thought leadership, directing research and innovation, leading transformation initiatives, contributing to strategy and representing the Company as its brand ambassador. The Co-Chairman will serve as a trusted mentor to the CEO and provide insights and thought leadership to manage a large and complex organization.
The Co-Chairman will also be responsible for mentoring the core management team in transforming the Company into a world-class, next-generation organization that provides state-of-the-art, technology-leveraged business solutions to corporations around the world. Further the Co-Chairman will be responsible for working with the Chief Executive Officer to maintain an effective communication between the Company’s management and the Board, and for ensuring that the directors receive all appropriate information in a timely manner. Also, the Co-Chairman in the absence of the Chairman, will preside over the meetings of the Board as well as the Annual Meeting of the shareholders.
Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director
The Chief Executive Officer is responsible for corporate strategy, brand equity, planning, external contacts and all management matters. He is also responsible for achieving the annual business targets and acquisitions.
Board’s Role in Risk Oversight
Our Board as a whole is responsible for overall oversight of risk management. The risk management committee, comprising of four independent directors, assists the Board in fulfilling its corporate governance oversight responsibilities with regard to the identification, evaluation and mitigation of operational, strategic and external risks. The risk management committee reviews the risk management practices in the company. Our senior management also provides regular reports and updates to the risk management committee and our Board from time to time on the enterprise risks and actions taken.
Board and Management Changes
Mr. Sridar A. Iyengar, Independent director, retired from the Board effective August 13, 2012 on account of attaining the age of superannuation in accordance with the retirement policy of the Board. Mr. V. Balakrishnan, Member of the Board and Chief Financial Officer, resigned from his position as Chief Financial Officer from October 31, 2012. He continues to be a member of the Board. Mr. Rajiv Bansal, Vice President–Finance, took over as Chief Financial Officer from November 1, 2012 and was inducted as a member of the Executive Council effective November 1, 2012. Mr. Sanjay Purohit and Mr. Srikantan Moorthy were inducted into the Executive Council effective April 1, 2013. Mr. Srikantan Moorthy took over as the Group Head of Human Resources and Ms. Nandita M. Gurjar took over as the Group Head of Education and Research effective April 1, 2013.
Mr. Leo Puri was appointed as an additional director on the Board effective April 11, 2013.
Board Committee Information
Details relating to the Audit, Management Development and Compensation, Nominations and Governance and Risk Management Committees of our Board are provided below.
Audit Committee
As of March 31, 2013, our Audit Committee was comprised of three independent directors, each of whom was determined by our Board to be an independent director under applicable NYSE rules. They were:
  • Mr. Deepak M. Satwalekar, Chairperson
  • Mr. R. Seshasayee-Audit Committee Financial Expert
  • Mr. Ravi Venkatesan
Mr. Sridar A Iyengar ceased to be a member of the committee, effective August 13, 2012. Mr. R. Seshasayee was determined to be an Audit Committee Financial Expert at the Board Meeting held on July 12, 2012.
Our Board has determined that each of the current members of the Audit Committee is an independent director under applicable NYSE rules and Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.
The primary objective of the Audit Committee is to monitor and provide effective supervision of our financial reporting process with a view towards ensuring accurate, timely and proper disclosures and the transparency, integrity and quality of financial reporting. Our Audit Committee oversees the work carried out in the financial reporting process - by our management, the internal auditors and the independent auditor - and reviews the processes and safeguards employed by each. In addition, our Audit Committee has the responsibility of oversight and supervision over our system of internal control over financial reporting, our audit process, and process for monitoring the compliance with related laws and regulations. The Audit Committee recommends to our shareholders the appointment of our independent auditors and approves the scope of both audit and non-audit services. The Audit Committee held four meetings in person during fiscal 2013.
The Audit Committee has adopted a revised charter with effect from 13 May 2013. The charter is filed as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 20-F.
See Item 18 for the report of the Audit Committee.
Management Development and Compensation Committee
As of March 31, 2013, our Management Development and Compensation Committee was comprised of three non-executive independent directors, each of whom was determined by our Board to be an independent director under applicable NYSE rules. They were:
Ms. Ann Fudge, Chairperson
Mr. David Boyles
Mr. Ravi Venkatesan
The purpose of our Management Development and Compensation Committee is to discharge the Board of Directors' responsibilities relating to compensation of our executive directors and senior management. The Management Development and Compensation Committee has overall responsibility for approving and evaluating our compensation plans, policies and programs for executive directors and senior management. The Management Development and  Compensation Committee held four meetings in person during fiscal 2013. The Management Development and Compensation Committee (previously known as the Compensation Committee) has adopted a revised charter with effect from 13  May 2013. The charter is filed as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 20-F.
Nominations and Governance Committee
As of March 31, 2013, our Nominations and Governance Committee was comprised of three independent directors, each of whom was determined by our Board to be an independent director under applicable NYSE rules. They were:
  • Prof.Jeffrey Lehman, Chairperson
  • Ms. Ann Fudge
  • Mr. Ravi Venkatesan
The purpose of our Nominations and Governance Committee is to oversee our nomination process for our top level management and specifically to identify, screen and review individuals qualified to serve as our Executive Directors, Non-Executive Directors and Independent Directors consistent with criteria approved by our Board and to recommend, for approval by our Board, nominees for election at our annual meeting of shareholders.
The Nominations and Governance Committee held four meetings in fiscal 2013.
The Nominations and Governance Committee has adopted a revised charter with effect from 13 May 2013 under which the name of the committee has been changed to 'Nominations and Governance Committee'. The charter is filed as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 20-F.
Risk Management Committee
As of March 31, 2013, our Risk Management Committee was comprised of three independent directors, each of whom was determined by our Board to be an independent director under applicable NYSE rules. They were:
  • Mr. David L. Boyles, Chairperson
  • Dr. Omkar Goswami
  • Mr. R. Seshasayee ·
Mr. Sridar A Iyengar ceased to be a member of the committee, effective August 13, 2012
The purpose of the Risk Management Committee is to assist our Board in fulfilling its corporate governance oversight responsibilities with regard to the identification, evaluation and mitigation of operational, strategic and external risks. The Risk Management Committee has overall responsibility for monitoring and approving our risk policies and associated practices. The Risk Management Committee is also responsible for reviewing and approving risk disclosure statements in any public documents or disclosures.
The Risk Management Committee held four meetings during fiscal 2013.
The Risk Management Committee has adopted a charter. The charter has been filed previously and is incorporated by reference as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 20-F.
EMPLOYEES
As of March 31, 2013, we employed approximately 156,000 employees, of which approximately 147,000 were IT professionals, including trainees. As of March 31, 2012, we employed approximately 150,000 employees, of which 141,790 were IT professionals As of March 31, 2011, we employed approximately 130,820 employees, of which approximately 123,811 were IT professionals.
As of March 31, 2013, we employed approximately 120,100 employees in India, 19,300 in the Americas, 8,000 employees in Europe and 9,200 employees in the Rest of the World.
We seek to attract and motivate IT professionals by offering:
  • an entrepreneurial environment that empowers IT professionals;
  • programs that recognize and reward performance;
  • challenging assignments;
  • constant exposure to new skills and technologies; and
  • a culture that emphasizes openness, integrity and respect for the employee.
Some of our employees in jurisdictions across Europe, including employees located in France, Spain, Sweden, Italy and Belgium are covered by collective bargaining agreements that have been adopted at a government level, across the information technology sector or otherwise. We believe that our management maintains good relations with our employees, including those employees covered under collective bargaining agreements.
Recruiting
We focus our recruiting on the top 20% of students from engineering departments of Indian schools and rely on a rigorous selection process involving a series of tests and interviews to identify the best applicants. Our reputation as a premier employer enables us to select from a large pool of qualified applicants. For example, during fiscal 2013, we received approximately 379,000 employment applications, interviewed approximately 48,100 applicants and extended offers of employment to approximately 27,300 applicants. In fiscal 2013, we added approximately 1,300 new employees, net of attrition. These statistics do not include Infosys BPO and our wholly-owned subsidiaries, which together, recruited approximately 5,400 new hires, net of attrition, during fiscal 2013.
We do not have significant recruiting activities outside India.
Performance appraisals
We have instituted an appraisal program that incorporates a 360-degree feedback system recognizing high performers and providing constructive feedback and coaching to underperformers.
Training and development
Competence development of our people continues to be a key area of strategic focus for us. We launched new programs to align with the needs of the Infosys 3.0 strategy. In keeping with the changes in the use of technology in education, we enhanced our technology lead training efforts in multiple areas.
Our flagship industry-academia partnership program, Campus Connect, also launched the technology enabled co-teach program to reach out to students in engineering institutions.
The Knowledge Management system at Infosys won the Indian MAKE (Most Admired Knowledge Enterprise) award winner for the 9 th time. Our researchers continued to demonstrate their thought leadership in several areas through their publications at global conferences and through contributions to book chapters and publications.
Our focus on developing our employees and providing continuing education training continues to be a key element of our strategy. We train the new engineering graduates that join us at our Global Education Center in Mysore. With a total built-up area of 1.44 million square feet, the Infosys Global Education Center can train approximately 14,000 employees at a time.
Our education programs are designed based on the competencies needed to service our clients and are aligned with the specific roles of our professionals. Our training curriculum and offerings are frequently upgraded to meet our business needs. During fiscal 2013 we introduced programs in emerging areas like cloud programming and mobile application development.
As of March 31, 2013, we employed 499 full-time employees as educators, including 301 with doctorate or masters degrees. Our educators conduct training programs for both the new entrants and experienced employees. Our researchers published extensively during the financial year with articles, white papers in prestigious journals and conferences as well as books and invited chapters in reputed publications.
Our engagement with engineering colleges through our Campus Connect program continued last year. Last year, we conducted over 41 faculty enablement workshops covering more than 1,692 faculty members from various colleges.
Leadership development is a core part of our training programs. We established the Infosys Leadership Institute in our 337-acre campus in Mysore, India, to enhance leadership skills that are required to manage the complexities of the rapidly changing marketplace and to further instill our culture through leadership training.
Compensation
Our technology professionals receive competitive salaries and benefits. We have also adopted a variable compensation program which links compensation to company, team and individual performance.
Visas
As of March 31, 2013, the majority of our technology professionals in the United States held either H-1B visas (approximately 10,800 persons), which allow the employee to remain in the United States for up to six years during the term of the work permit and work as long as he or she remains an employee of the sponsoring firm, or L-1 visas (approximately 1,600 persons), which allow the employee to stay in the United States only temporarily.
SHARE OWNERSHIP
The following table sets forth as of March 31, 2013, for each director and executive officer, the total number of equity shares, ADSs and options to purchase equity shares and ADSs exercisable within 60 days from March 31, 2013. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. All information with respect to the beneficial ownership of any principal shareholder has been furnished by such shareholder and, unless otherwise indicated below, we believe that persons named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all the shares shown as beneficially owned, subject to community property laws, where applicable. The shares beneficially owned by the directors include the equity shares owned by their family members to which such directors disclaim beneficial ownership.
The stock option grant price has been translated into U.S. dollars from Indian rupees based on fixing rate in the City of Mumbai on March 31, 2013 for cable transfers in Indian rupees as published by the FEDAI, which was RUPEE SYMBOL 54.29 per $1.00. The share numbers and percentages listed below are based on 574,236,166 Equity Shares outstanding as of March 31, 2013. Percentage of shareholders representing less than 1% are indicated with an ‘*’.
Name beneficially owned
Equity Shares beneficially owned
% of equity
shares
Equity Shares underlying options granted
Exercise
price
Date of
Expiration
S. Gopalakrishnan (1)
19,555,717
3.41
–
–
–
S. D. Shibulal (2)
12,628,911
2.20
–
–
–
Srinath Batni (3)
642,284
*
–
–
–
V. Balakrishnan (4)
476,623
*
–
–
–
Ashok Vemuri
15
*
–
–
–
B. G. Srinivas
60,015
*
–
–
–
Deepak Satwalekar
56,000
*
–
–
–
Omkar Goswami
7,900
*
–
–
–
David Boyles
2,000
*
–
–
–
Jeffrey Lehman
–
*
–
–
–
K. V. Kamath
–
*
–
–
–
R. Seshasayee
62
*
–
–
–
Ravi Venkatesan
110
*
–
–
–
Ann M. Fudge
–
*
–
–
–
Leo Puri
– *
–
–
–
Rajiv Bansal
35,445
*
–
–
–
Srikantan Moorthy
12,584
*
–
–
–
Sanjay Purohit
18,482
*
–
–
–
Chandrasekhar Kakal
40,876
*
–
–
–
Nandita Gurjar
1,962
*
–
–
–
Stephen Pratt
–
*
–
–
–
Basab Pradhan
–
*
–
–
–
U.B. Pravin Rao
158,148
*
–
–
–
Prasad Thrikutam
34,339
*
–
–
–
Ramadas Kamath U.
120
*
–
–
–
Total (all directors and executive officers)
33,731,593
5.87
–
–
–
(1)
Shares beneficially owned by Mr. Gopalakrishnan include 12,898,991 Equity Shares owned by members of Mr. Gopalakrishnan's immediate family.Mr. Gopalakrishnan disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares.
(2)
Shares beneficially owned by Mr. Shibulal include 10,159,200 Equity Shares owned by members of Mr. Shibulal's immediate family. Mr. Shibulal disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares.
(3)
Shares beneficially owned by Mr. Batni include 72,400 Equity Shares owned by members of Mr. Batni's immediate family. Mr. Batni disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares.
(4)
Shares beneficially owned by Mr. Balakrishnan include 150,000 Equity Shares owned by members of Mr. Balakrishnan's immediate family. Mr. Balakrishnan disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares.
Option plans
1998 Stock Option Plan
Our 1998 Stock Option Plan, or the 1998 Plan, provides for the grant of two types of options to our employees and directors: incentive stock options, which may provide our employees with beneficial tax treatment, and non-qualified stock options. The 1998 Plan was approved by our Board of Directors in December 1997 and by our shareholders in January 1998. The term of the 1998 Plan ended on January 6, 2008, and consequently no further shares will be issued to employees under this plan. A total of 11,760,000 ADSs, representing 11,760,000 Equity Shares, were reserved for issuance under the 1998 Plan. All options granted under the 1998 Plan are exercisable for our ADSs.
Our Compensation Committee (now known as the Management Development and Compensation Committee) administers the 1998 Plan. In addition, the committee has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate the 1998 Plan, provided that no such action may affect any ADS previously issued and sold or any option to purchase an ADS previously granted under the 1998 Plan.
The 1998 Plan generally does not allow for transfer of options, and only the optionee may exercise an option during his or her lifetime. An optionee generally must exercise an option within three months of termination of service. If an optionee’s termination is due to death or disability, his or her option will fully vest and become exercisable and the option must be exercised within twelve months after such termination. The exercise price of incentive stock options granted under the 1998 Plan must at least equal the fair market value of the ADSs on the date of grant. The exercise price of non-statutory stock options granted under the 1998 Plan must at least equal 90% of the fair market value of the ADSs on the date of grant. The term of options granted under the 1998 Plan may not exceed 10 years.
The 1998 Plan provides that in the event of our merger with or into another corporation or a sale of substantially all of our assets, the successor corporation shall either assume the outstanding options or grant equivalent options to the holders. If the successor corporation neither assumes the outstanding options nor grants equivalent options, such outstanding options shall vest immediately, and become exercisable in full.
1999 Stock Option Plan
In fiscal 2000, we instituted the 1999 Stock Option Plan, or the 1999 Plan. Our shareholders and Board of Directors approved the 1999 Plan in June 1999. The 1999 Plan provides for the issue of 52,800,000 Equity Shares to employees. The 1999 Plan is administered by our Compensation Committee (now known as the Management Development and Compensation Committee). Under the 1999 Plan, options will be issued to employees at an exercise price, which shall not be less than the fair market value, or FMV. Under the 1999 Plan, options may also be issued to employees at exercise prices that are less than FMV only if specifically approved by our members in a General Meeting. All options under the 1999 Plan are exercised for equity shares.
The 1999 Plan generally does not allow for transfer of options, and only the optionee may exercise an option during his or her lifetime. An optionee generally must exercise an option within three months of termination of service. If an optionee’s termination is due to death or disability, his or her option will fully vest and become exercisable and the option must be exercised within twelve months after such termination. Unless a prior shareholder approval has been obtained, the exercise price of stock options granted under the 1999 Plan must at least equal the fair market value of the equity shares on the date of grant.
The 1999 Plan provides that in the event of our merger with or into another corporation or a sale of substantially all of our assets, the successor corporation shall either assume the outstanding options or grant equivalent options to the holders. If the successor corporation neither assumes the outstanding options nor grants equivalent options, such outstanding options shall vest immediately, and become exercisable in full.
During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, there were no options to purchase ADSs or equity shares granted to our executive officers and directors.
MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS
The following table sets forth as of March 31, 2013, certain information with respect to beneficial ownership of our equity shares by each shareholder or group known by us to be the beneficial owner of 5% or more of our outstanding equity shares.
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, which generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities and includes equity shares issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options or warrants that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2013. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding those options or warrants for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, all information with respect to the beneficial ownership of any principal shareholder has been furnished by such shareholder and, unless otherwise indicated, we believe that persons named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all the equity shares shown as beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable. The shares beneficially owned by the directors include equity shares owned by their family members to which such directors disclaim beneficial ownership.
The share numbers and percentages listed below are based on 574,236,166 Equity Shares outstanding, as of March 31, 2013.

Name of the beneficial owner
Class of security
No. of shares beneficially held
% of class of shares
No. of shares beneficially held
% of class of shares
No. of shares beneficially held
% of class of shares
March 31, 2013
March 31, 2012
March 31, 2011
Shareholding of all directors and officers as a group and officers as a group
–
33,731,593
5.87
33,690,992
5.87 (1)
74,460,585 (2)
12.97 (2)
(1)
Comprised of 1,546, 965 shares owned by non-founder directors and officers. The percentage ownership of the group is calculated on a base of 574,236,166 equity shares which includes no options that are currently exercisable or exercisable by all optionees within 60 days of March 31, 2013.
(2)
Comprised of 1,506,354 shares owned by non-founder directors and officers. The percentage ownership of the group is calculated on base of 574,237,430 equity shares which includes 7,429 options that are currently exercisable or exercisable by all optionees within 60 days of March 31, 2012.
(3)
Comprised of 2,131,152 shares owned by non-founder directors and officers. The percentage ownership of the group is calculated on a base of 574,250,349 equity shares which includes 98,790 options that are currently exercisable or exercisable by all optionees within 60 days of March 31, 2011.
Our American Depository Shares are listed on the NYSE. Each ADS currently represents one equity share of par value RUPEE SYMBOL 5 per share. Our ADSs are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and as of March 31, 2013 are held by 32,479 holders of record in the United States.
Our equity shares can be held by Foreign Institutional Investors or FIIs, and Non Resident Indians or NRIs, who are registered with the Securities and Exchange Board of India, or SEBI, and the Reserve Bank of India, or RBI. As of March 31, 2013, 41.80% of our equity shares were held by these FIIs and NRIs, some of which may be residents or bodies corporate registered in the United States and elsewhere. We are not aware of which FIIs and NRIs hold our equity shares as residents or as corporate entities registered in the United States.
Our major shareholders do not have differential voting rights with respect to the equity shares. To the best of our knowledge, we are not owned or controlled directly or indirectly by any government, by any other corporation or by any other natural or legal person. We are not aware of any arrangement, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control.
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Infosys BPO. Infosys established Infosys BPO in April 2002, under the laws of India.
As of March 31, 2013, Infosys holds 99.98% of the outstanding equity shares of Infosys BPO.
During fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, we engaged Infosys BPO and its subsidiaries for management services for which we have been billed approximately $13 million, $21 million and $25 million, respectively. Further, during fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, Infosys BPO and its subsidiaries engaged us for certain management services for which we billed them approximately $7 million, $12 million and $17 million, respectively. During fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, we engaged Infosys BPO and its subsidiaries for software development services for which we have been billed approximately $25 million, $6 million and $4 million, respectively. Further, during fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, Infosys BPO and its subsidiaries engaged us for certain software development services for which we billed them approximately $11 million, $7 million and $5 million, respectively.
Infosys Australia . In January 2004, we acquired, for cash, 100% of the equity in Expert Information Services Pty. Limited, Australia for $14 million. The acquired company was renamed as Infosys Technologies (Australia) Pty. Limited. During fiscal 2009, Infosys Australia acquired 100% of the equity shares of Mainstream Software Pty. Limited (MSPL) for a cash consideration of $3 million. As of March 31, 2013, Infosys Australia is under liquidation. During fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, we engaged Infosys Australia for software development services for which we have been billed less than $1 million, $277 million and $195 million, respectively. Further, during fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, Infosys Australia engaged us for certain software development services for which we billed them less than $1 million, approximately $3 million and $7 million, respectively. During fiscal 2013 and 2012, we received dividend from Infosys Australia of approximately $15 million and $120 million, respectively.
Infosys China . In October 2003, we established a wholly-owned subsidiary, Infosys China, to expand our business operations in China. During fiscal 2009, we disbursed an amount of $2 million as loans to Infosys China, for expansion of business operations, at an interest rate of 6.0% per annum. The loan was repayable within five years from the date of disbursement at the discretion of the subsidiary. During fiscal 2012, Infosys China repaid the entire loan. The largest amount outstanding during fiscal 2012 was $5 million. During fiscal 2011, we made an additional investment of $9 million in Infosys China. As of March 31, 2013, we have invested an aggregate of $23 million as equity capital in Infosys China. During fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, we engaged Infosys China for software development services for which we have been billed approximately $44 million, $55 million and $53 million, respectively. Further, during fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, Infosys China engaged us for certain software development services for which we billed them approximately less than $1 million, $2 million and $1 million, respectively.
Infosys Mexico. In June 2007, we established a wholly-owned subsidiary, Infosys Mexico, to expand our business operations in Latin America. During fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, we made an additional investment of $2 million, Nil and $3 million, respectively, in Infosys Mexico. As of March 31, 2013, we have invested an aggregate of $14 million in the subsidiary. During fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, we engaged Infosys Mexico for software development services for which we have been billed approximately $2 million, $6 million and $11 million, respectively. Further, during fiscal 2013 and 2012, Infosys Mexico engaged us for certain software development services for which we billed them approximately less than $1 million and $1 million, respectively.

Infosys Sweden. In March 2009, we established a wholly-owned subsidiary, Infosys Technologies (Sweden) AB to expand our business operations in Europe. During fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 we engaged Infosys Sweden for software development services for which we have been billed approximately $1 million, $2 million and $3 million, respectively.
Infosys Brasil. In August 2009, we established a wholly-owned subsidiary, Infosys Tecnologia do Brasil Ltda, to expand our operations in South America and invested an aggregate of $6 million in the subsidiary. During fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, we made an additional investment of $9 million, $5 million and $2 million, respectively, in Infosys Brasil. Further, during fiscal 2011, we disbursed $2 million as loan to Infosys Brasil for expansion of business at an interest rate of 6.0% per annum. The loan was repayable within six months at the discretion of the subsidiary. During fiscal 2012, Infosys Brasil repaid the entire loan. As of March 31, 2013 we have invested an aggregate of $22 million as equity capital in the subsidiary. During fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, we engaged Infosys Brasil for software development services for which we have been billed approximately less than $1 million, less than $1 million and $1 million, respectively. Further, during fiscal 2013 and 2012, Infosys Brasil engaged us for certain software development services for which we billed them approximately less than $1 million each.
Infosys Public Services. In October 2009 we incorporated a wholly-owned subsidiary, Infosys Public Services, Inc., to focus and expand our operations in the U.S public services market and invested an aggregate of $5 million in the subsidiary. Further during fiscal 2013, we disbursed an amount of $12 million as loans to Infosys Public Services, at an interest rate of 6.0% per annum, for expansion of business operations. The largest amount outstanding during fiscal 2013 was $13 million. The loan is repayable within one year from the date of disbursement at the discretion of the subsidiary. During fiscal 2013 and 2012, Infosys Public Services engaged us for certain software development services for which we billed them approximately $81 million and $36 million, respectively.

Infosys Shanghai. On February 21, 2011 we incorporated a wholly-owned subsidiary, Infosys Technologies (Shanghai) Company Limited and invested $3 million in the subsidiary. Further, in fiscal 2013 and 2012 we have made an additional investment of $27 million and $17 million, respectively in Infosys Shanghai. As of March 31, 2013, we have invested an aggregate of $47 million in the subsidiary.

Infosys Consulting Inc. In April 2004, we incorporated a wholly-owned subsidiary, Infosys Consulting, in the State of Texas to add high-end consulting capabilities to our Global Delivery Model. On October 7, 2011, the board of directors of Infosys Consulting Inc., approved the termination and winding down of the entity, and entered into an assignment and assumption agreement with Infosys Limited. The termination of Infosys Consulting, Inc. became effective on January 12, 2012, in accordance with the Texas Business Organizations Code. Effective January 12, 2012, the assets and liabilities of Infosys Consulting, Inc., were transferred to Infosys Limited. During fiscal 2012 and 2011, we engaged Infosys Consulting and its subsidiary for consulting services for which we have been billed approximately $31 million and $79 million, respectively. Further, during fiscal 2012 and 2011, Infosys Consulting and its subsidiary engaged us for certain software development services for which we billed them approximately $9 million and $16 million, respectively. Further, during fiscal 2012 and 2011, we billed Infosys Consulting Inc., approximately $4 million and $1 million, respectively, for certain shared facilities.
Infosys Consulting India Limited . Infosys Consulting India is a wholly owned subsidiary of Infosys Consulting Inc. Effective January 12, 2012, the assets and liabilities of Infosys Consulting, Inc., were transferred to Infosys Limited. Consequently, Infosys Consulting India Limited is now a wholly owned subsidiary of Infosys Limited. On February 9, 2012, Infosys Consulting India Limited filed a petition in the Honourable High Court of Karnataka for its merger with Infosys Limited.
Infosys Lodestone On October 22, 2012, we acquired 100% of the voting interests in Lodestone Holding AG, a global management consultancy firm headquartered in Zurich, Switzerland. The business acquisition was conducted by entering into a share purchase agreement for a cash consideration of $219 million and an additional consideration of up to $112 million, which we refer to as deferred purchase price, payable to the selling shareholders of Lodestone Holding AG who are continuously employed or otherwise engaged by us or our subsidiaries during the three year period following the date of the acquisition. During fiscal 2013, we disbursed an amount of $22 million as loans to Infosys Lodestone, at an interest rate of 6.0% per annum for expansion of business operations. The loan is repayable within one year from the date of disbursement at the discretion of the subsidiary. The largest amount outstanding during fiscal 2013 was $22 million. During fiscal 2013, we engaged Infosys Lodestone for software development services for which we have been billed approximately $19 million.
Employment and indemnification agreements
We have entered into agreements with our executive directors that provide for a monthly salary, bonuses, and benefits including, vacation, medical reimbursements and gratuity contributions. These agreements have a five-year term and either party may terminate the agreement with six months’ notice. The form of the employment agreement for our executive directors has been filed previously and is incorporated by reference as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 20-F.
We have also entered into agreements to indemnify our directors and officers for claims brought under U.S. laws to the fullest extent permitted by Indian law. These agreements, among other things, indemnify our directors and officers for certain expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any such person in any action or proceeding, including any action by or in the right of Infosys Limited, arising out of such persons services as our director or officer. The form of the indemnification agreement for our directors and officers is filed as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 20-F.
Loans to employees
We provide personal loans and salary advances to our employees in India who are not executive officers or directors.
The annual rates of interest for these loans vary between 0% and 4%. Loans and advances aggregating $41 million, $33 million and $32 million were outstanding as of March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following financial statements and auditors' report appear under Item 18 in this Annual Report on Form 20-F and are incorporated herein by reference:
  • Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  • Consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2013 and 2012
  • Consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
  • Consolidated statements of changes in equity for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
  • Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
  • Notes to the consolidated financial statements
  • Financial Statement Schedule II- Valuation and qualifying accounts
Export revenue
For fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, we generated $7,244 million, $6,839 million and $5,909 million, or 97.9%, 97.8% and 97.8% of our total revenues of $7,398 million, $6,994 million and $6,041 million, respectively, from the export of our products and rendering of services outside of India.
Legal proceedings
This information is set forth under Item 4 under the heading “Legal proceedings” and such information is incorporated herein by reference
Dividends
Under Indian law, a corporation pays dividends upon a recommendation by the board of directors and approval by a majority of the shareholders, who have the right to decrease but not increase the amount of the dividend recommended by the board of directors. Dividends may be paid out of profits of an Indian company in the year in which the dividend is declared or out of the undistributed profits of previous fiscal years.
In fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, we paid cash dividends of approximately $0.86, $0.76 and $1.22 per equity share, respectively. Holders of ADSs will be entitled to receive dividends payable on equity shares represented by such ADSs. Cash dividends on equity shares represented by ADSs are paid to the Depositary in Indian rupees and are generally converted by the Depositary into U.S. dollars and distributed, net of Depositary fees, taxes, if any, and expenses, to the holders of such ADSs. Although we have no current intention to discontinue dividend payments, future dividends may not be declared or paid and the amount, if any, thereof may be decreased.
Translations from Indian rupees to U.S. dollars effected on or after April 1, 2008 are based on the fixing rate in the City of Mumbai for cable transfers in Indian rupees as published by the FEDAI.
Fiscal
Dividend per Equity Share ( rupee symbol )
Dividend per Equity Share ($) (1)
Dividend per ADS ($) (1)
2013 (2)
47.00
0.86
0.86
2012
35.00
0.76
0.76
2011 (3)
55.00
1.22
1.22
(1) Converted at the monthly exchange rate in the month of declaration of dividend.
(2)
Includes a special dividend of rupee symbol 10.00 ($0.18) per equity share, representing the tenth year in operation for Infosys BPO.
(3)
Includes 30 th year special dividend of rupee symbol 30.00 ($0.67) per equity share.
SIGNIFICANT CHANGES
None.
PRICE HISTORY
Our equity shares are traded in India on the Bombay Stock Exchange Limited, or BSE, and the National Stock Exchange of India Limited, or NSE, or collectively, the Indian stock exchanges. Our ADSs are traded on NYSE under the ticker symbol 'INFY'. Each ADS represents one equity share. Our ADSs began trading on the NASDAQ on March 11, 1999. The ADS were delisted from NASDAQ with effect from December 12, 2012 and began trading on the New York Stock Exchange from December 12, 2012. We listed our ADSs on the NYSE Euronext Exchanges in London and Paris on February 20, 2013.
The Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas serves as a depositary with respect to our ADSs traded on the market pursuant to the Deposit Agreement dated March 10, 1999, as amended and restated.
As of March 31, 2013, we had 574,236,166 equity shares issued and outstanding. There were 32,479 record holders of ADRs, evidencing 70,833,217 ADSs (equivalent to 70,833,217 Equity Shares). As of March 31, 2013, there were 415,844 record holders of our Equity Shares listed and traded on the Indian stock exchanges.
The following tables set forth for the periods indicated the price history of the equity shares and the ADSs on the Indian stock exchanges, the NASDAQ and the NYSE. The currency of trade of ADS in the U.S. is USD and at London and Paris is Euro (EUR). There were no trades reported for ADSs listed in the NYSE Euronext London and Paris stock exchanges since we listed our ADSs on February 20, 2013.
Each ADS currently represents one equity share. All translations from Indian rupees to U.S. dollars are based on fixing rate in the City of Mumbai on March 31, 2013 for cable transfers in Indian rupees as published by the FEDAI, which was RUPEE SYMBOL 54.29 per $1.00. The high and low prices for the Indian stock exchanges, the NASDAQ and the NYSE are based on the closing prices for each day of the relevant period.
(in Dollars) (1)
Fiscal
BSE
NSE
NASDAQ/NYSE
High
Low
High
Low
High
Low
2013
55.35
39.14
55.34
39.12
57.60
38.17
2012
60.90
40.33
60.90
40.22
73.40
47.01
2011
64.02
46.66
64.12
46.66
77.53
55.18
2010
51.69
24.70
51.83
24.79
62.32
26.81
2009
36.71
20.28
36.72
20.31
49.37
21.11
Fiscal 2013
First Quarter
52.59
42.58
52.65
42.57
57.60
42.10
Second Quarter
46.07
39.14
48.48
39.12
48.72
38.17
Third Quarter
48.06
41.71
48.07
41.74
49.65
41.46
Fourth Quarter
55.35
42.51
55.34
42.53
55.06
42.52
Fiscal 2012
First Quarter
60.90
49.90
60.90
49.91
73.40
60.70
Second Quarter
55.17
40.33
55.18
40.22
68.25
47.01
Third Quarter
52.96
44.96
53.00
44.92
60.87
49.35
Fourth Quarter
54.39
47.59
54.38
47.60
60.10
51.08
Fiscal 2011
First Quarter
51.90
46.66
51.99
46.66
63.56
55.18
Second Quarter
56.33
49.65
56.34
49.74
64.56
58.33
Third Quarter
63.46
54.64
63.49
54.59
76.41
64.51
Fourth Quarter
64.02
53.81
64.12
53.82
77.53
64.52
Month
April 2013
55.20 41.11 55.18 41.11 54.34 40.10
March 2013
55.35
52.56
55.34
52.55
55.06
52.21
February 2013
54.52
50.74
54.52
50.75
54.58
51.12
January 2013
51.84
42.51
51.84
42.53
53.02
42.52
December 2012
44.87
41.71
44.93
41.74
44.03
41.46
November 2012
45.48
42.26
45.51
42.30
44.66
41.71
October 2012
48.06
42.90
48.07
42.91
49.65
42.67
(1) Prices
Source for all tables above: www.bseindia.com for BSE quotes, www.nse-india.com for NSE quotes, www.nasdaq.com for NASDAQ quotes, and www.nyse.com for NYSE quotes.
On May 13, 2013, the closing price of equity shares on the BSE was RUPEE SYMBOL 2,340.35 equivalent to $42.75 per equity share based on the exchange rate on that date and on May 10, 2013, the closing price of ADSs on the NYSE was $42.87 per ADS.
The Indian securities trading market
The information in this section has been extracted from publicly available documents from various sources, including officially prepared materials from the Securities and Exchange Board of India, the BSE, and the NSE.
Indian Stock Exchanges
The major stock exchanges in India, the BSE and the NSE, account for a majority of trading volumes of securities in India. The BSE and NSE together dominate the stock exchanges in India in terms of number of listed companies, market capitalization and trading.
The stock exchanges in India operate on a trading day plus two, or T+2, rolling settlement system. At the end of the T+2 period, obligations are settled with buyers of securities paying for and receiving securities, while sellers transfer and receive payment for securities. For example, trades executed on a Monday would typically be settled on a Wednesday. The SEBI has proposed to move to a T settlement system. In order to contain the risk arising out of the transactions entered into by the members of various stock exchanges either on their own account or on behalf of their clients, the Stock Exchanges have designed risk management procedures, which include compulsory prescribed margins on the individual broker members, based on their outstanding exposure in the market, as well as stock-specific margins from the members.
To restrict abnormal price volatility, SEBI has instructed stock exchanges to apply the following price bands calculated at the previous day’s closing price (there are no restrictions on price movements of index stocks):
Market Wide Circuit Breakers. Market wide circuit breakers are applied to the market for
movement by 10%, 15% and 20% for two prescribed market indices: the BSE Sensex for the BSE and the Nifty for the NSE. If any of these circuit breaker thresholds are reached, trading in all equity and equity derivatives markets nationwide is halted.
Price Bands. Price bands are circuit filters of up to 20% movements either up or down, and are applied to most securities traded in the markets, excluding securities included in the BSE Sensex and the NSE Nifty and derivatives products. The equity shares of Infosys are included in the BSE Sensex and the NSE Nifty.
The National Stock Exchange of India Limited
The market capitalization of the capital markets (equities) segment of the NSE as of March 31, 2013 was approximately RUPEE SYMBOL 62.39 trillion or approximately $1,149.21 billion. The clearing and settlement operations of the NSE are managed by the National Securities Clearing Corporation Limited. Funds settlement takes place through designated clearing banks. The National Securities Clearing Corporation Limited interfaces with the depositaries on the one hand and the clearing banks on the other to provide delivery versus payment settlement for depositary-enabled trades.
Bombay Stock Exchange Limited
The estimated aggregate market capitalization of stocks trading on the BSE as of March 31, 2013 was approximately RUPEE SYMBOL 65.32 trillion or approximately $1,209.59 billion. The BSE began allowing online trading in May 1995. Only a member of the stock exchange has the right to trade in the stocks listed on the stock exchange.
Trading on both the NSE and the BSE occurs Monday through Friday, between 9:15 a.m. and 3:30 p.m. (Indian Standard Time).
Derivatives
Trading in derivatives in India takes place either on separate and independent derivatives exchanges or on a separate segment of an existing stock exchange. The derivative exchange or derivative segment of a stock exchange functions as a self-regulatory organization under the supervision of the SEBI.
Depositories
The National Securities Depository Limited and Central Depositary Services (India) Limited are the two depositories that provide electronic depositary facilities for trading in equity and debt securities in India. The Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) mandates that a company which proposes to make an offer of its securities (by way of an initial public offering, rights issue or further public offering) to the public and list them on a recognised stock exchange in India must enter into an agreement with a depository for dematerialization of securities already issued or proposed to be issued to the public or existing shareholders. The SEBI has also provided that the issue and allotment of shares in initial public offerings or private placements and/or the trading of shares shall only be in electronic form.
Securities Transaction Tax
Since October 1, 2004, with respect to a sale and purchase of equity shares entered into on a recognized stock exchange, (i) both the buyer and seller are required to pay a Securities Transaction Tax (STT) at the rate of 0.1% of the transaction value of the securities, if the transaction is a delivery based transaction, i.e. the transaction involves actual delivery or transfer of shares; The rate of 0.1% has been substituted for 0.125% by the Finance Act, 2012 w.e.f. 1.7.2012. (ii) the seller of the shares is required to pay a STT at the rate of 0.025% of the transaction value of the securities if the transaction is a non-delivery based transaction, i.e. a transaction settled without taking delivery of the shares. STT is leviable with respect to a sale and purchase of a derivative and the rates of STT as substituted by Finance Act, 2008 w.e.f. 1.6.2008 is as follows: (i) in case of sale of an option in securities, the seller is required to pay an STT at the rate of 0.017% of the option premium; (ii)in case of a sale of an option in securities, where the option is exercised, the buyer is required to pay a STT at the rate of 0.125% of the settlement price; and (iii) in case of sale of futures in securities, the seller is required to pay STT at 0.017% on transaction value. This rate of 0.017% is changed to 0.01% in the Finance Act, 2013.
See 'Taxation' for a further description of the securities transaction tax and capital gains treatment under Indian law.
The conversion of our equity shares into ADSs is governed by guidelines issued by the Reserve Bank of India.
MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
Set forth below is the material information concerning our share capital and a brief summary of the material provisions of our Articles of Association, Memorandum of Association and the Indian Companies Act, all as currently in effect. The following description of our equity shares and the material provisions of our Articles of Association and Memorandum of Association does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by our Articles of Association and Memorandum of Association that are incorporated by reference to this Annual Report on Form 20-F. The summary below is not intended to constitute a complete analysis of the Indian Companies Act and is not intended to be a substitute for professional legal advice.
Our Articles of Association provide that the minimum number of directors shall be 3 and the maximum number of directors shall be 18. Currently, we have 15 directors. As per the Indian Companies Act, unless the articles of association of a company provide for all directors to retire at every Annual General Meeting, not less than two-third of the directors of a public company must retire by rotation, while the remaining one-third may remain on the Board until they resign or are removed. Our Articles of Association require two thirds of our directors to retire by rotation. One-third of the directors who are subject to retirement by rotation must retire at each Annual General Meeting. A retiring director is eligible for re-election.
Executive directors are required to retire at age 60 in accordance with our employee retirement policies applicable in India. Other Board members must retire from the Board at age 65. The age of retirement for independent directors joining the board on or after October 15, 2010, shall be 70 years. An independent board chair is generally permitted to serve in the capacity for a fixed term of five years and until the age of 70 years.
Our Articles of Association do not require that our directors have to hold shares of our company in order to serve on our Board of Directors.
Our Articles of Association and the Indian Companies Act provide that any director who has a personal interest in a transaction being discussed by the board of directors must disclose such interest, must abstain from voting on such a transaction and may not be counted for the purposes of determining whether a quorum is present at the meeting at the time of discussing the transaction. A director is required to disclose his personal interest to the board of directors at the first meeting of the board of directors after the interest arises. The remuneration payable to our directors may be fixed by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Indian Companies Act and provisions prescribed by the Government of India. Our Articles of Association provide that our Board of Directors may generally borrow any sum of money for the Company’s business purposes, provided, that the consent of the shareholders is required where any amounts to be borrowed, when combined with any already outstanding debt (excluding temporary loans from the Company’s bankers in the ordinary course of business), exceeds the aggregate of our paid-up capital and free reserves.
Objects and Purposes of our Memorandum of Association
The following is a summary of our Objects as set forth in Section 3 of our Memorandum of Association:
  • To provide services of every kind including commercial, statistical, financial, accountancy, medical, legal, management, educational, engineering, data processing, communication and other technological, social or other services;
  • To carry on all kinds of business as importer, exporter, buyers, sellers and lessors of and dealers in all types of components and equipments necessary to provide the services our objects enlist;
  • To manufacture, export, import, buy, sell, rent, hire or lease or otherwise acquire or dispose or deal in all kinds of digital equipments, numerical controller, flexible manufacturing systems, robots, communication systems, computers, computer peripherals, computer software, computer hardware, computer technology, machines, computer software, computer hardware, computer technology, machines, computer aided teaching aids, energy saving devices, alternative sources of energy, electrical and electronics components, devices, instruments, equipments and controls for any engineering applications, and all other related components, parts and products used in communication and computers;
  • To conduct or otherwise subsidize or promote research and experiments for scientific, industrial, commercial economic, statistical and technical purposes; and
  • To carry on any other trade or business whatsoever as can in our opinion can be advantageously or conveniently carried on by us.
General
Our authorized share capital is RUPEE SYMBOL 3,000,000,000 divided into 600,000,000 Equity Shares, having a par value of RUPEE SYMBOL 5/- per share.
As of March 31, 2013, 574,236,166 Equity Shares were issued, outstanding and fully paid. The equity shares are our only class of share capital. We currently have no convertible debentures or warrants outstanding. As of March 31, 2013, we had no options outstanding to purchase Equity Shares . For the purposes of this Annual Report on Form 20-F, “shareholder” means a shareholder who is registered as a member in our register of members or whose name appears in the beneficiary position maintained by the depositories.
Dividends
Under the Indian Companies Act, our Board of Directors recommends the payment of a dividend which is then declared by our shareholders in a general meeting. However, the Board is not obliged to recommend a dividend.
Under our Articles of Association and the Indian Companies Act, our shareholders may, at the Annual General Meeting, declare a dividend of an amount less than that recommended by the Board of Directors, but they cannot increase the amount of the dividend recommended by the Board of Directors. In India, dividends are generally declared as a percentage of the par value of a company’s equity shares and are to be distributed and paid to shareholders in cash and in proportion to the paid up value of their shares, within 30 days of the Annual General Meeting at which the dividend is approved by shareholders. Pursuant to our Articles of Association, our Board of Directors has the discretion to declare and pay interim dividends without shareholder approval. As per the terms of our listing of the equity shares and ADSs of the Company, we are required to inform the stock exchanges, on which our equity shares and ADSs are listed, of the rate of dividend declared and the record date for determining the shareholders who are entitled to receive dividends. Under the Indian Companies Act, dividend can be paid only in cash to registered shareholders as of the record date. Dividend may also be paid in cash to the shareholder’s order or the shareholder’s banker.
The Indian Companies Act provides that any dividends that remain unpaid or unclaimed after a period of 30 days from the date of declaration of a dividend are to be transferred to a special bank account opened by the company at an approved bank. We transfer any dividends that remain unclaimed after 30 days to such an account. If any amount in this account has not been claimed by the eligible shareholders within seven years from the date of the transfer, we transfer the unclaimed dividends to an Investor Education and Protection Fund established by the Government of India under the provisions of the Indian Companies Act. After the transfer to this fund, such unclaimed dividends may not be claimed by the shareholders entitled to receive such dividends from the company.
Under the Indian Companies Act, dividends may be paid out of profits of a company in the year in which the dividend is declared or out of the undistributed profits of previous fiscal years after providing for depreciation. Before declaring a dividend greater than 10% of the paid-up capital, a company is required to transfer to its reserves a minimum percentage of its profits for that year, ranging from 2.5% to 10% depending upon the dividend to be declared in such year.
The Indian Companies Act further provides that in the event of an inadequacy or absence of profits in any year, a dividend may be declared for such year out of the company’s accumulated profits that have been transferred to its reserves, subject to the following conditions:
  • The rate of dividend to be declared may not exceed 10% of its paid up capital or the average of the rate at which dividends were declared by the company in the prior five years, whichever is less;
  • The total amount to be drawn from the accumulated profits earned in the previous years and transferred to the reserves may not exceed an amount equivalent to 10% of the sum of its paid up capital and free reserves, and the amount so drawn is to be used first to set off the losses incurred in the fiscal year before any dividends in respect of preference or equity shares are declared; and
  • The balance of reserves after such withdrawals shall not fall below 15% of the company’s paid up capital.
Bonus Shares
In addition to permitting dividends to be paid out of current or retained earnings as described above, the Indian Companies Act permits a company to distribute an amount transferred from the reserves or surplus in the company’s profit and loss account to its shareholders in the form of bonus shares (similar to a stock dividend). The Indian Companies Act also permits the issuance of bonus shares from capitalization of the securities premium account. Bonus shares are distributed to shareholders in the proportion recommended by the Board of Directors. Shareholders of the company on a fixed record date are entitled to receive such bonus shares.
Any issue of bonus shares would be subject to the guidelines issued by the SEBI in this regard. The relevant SEBI guidelines prescribe that no company shall, pending conversion of convertible debt securities, issue any shares by way of bonus unless similar benefit is extended to the holders of such convertible debt securities, through reservation of shares in proportion to such conversion (which bonus shares may be issued at the time of conversion of the debt securities). The bonus issue must be made out of free reserves built out of the genuine profits or share premium collected in cash only. The bonus issue cannot be made unless the partly paid shares, if any existing, are made fully paid-up. Further, for the issuance of such bonus shares a company should not have defaulted in the payment of interest or principal in respect of fixed deposits and interest on existing debentures or principal on redemption of such debentures. The declaration of bonus shares in lieu of dividend cannot be made. Further a company should have sufficient reason to believe that it has not defaulted in respect of the payment of statutory dues of the employees such as contribution to provident fund, gratuity, bonus, etc. The issuance of bonus shares must be implemented within 15 days from the date of approval by the Board of Directors and cannot be withdrawn after the decision to make a bonus issue has been made.
Consolidation and Subdivision of Shares
The Indian Companies Act permits a company to split or combine the par value of its shares with the approval of its shareholders, provided such split or combination is not made in fractions. Shareholders of record on a fixed record date are entitled to receive the split or combination.
Pre-emptive Rights and Issue of Additional Shares
The Indian Companies Act gives shareholders the right to subscribe for new shares in proportion to their respective existing shareholdings in the event of a further issue of shares by a company, unless otherwise determined by a special resolution passed by a General Meeting of the shareholders. Under the Indian Companies Act, in the event of a pre-emptive issuance of shares, subject to the limitations set forth above, a company must first offer the new shares to the shareholders on a fixed record date. The offer must include: (i) the right, exercisable by the shareholders on record, to renounce the shares offered in favor of any other person; and (ii) the number of shares offered and the period of the offer, which may not be less than 15 days from the date of offer. If the offer is not accepted it is deemed to have been declined and thereafter the Board of Directors is authorized under the Indian Companies Act to distribute any new shares not purchased by the pre-emptive rights holders in the manner that it deems most beneficial to the company.
Meetings of Shareholders
We must convene an Annual General Meeting of shareholders each year within 15 months of the previous annual general meeting or within six months of the end of the previous fiscal year, whichever is earlier. In certain circumstances a three month extension may be granted by the Registrar of Companies to hold the Annual General Meeting. The Annual General Meeting of the shareholders is generally convened by our Secretary pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors. In addition, the Board may convene an Extraordinary General Meeting of shareholders when necessary or at the request of a shareholder or shareholders holding at least 10% of our paid up capital carrying voting rights. Written notice setting out the agenda of any meeting must be given at least 21 days prior to the date of any General Meeting to the shareholders of record, excluding the days of mailing and date of the meeting. Shareholders who are registered as shareholders on the date of the General Meeting are entitled to attend or vote at such meeting. The Annual General Meeting of shareholders must be held at our registered office or at such other place within the city in which the registered office is located, and meetings other than the Annual General Meeting may be held at any other place if so determined by the Board of Directors.
Voting Rights
At any General Meeting, voting is by show of hands unless a poll is demanded by a shareholder or shareholders present in person or by proxy holding at least 10% of the total shares entitled to vote on the resolution or by those holding shares with an aggregate paid up capital of at least RUPEE SYMBOL 50,000. Upon a show of hands, every shareholder entitled to vote and present in person has one vote and, on a poll, every shareholder entitled to vote and present in person or by proxy has voting rights in proportion to the paid up capital held by such shareholders. The Chairperson has a casting vote in the case of any tie. Any shareholder of the company entitled to attend and vote at a meeting of the company may appoint a proxy. The instrument appointing a proxy must be delivered to the company at least 48 hours prior to the meeting. Unless the articles of association otherwise provide, a proxy may not vote except on a poll. A corporate shareholder may appoint an authorized representative who can vote on behalf of the shareholder, both upon a show of hands and upon a poll. An authorized representative is also entitled to appoint a proxy.
Ordinary resolutions may be passed by simple majority of those present and voting at any General Meeting for which the required period of notice has been given. However, special resolutions for matters such as amendments to the articles of association, commencement of a new line of business, the waiver of preemptive rights for the issuance of any new shares and a reduction of share capital, require that votes cast in favor of the resolution (whether by show of hands or on a poll) are not less than three times the number of votes, if any, cast against the resolution by members so entitled and voting. Further, the Companies (Passing of Resolutions by Postal Ballot) Rules, 2011 require certain resolutions such as those listed below to be voted on only by a postal ballot:
  • amendments of the memorandum of association to alter the objects of the company and to change the registered office of the company under section 146 of the Indian Companies Act;
  • the issuance of shares with differential rights with respect to voting, dividend or other provisions of the Indian Companies Act;
  • the sale of the whole or substantially the whole of an undertaking or facilities of the company;
  • providing loans, extending guarantees or providing a security in excess of the limits allowed under Section 372A of the Indian Companies Act;
  • varying the rights of the holders of any class of shares or debentures;
  • the election of a director by minority shareholders; and
  • the buy back of shares.
Register of Shareholders; Record Dates; Transfer of Shares
We maintain a register of shareholders held in electronic form through National Securities Depository Limited and the Central Depositary Services (India) Limited. To determine which shareholders are entitled to specified shareholder rights such as a dividend or a rights issue, we may close the register of shareholders for a specified period. The date on which this period begins is the record date. The Indian Companies Act requires us to give at least seven days prior notice to the public before such closure. We may not close the register of shareholders for more than thirty consecutive days, and in no event for more than forty-five days in a year. Trading of our equity shares, however, may continue while the register of shareholders is closed.
Following the introduction of the Depositories Act, 1996, and the repeal of Section 22A of the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956, which enabled companies to refuse to register transfers of shares in some circumstances, the equity shares of a public company are freely transferable, subject only to the provisions of Section 111A of the Indian Companies Act and the listing agreement entered into between the company and the relevant stock exchange on which the shares of the company are listed. Since we are a public company, the provisions of Section 111A will apply to us. In accordance with the provisions of Section 111A(2) of the Indian Companies Act, our Board of Directors may refuse to register a transfer of shares if they have sufficient cause to do so. If our Board of Directors refuses to register a transfer of shares, the shareholder wishing to transfer his, her or its shares may file a civil suit or an appeal with the Company Law Board/Tribunal.
Pursuant to Section 111A (3), if a transfer of shares contravenes any of the provisions of the Indian Companies Act and Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 or the regulations issued thereunder or any other Indian laws, the Tribunal may, on application made by the relevant company, a depository incorporated in India, an investor, a participant, or the Securities and Exchange Board of India, direct the rectification of the register, record of members and/or beneficial owners. Pursuant to Section 111A(4) the Company Law Board/Tribunal may, in its discretion, issue an interim order suspending the voting rights attached to the relevant shares before making or completing its investigation into the alleged contravention.
Under the Indian Companies Act, unless the shares of a company are held in a dematerialized form, a transfer of shares is effected by an instrument of transfer in the form prescribed by the Indian Companies Act and the rules thereunder, together with delivery of the share certificates. A stamp duty to the extent of 0.25% of the value of the shares (regardless of the consideration paid) is due and payable on the transfer of shares in physical form. Our transfer agent for our equity shares is Karvy Computershare Private Limited located in Hyderabad, India.
Disclosure of Ownership Interest
Section 187C of the Indian Companies Act requires holders of record who do not hold beneficial interests in shares of Indian companies to declare to the company certain details, including the nature of the holder’s interest and details of the beneficial owner. Any person who fails to make the required declaration within 30 days may be liable for a fine of up to RUPEE SYMBOL 1,000 for each day that the declaration is not made. Any charge, promissory note or other collateral agreement created, executed or entered into with respect to any share by the ostensible owner thereof, or any hypothecation by the ostensible owner of any share, pursuant to which a declaration is required to be made under Section 187C, shall not be enforceable by the beneficial owner or any person claiming through the beneficial owner if such declaration is not made. Failure to comply with Section 187C will not affect the obligation of the company to register a transfer of shares or to pay any dividends to the registered holder of any shares pursuant to which such declaration has not been made. While it is unclear under Indian law whether Section 187C applies to holders of ADSs of the company, investors who exchange ADSs for the underlying equity shares of the company will be subject to the restrictions of Section 187C. Additionally, holders of ADSs may be required to comply with such notification and disclosure obligations pursuant to the provisions of the Deposit Agreement to be entered into by such holders, the company and a depositary.
Audit and Annual Report
Under the Indian Companies Act, a company must file its annual accounts with the Registrar of Companies within 30 days from the date of the Annual General Meeting. Copies of the annual report are also required to be simultaneously sent to stock exchanges on which the company’s shares are listed under the applicable listing agreements. At least 21 days before the Annual General Meeting of shareholders, a company must distribute a detailed version of the company’s audited balance sheet and statement of profit and loss account and the reports of the board of directors and the auditors thereon to its shareholders. A company must also file an annual return containing a list of the company’s shareholders and other company information, within 60 days of the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting.
Company Acquisition of Equity Shares
Under the Indian Companies Act, approval by way of a special resolution of a company’s shareholders voting on the matter (votes cast in favor should be three times the votes cast against) and approval of the Court/ Tribunal of the state in which the registered office of the company is situated is required to reduce the share capital of a company, provided such reduction is authorized by the articles of association of the company. A company is not permitted to acquire its own shares for treasury operations.
A company may, under some circumstances, acquire its own equity shares without seeking the approval of the Court/Tribunal in compliance with prescribed rules, regulations and conditions of the Indian Companies Act. In addition, public companies which are listed on a recognized stock exchange in India must comply with the provisions of the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Buy-back of Securities) Regulations, 1998 (Buy-back Regulations). Since we are a public company listed on two recognized stock exchanges in India, we would have to comply with the relevant provisions of the Indian Companies Act and the provisions of the Buy-back Regulations. Any ADS holder may participate in a company’s purchase of its own shares by withdrawing his or her ADSs from the depository facility, acquiring equity shares upon the withdrawal and then selling those shares back to the company.
There can be no assurance that equity shares offered by an ADS investor in any buyback of shares by us will be accepted by us. The regulatory approvals required for ADS holders to participate in a buyback are not entirely clear. ADS investors are advised to consult their legal advisors for advice prior to participating in any buyback by us, including advice related to any related regulatory approvals and tax issues.
Liquidation Rights
As per the Indian Companies Act, certain payments have preference over payments to be made to equity shareholders. These payments having preference include payments to be made by the Company to its employees, taxes, payments to secured and unsecured lenders and payments to holders of any shares entitled by their terms to preferential repayment over the equity shares. In the event of our winding-up, the holders of the equity shares are entitled to be repaid the amounts of paid up capital or credited as paid upon those equity shares after payments have been made by the company as set out above. Subject to such payments having been made by the company, any surplus assets are paid to holders of equity shares in proportion to their shareholdings.
Redemption of Equity Shares
Subject to the buy-back of shares as set out in the section titled “Company Acquisition of Equity Shares”, under the Indian Companies Act, equity shares are not redeemable.
Discriminatory Provisions in Articles
There are no provisions in our Articles of Association discriminating against/ in favor of any existing or prospective holder of such securities as a result of such shareholder owning a substantial number of shares.
Alteration of Shareholder Rights
Under the Indian Companies Act, and subject to the provisions of the articles of association of a company, the rights of any class of shareholders can be altered or varied (i) with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than three-fourths of the issued shares of that class; or (ii) by special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the issued shares of that class. In the absence of any such provision in the articles, such alteration or variation is permitted as long as it is not prohibited by the terms of the issue of shares of such a class.
Limitations on the Rights to Own Securities
The limitations on the rights to own securities of Indian companies, including the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold securities, are discussed in the sections entitled ‘Currency Exchange Controls’ and ‘Risk Factors’ in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.
Provisions on Changes in Capital
Our authorized capital can be altered by an ordinary resolution of the shareholders in a General Meeting. The additional issue of shares is subject to the pre-emptive rights of the shareholders. In addition, a company may increase its share capital, consolidate its share capital into shares of larger face value than its existing shares or sub-divide its shares by reducing their par value, subject to an ordinary resolution of the shareholders in a General Meeting.
Takeover Code and Listing Agreements
In September 2011, the Securities and Exchange Board of India notified the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers) Regulations, 2011 (the Takeover Code) which replaces the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers) Regulations, 1997.Under Takeover Code, upon acquisition of shares or voting rights in a publicly listed Indian company such that the aggregate share-holding of the acquirer (meaning a person who directly or indirectly, acquires or agrees to acquire shares or voting rights in a target company, or acquires or agrees to acquire control over the target company, either by himself or together with any person acting in concert) is 5% or more of the shares of the company, the acquirer is required to, within two working days of such acquisition, disclose the aggregate shareholding and voting rights in the company to the company and to the stock exchanges in which the shares of the company are listed.
Further, an acquirer, who, together with persons acting in concert with him, holds shares or voting rights entitling them to 5% or more of the shares or voting rights in a target company must disclose every sale or acquisition of shares representing 2% or more of the shares or voting rights of the company to the company and to the stock exchanges in which the shares of the company are listed within two working days of such acquisition or sale or receipt of disclosure of allotment of such shares. This disclosure is required, in case of a sale, even if such sale results in the shareholding of the acquirer falling below 5%.
Every person, who together with persons acting in concert with him, holds shares or voting rights entitling him to exercise 25% or more of the voting rights in a target company, has to disclose to the company and to stock exchanges, their aggregate shareholding and voting rights as of the thirty-first day of March, in such target company within seven working days from the end of the financial year of that company.
The acquisition of shares or voting rights which entitles the acquirer to exercise 25% or more of the voting rights in or control over the target company triggers a requirement for the acquirer to make an open offer to acquire at least 26% of the total shares of the target company for an offer price determined as per the provisions of the Takeover Code. The acquirer is required to make a public announcement for an open offer on the date on which it is agreed to acquire such shares or voting rights. Such open offer shall only be for such number of shares as is required to adhere to the maximum permitted non-public shareholding.
Where the public shareholding in the target company is reduced to a level below the limit specified in the listing agreement on account of shares being acquired pursuant to an open offer, the acquirer is required to take necessary steps to facilitate compliance with the public shareholding threshold within the time prescribed in the Securities Contract (Regulation) Rules, 1957. Such an acquirer will not be eligible to make voluntary delisting offer under the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Delisting of Existing Shares) Regulations 2009, unless 12 months have elapsed from the date of the completion of offer.
Since we are a listed company in India, the provisions of the Takeover Code will apply to us and to any person acquiring our equity shares or voting rights in our Company.
The ADSs entitle ADS holders to exercise voting rights in respect of the Deposited Equity Shares (as described in the section titled “Voting Rights of Deposited Equity Shares Represented by ADSs”). Accordingly, the requirement to make an open offer of at least 26% of the shares of a company to the existing shareholders of the company would be triggered by an ADS holder where the shares that underlie the holder’s ADSs represent 25% or more of the shares or voting rights of the company.
We have entered into listing agreements with each of the Indian stock exchanges on which our equity shares are listed, pursuant to which we must report to the stock exchanges any disclosures made to the Company pursuant to the Takeover Code.
Although the provisions of the listing agreements entered into between us and the Indian stock exchanges on which our equity shares are listed will not apply to equity shares represented by ADSs, holders of ADSs may be required to comply with such notification and disclosure obligations pursuant to the provisions of the Deposit Agreement entered into by such holders, our Company and the depositary.
Maintenance of Minimum Public Shareholding as a Condition for Continuous Listing
The Securities Contracts (Regulation) Rules 1957 were amended on June 4, 2010 to make it mandatory for all listed companies in India to have a minimum public shareholding of 25%.
As of March 31, 2013, our public shareholding was approximately at 71.62%.
Voting Rights of Deposited Equity Shares Represented by ADSs
Under Indian law, voting in relation to the equity shares is by show of hands unless a poll is demanded by a member or members present in person or by proxy holding at least 10% of the total shares entitled to vote on the resolution or by those holding shares with an aggregate paid up capital of at least RUPEE SYMBOL 50,000. A proxy (other than a body corporate represented by an authorized representative) may not vote except on a poll.
As soon as practicable after receipt of notice of any general meetings or solicitation of consents or proxies of holders of shares or other deposited securities, our Depositary shall fix a record date for determining the holders entitled to give instructions for the exercise of voting rights. The Depositary shall then mail to the holders of ADSs a notice stating (i) such information as is contained in such notice of meeting and any solicitation materials, (ii) that each holder on the record date set by the Depositary will be entitled to instruct the Depositary as to the exercise of the voting rights, if any pertaining to the deposited securities represented by the ADSs evidenced by such holder’s ADRs, (iii) the manner in which such instruction may be given, including instructions to give discretionary proxy to a person designated by us, and (iv) if the Depositary does not receive instructions from a holder, he would be deemed to have instructed the Depositary to give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by us to vote such deposited securities, subject to satisfaction of certain conditions.
On receipt of the aforesaid notice from the Depositary, our ADS holders may instruct the Depositary on how to exercise the voting rights for the shares that underlie their ADSs. For such instructions to be valid, the Depositary must receive them on or before a specified date.
The Depositary will try, as far as is practical, and subject to the provisions of Indian law and our Memorandum of Association and our Articles of Association, to vote or to have its agents vote in relation to the shares or other deposited securities as per our ADS holders’ instructions. The Depositary will only vote or attempt to vote as per an ADS holder’s instructions. The Depositary will not itself exercise any voting discretion.
Neither the Depositary nor its agents are responsible for any failure to carry out any voting instructions, for the manner in which any vote is cast, or for the effect of any vote. There is no guarantee that our shareholders will receive voting materials in time to instruct the Depositary to vote and it is possible that ADS holders, or persons who hold their ADSs through brokers, dealers or other third parties, will not have the opportunity to exercise a right to vote.
Insider Trading Regulations
Under the SEBI (Prohibition of Insider Trading) Regulations, 1992 (Insider Trading Regulations), any person who holds more than 5% of the shares or of the voting rights in any listed company is required to disclose to the company the number of shares or voting rights held by such person and any change in shareholding or voting rights (even if such change results in the shareholding falling below 5%), exceeding 2% of the total shareholding or voting rights in the company, from the date of last disclosure made by the person. Such disclosure is required to be made within two working days of: (i) the receipt of intimation of allotment of the shares; or (ii) the acquisition or the sale of the shares or voting rights. As a result of a clarification issued by SEBI on June 22, 2009 under the SEBI (Informal Guidance) Scheme, 2003, disclosures would be required to be made by a holder of ADSs under the Insider Trading Regulations as set out above where the shares that underlie that holder’s ADSs represent 5% or more of the shares or voting rights of the Company.
As per the SEBI (Prohibition of Insider Trading) (Amendment) Regulations, 2011, any person who is a promoter or part of promoter group of a listed company shall disclose to the company in the number of shares or voting rights held by such person. Further, any person who is a promoter or part of promoter group of a listed company, shall disclose to the company and the stock exchange where the securities are listed, the total number of shares or voting rights held and any change in shareholding or voting rights, if there has been a change in such holdings of such person from the last disclosure made under Listing Agreement or under the Insider Trading Regulations and the change exceeds RUPEE SYMBOL 500,000 in value or 25,000 shares or 1% of total shareholding or voting rights, whichever is lower. Such disclosure is required to be made within two working days of becoming such promoter or person belonging to promoter group
MATERIAL CONTRACTS
We have entered into agreements with our employee directors that provide for a monthly salary, bonuses, and benefits including, vacation, medical reimbursements and gratuity contributions. These agreements have a five-year term and either party may terminate the agreement with six months' notice. The form of the employment agreement for our executive directors has been filed previously and is incorporated by reference as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 20-F.
We have also entered into agreements to indemnify our directors and officers for claims brought under U.S. laws to the fullest extent permitted by Indian law. These agreements, among other things, indemnify our directors and officers for certain expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any such person in any action or proceeding, including any action by or in the right of Infosys Limited, arising out of such persons services as our director or officer. The form of the indemnification agreement for our directors and officers is filed as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 20-F.
CURRENCY EXCHANGE CONTROLS
General
The subscription, purchase and sale of shares of an Indian company are governed by various Indian laws restricting the issuance of shares by the company to non-residents or subsequent transfer of shares by or to non-residents. These restrictions have been relaxed in recent years. Set forth below is a summary of various forms of investment, and the restrictions applicable to each, including the requirements under Indian law applicable to the issuance of ADSs.
Foreign Direct Investment Issuances by the Company
Subject to certain conditions, under current regulations, foreign direct investment in most industry sectors does not require prior approval of the Foreign Investment Promotion Board (FIPB), or the Reserve Bank of India (RBI), if the percentage of equity holding by all foreign investors does not exceed specified industry-specific thresholds. These conditions include certain minimum pricing requirements, compliance with the Takeover Code (as described above), and ownership restrictions based on the nature of the foreign investor (as described below). Purchases by foreign investors of ADSs are treated as direct foreign investment in the equity issued by Indian companies for such offerings. Foreign investment of up to 100% of our share capital is currently permitted by Indian laws.
Subsequent Transfers
Restrictions for subsequent transfers of shares of Indian companies between residents and non-residents were relaxed significantly as of October 2004. As a result, for a transfer by way of a private arrangement between a resident and a non-resident of securities of an Indian company in the IT sector, such as ours, no prior approval of either the RBI or the Government of India is required, as long as certain conditions are met. These conditions include compliance, as applicable, with pricing guidelines, the Takeover Code (as described above), and the ownership restrictions based on the nature of the foreign investor (as described below). In case of a sale of shares of a listed Indian company by a resident to a non-resident, the minimum price per share payable by a non-resident to acquire the shares is the higher of:
a.
the average of the weekly high and low of the closing prices of equity shares on a stock exchange during the 26 week period prior to the date of transfer of shares; and
b.
the average of the closing price of equity shares on a stock exchange during the 2 weeks period prior to the date of transfer of shares.
In case of a sale of shares of a listed Indian company by a non-resident to a resident, the price computed in accordance with the procedure set above will be the maximum price per share that can be paid by the resident for the purchase of shares from a non-resident.
A non-resident, other than a non-resident registered as a foreign institutional investor (FII) with the SEBI or persons of Indian nationality or origin residing outside of India (NRIs), cannot acquire shares on a stock exchange.
Transfers of shares or convertible debentures of the company, by way of sale or gift, between two non-residents are not subject to RBI approvals or pricing restrictions. However, for industries other than the technology sector, approval from the Government of India may be required for a transfer between two non-residents.
Portfolio Investment by Non-Resident Indians
Investments by persons of Indian nationality or origin residing outside of India NRIs or registered Foreign Institutional Investors (FIIs) (as described below) made through a stock exchange are known as Portfolio Investments.
NRIs are permitted to make Portfolio Investments on favorable tax and other terms under India’s Portfolio Investment Scheme. Under the scheme, an NRI can purchase up to 5% of the paid up value of the shares issued by a company, subject to the condition that the aggregate paid up value of shares purchased by all NRIs does not exceed 10% of the paid up capital of the company. The 10% ceiling may be exceeded if a special resolution is passed in a General Meeting of the shareholders of a company, subject to an overall ceiling of 24%. In addition to Portfolio Investments in Indian companies, NRIs may also make foreign direct investments in Indian companies pursuant to the foreign direct investment route discussed above.
Overseas corporate bodies controlled by NRIs, or OCBs, were previously permitted to invest on favorable terms under the Portfolio Investment Scheme. The RBI no longer recognizes OCBs as an eligible class of investment vehicle under various routes and schemes under the foreign exchange regulations.
Investment by Foreign Institutional Investors
Currently, FIIs such as pension funds, investment trusts, and asset management companies are eligible to make Portfolio Investments on favorable terms in all the securities traded on the primary and secondary markets in India. Investments by FIIs in certain sectors, such as the retail sector, are prohibited.
SEBI regulations provide that no single FII may hold more than 10% of a company’s total equity shares.
Under SEBI and the RBI regulations, unless shareholders’ approval has been obtained, FIIs in aggregate may hold not more than 24% of an Indian company’s equity shares. However, we have obtained the required shareholders’ approval and our shares may be owned completely by FIIs, subject to the 10% individual holding limitation described above.
There is uncertainty under Indian law about the tax regime applicable to FIIs that hold and trade ADSs. FIIs are urged to consult with their Indian legal and tax advisers about the relationship between the FII guidelines and the ADSs and any equity shares withdrawn upon surrender of the ADSs.
Investment by QFIs
Qualified Foreign Investors (QFI) are permitted to invest through SEBI registered Depository Participants in equity shares of listed Indian companies through SEBI registered stock brokers on recognized stock exchanges in India as well as in equity shares of Indian companies which are offered to the public in India in terms of the relevant and applicable SEBI guidelines/regulations. The individual and aggregate investment limits for the QFls is 5% and 10% respectively of the paid up capital of an Indian company.
In addition to equity shares of listed Indian companies and equity shares of Indian companies offered to the public, QFIs are also permitted to invest in the following securities through a SEBI registered Depository Participant, either directly issued by the issuer or through a registered broker on recognized stock exchange in India:
a. dated Government securities or treasury bills;
b. commercial papers issued by an Indian company;
c. security receipts issued by asset reconstruction companies, subject to specified limits;
d. perpetual debt instruments eligible for inclusion as Tier I capital and debt capital instruments as upper Tier II capital issued by banks in India, subject to specified limits;
e. listed and unlisted non-convertible debentures/bonds issued by an Indian company in the Infrastructure sector;
f. non-convertible debentures / bonds issued by infrastructure finance companies; and
g. rupee denominated bonds/units issued by infrastructure debt funds.
A QFI has been defined by the SEBI as a non-resident investor (other than SEBI registered FIIs and SEBI registered Foreign Venture Capital Investor) who meets the requirements of SEBI for the purpose of making investments in accordance with the regulations/orders/circulars of RBI/SEBI.
QFls are also permitted to acquire equity shares by way of right shares, bonus shares or equity shares on account of stock split / consolidation or equity shares on account of amalgamation, demerger or such corporate actions subject to the prescribed investment limits. QFIs are allowed to sell the equity shares so acquired through SEBI registered stock brokers or pursuant to the relevant SEBI guidelines such as in an open offer under the Takeover Code or in a buy back.
Dividend payments on equity shares held by QFls can either be directly remitted to the designated overseas bank accounts of the QFIs or credited to the single non-interest bearing rupee bank account. In case dividend payments are credited to the single non-interest bearing rupee bank account they shall be remitted to the designated overseas bank accounts of the QFIs within five working days (including the day of credit of such funds to the single non-interest bearing rupee bank account). Within these five working days, the dividend payments can be also utilized for fresh purchases of equity shares under this scheme, if so instructed by the QFI.
Takeover Code
Please refer to the detailed description of the Takeover Code provided under ‘Takeover Code and Listing Agreements’ above.
ADSs
Issue of ADSs
Shares of Indian companies represented by ADSs may be approved for issuance to foreign investors by the Government of India under the Issue of Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds and Ordinary Shares (Through Depositary Receipt Mechanism) Scheme, 1993 (the 1993 Regulations), as modified from time to time. The 1993 Regulations are in addition to the other policies or facilities, as described above, relating to investments in Indian companies by foreign investors.
Fungibility of ADSs
In March 2001, the RBI amended the Foreign Exchange Management (Transfer or Issue of Securities by a Person Resident Outside India) Regulations, 2000 and established two alternative methods to allow equity shares to be converted into and sold as ADSs.
First, a registered broker in India (registered with SEBI) can purchase shares of an Indian company that has issued ADSs on behalf of a person resident outside India, for the purposes of converting the shares into ADSs. However, such conversion of equity shares into ADSs is possible only if the following conditions are satisfied:
  • the shares are purchased on a recognized stock exchange;
  • there are ADSs issued in respect of the shares of the company;
  • the shares are purchased with the permission of the custodian to the ADSs offering of the Indian company and are deposited with the custodian;
  • the shares purchased for conversion into ADSs do not exceed the number of shares that have been released by the custodian pursuant to conversions of ADSs into equity shares under the Deposit Agreement; and
  • a non-resident investor, broker, the custodian and the Depository comply with the provisions of the 1993 Regulations and any related guidelines issued by the Central Government from time to time.
Second, the amendment to the regulations permit an issuer in India to sponsor the issue of ADSs through an overseas depositary against underlying equity shares accepted from holders of its equity shares in India for offering outside of India. The sponsored issue of ADSs is possible only if the following conditions are satisfied:
  • the price of the offering is determined by the lead manager of the offering. The price shall not be less than the average of the weekly high and low prices of the shares of the company during the 2 weeks preceding the relevant date (i.e. the date on which the Board of Directors of the company decides to open the issue);
  • the ADS offering is approved by the FIPB;
  • the ADS offering is approved by a special resolution of the shareholders of the issuer in a general meeting;
  • the facility is made available to all the equity shareholders of the issuer;
  • the proceeds of the offering are repatriated into India within one month of the closing of the offering;
  • the sales of the existing equity shares are made in compliance with the Foreign Direct Investment Policy (as described above) in India;
  • the number of shares offered by selling shareholders are subject to limits in proportion to the existing holdings of the selling shareholders when the offer is oversubscribed; and
  • the offering expenses do not exceed 7% of the offering proceeds and are paid by shareholders on a pro-rata basis.
The issuer is also required to furnish a report to the RBI specifying the details of the offering, including the amount raised through the offering, the number of ADSs issued, the underlying shares offered and the percentage of equity in the issuer represented by the ADSs.
Transfer of ADSs and Surrender of ADSs

A person resident outside India may transfer the ADSs held in Indian companies to another person resident outside India without any permission. An ADS holder is permitted to surrender the ADSs held by him in an Indian company and to receive the underlying equity shares under the terms of the Deposit Agreement. Under Indian regulations, the re-deposit of these equity shares with the Depositary for ADSs may not be permitted, other than as set out above.

Government of India Approvals

Pursuant to the RBI’s regulations relating to sponsored ADS offerings, an issuer in India can sponsor the issue of ADSs through an overseas depositary against underlying equity shares accepted from holders of its equity shares in India. The guidelines specify, among other conditions, that:
  • The ADSs must be offered at a price determined by the lead manager of such offering. The price shall not be less than the average of the weekly high and low prices of the shares of the company during the 2 weeks preceding the relevant date (i.e. the date on which the Board of Directors of the company decides to open the issue);
  • All equity holders may participate;
  • The issuer must obtain special shareholder approval; and
  • The proceeds must be repatriated to India within one month of the closure of the issue
TAXATION

Indian Taxation

General. The following summary is based on the law and practice of the Income-tax Act, 1961, or Income-tax Act, including the special tax regime contained in Sections 115AC and 115ACA of the Income-tax Act read with the Issue of Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds and Ordinary Shares (through Depository Receipt Mechanism) Scheme, 1993, or the Scheme, as amended.

The Income-tax Act is amended every year by the Finance Act of the relevant year. Some or all of the tax consequences of Sections 115AC and 115ACA may be amended or changed by future amendments to the Income-tax Act.

The Finance Act 2012 includes General Anti-Avoidance Rule (GAAR), wherein the tax authority may declare an arrangement as an impermissible avoidance arrangement if an arrangement is not entered at arm’s length, results in misuse/abuse of provisions of Income Tax Act, 1961 lacks commercial substance or the purpose of arrangement is for obtaining a tax benefit. The procedural and administrative mechanism for the implementation of GAAR is still being finalized. If any of our transactions are found to be ‘impermissible avoidance arrangements’ under GAAR, our business may be adversely affected.

The GAAR was originally proposed to become effective on April 1, 2013. Based on the recommendation of a panel which was formed to study proposed GAAR, the GAAR provisions are now proposed to be effective April 1, 2016 onwards. Based on the recommendation of the panel, the Finance Act, 2013 has revised the provisions related to GAAR as proposed by the Finance Act, 2012.

We believe this information is materially complete as of the date hereof. However, these details are not intended to constitute a complete analysis of the individual tax consequences to non-resident holders or employees under Indian law for the acquisition, ownership and sale of ADSs and equity shares.
EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT HIS, HER OR ITS OWN TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO INDIAN AND LOCAL TAX CONSEQUENCES OF ACQUIRING, OWNING OR DISPOSING OF EQUITY SHARES OR ADSs.

Residence. For purposes of the Income-tax Act, an individual is considered to be a resident of India during any fiscal year if he or she is in India in that year for a period or periods amounting to at least 182 days; or at least 60 days and, within the four preceding years has been in India for a period or periods amounting to at least 365 days.
The period of 60 days referred to above shall be read as 182 days (i) in case of a citizen of India who leaves India in a previous year for the purposes of employment outside of India or (ii) in the case of a citizen of India or a person of Indian origin living abroad who visits India.
A company is a resident of India if it is incorporated in India or the control and the management of its affairs is situated wholly in India. Individuals and companies that do not fulfil the above criteria would be treated as non-residents for purposes of the Income-tax Act.

Taxation of Distributions. Dividend income is currently exempt from tax for shareholders.
Upto fiscal 2013, the domestic companies were liable to pay a dividend distribution tax at the rate of 16.22% inclusive of applicable surcharge and education cess. The Finance Act, 2013 has increased the surcharge on dividend distribution tax from 5% to 10% which resulted in increase in the effective rate of dividend distribution tax to 16.995% as against 16.22% effective April 1, 2013. Any distributions of additional ADSs or equity shares to resident or non-resident holders will not be subject to Indian tax.

Minimum Alternate Tax. Section 115JA to the Income Tax Act which came into effect in April 1, 1997, brought certain zero tax companies under the ambit of a Minimum Alternate Tax, or MAT. Effective April 1, 2001, Finance Act, 2000 introduced Section 115JB, under which the income of companies eligible for tax holiday under section 10A of the Act was exempted from MAT. The amount of income to which any of the provisions of section 10A apply, was reduced from the book profit for the purposes of calculation of income tax payable under the aforesaid section. The Finance Act, 2007 included income eligible for deductions under sections 10A of the Act in the computation of book profits for the levy of MAT. However, income earned by SEZ developers and units operating in SEZ were kept out of computation of book profit subjected to MAT. Effective April 1, 2011, the Finance Act, 2011 extended MAT to SEZ operating and developer units. Income in respect of which a deduction may be claimed under section 10AA or section 80IAB of the Indian Income Tax Act therefore has to be included in book profits for computing MAT liability.
The Finance Act, 2013 has increased surcharge on income of domestic companies having taxable income above 100,000,000 from 5% to 10%. It has resulted in the increase in effective MAT rate for such companies to 20.96% from 20.01%.

The Income Tax Act provides that the MAT paid by companies can be adjusted against its tax liability over the next ten years.

Taxation of Employee Stock Options . Through the Finance Act, 2009, Section 17 (2) of the Income Tax Act was amended to provide that any specified securities or sweat equity shares allotted or transferred, directly or indirectly, by a company free of cost or at concessional rate to its current or former employees are taxable in the hands of employees as a “perquisite”. This treatment extends to all options granted under a company’s stock option plan, where such option is exercised on or after April 1, 2009. The value of the perquisite is the fair market value, or FMV, of the specified security or share as on the date of exercise of the option by the employee as reduced by the amount actually paid by, or recovered from the employee in respect of such security or share. The value of the perquisite so computed is added to the income chargeable to tax in the hands of the employee under the head “salaries” and subject to tax at the rate applicable to the individual employee. Securities or sweat equity shares allotted or transferred by a company free of cost or at concessional rate to its employees were earlier subject to a fringe benefit tax, which now stands abolished.

Taxation of Capital Gains. The following is a brief summary of capital gains taxation of non-resident holders and resident employees relating to the sale of ADSs and equity shares received upon conversion of ADSs. The relevant provisions are contained mainly in sections 45, 47(viia), 115AC and 115ACA, of the Income-tax Act, in conjunction with the Scheme.
Effective April 1, 2002, the Finance Act, 2001 introduced a new section 115AC in place of the prevailing section 115AC of the Income-tax Act. You should consult your own tax advisor concerning the tax consequences of your particular situation.

Shares (including shares issuable on the conversion of the ADSs) held by the non-resident investor for a period of more than 12 months is treated as long term capital assets. If the shares are held for a period of less than 12 months from the date of conversion, the same is treated as short term capital asset.

Capital gains are taxed as follows:
  • As per the applicable scheme, gains from a sale of ADSs outside India by a non-resident to another non-resident are not taxable in India;
  • Long-term capital gains realized by a resident from the transfer of the ADSs will be subject to tax at the rate of 10% excluding the applicable surcharge and education cess; short-term capital gains on such a transfer will be taxed at graduated rates with a maximum of 30%, excluding the applicable surcharge and education cess;
  • Subject to the following, long-term capital gains realized by a non-resident upon the sale of equity shares obtained from the conversion of ADSs are subject to tax at a rate of 10% excluding the applicable surcharge and education cess; and short-term capital gains on such a transfer will be taxed at the rate of tax applicable to the seller;
  • Long-term capital gain realized by a non-resident upon the sale of equity shares obtained from the conversion of ADSs is exempt from tax if the sale of such shares is made on a recognized stock exchange and Securities Transaction Tax, or STT (described below) is paid; and
  • Any short term capital gain is taxed at 15% excluding the applicable surcharge and education cess, if the sale of such equity shares is settled on a recognized stock exchange and STT is paid on such sale.
As per the Finance Act, 2013, the rate of surcharge for domestic companies having total taxable income exceeding 10,000,000 but not exceeding 100,000,000 is 5% and in the case of domestic companies whose total taxable income is greater than 100,000,000, the applicable surcharge is 10%. For foreign companies, the rate of surcharge is 2% if the total taxable income exceeds 10,000,000 but does not exceed 100,000,000 and it is 5% if the total taxable income of the foreign company exceeds 100,000,000.

Since October 1, 2004, with respect to a sale and purchase of equity shares entered into on a recognized stock exchange, (i) both the buyer and seller are required to pay a Securities Transaction Tax (STT) at the rate of 0.1% of the transaction value of the securities, if the transaction is a delivery based transaction, i.e. the transaction involves actual delivery or transfer of shares; the rate of 0.1% has been substituted for 0.125% by the Finance Act, 2012 w.e.f. 1.7.2012. (ii) the seller of the shares is required to pay a STT at the rate of 0.025% of the transaction value of the securities if the transaction is a non-delivery based transaction, i.e. a transaction settled without taking delivery of the shares. STT is leviable with respect to a sale and purchase of a derivative and the rates of STT as substituted by Finance Act, 2008 w.e.f. 1.6.2008 is as follows: (i) in case of sale of an option in securities, the seller is required to pay an STT at the rate of 0.017% of the option premium; (ii) in case of a sale of an option in securities, where the option is exercised, the buyer is required to pay a STT at the rate of 0.125% of the settlement price; and (iii) in case of sale of futures in securities, the seller is required to pay STT at 0.017% on transaction value. This rate of 0.017% is changed to 0.01% in the Finance Act, 2013.
Any resulting taxes on capital gains arising out of such transaction may be offset by the applicable credit mechanism allowed under double tax avoidance agreements. The capital gains tax is computed by applying the appropriate tax rates to the difference between the sale price and the purchase price of the ADSs or equity shares. Under the Scheme, the purchase price of equity shares in an Indian listed company received in exchange for ADSs will be the market price of the underlying shares on the date that the Depositary gives notice to the custodian of the delivery of the equity shares in exchange for the corresponding ADSs, or the “stepped up” basis purchase price. The market price will be the price of the equity shares prevailing on the Bombay Stock Exchange or the National Stock Exchange, as applicable.
There is no corresponding provision under the Income-tax Act in relation to the “stepped up” basis for the purchase price of equity shares. However, to the best of our knowledge, the tax department in India has not denied this benefit. In the event that the tax department denies this benefit, the original purchase price of ADSs would be considered the purchase price for computing the capital gains tax.

According to the Scheme, a non-resident holder’s holding period for the purposes of determining the applicable Indian capital gains tax rate relating to equity shares received in exchange for ADSs commences on the date of the notice of the redemption by the Depositary to the custodian. However, the Scheme does not address this issue in the case of resident employees, and it is therefore unclear when the holding period for the purposes of determining capital gains tax commences for such a resident employee.

It is unclear whether section 115AC and the Scheme are applicable to a non-resident who acquires equity shares outside India from a non-resident holder of equity shares after receipt of the equity shares upon conversion of the ADSs.

It is unclear whether capital gains derived from the sale of subscription rights or other rights by a non-resident holder not entitled to an exemption under a tax treaty will be subject to Indian capital gains tax. If such subscription rights or other rights are deemed by the Indian tax authorities to be situated within India, the gains realized on the sale of such subscription rights or other rights will be subject to Indian taxation. The capital gains realized on the sale of such subscription rights or other rights, which will generally be in the nature of short-term capital gains, will be subject to tax at
  • a maximum rate of 40% excluding the applicable surcharge and education cess, in case of a foreign company, and
  • a maximum rate of 30% excluding the applicable surcharge and education cess, in case of resident employees, and non-resident individuals with taxable income over 800,000.
Withholding Tax on Capital Gains. Any taxable gain realized by a non-resident on the sale of ADSs or equity shares is to be withheld at the source by the buyer. According to section 196 C of the Income Tax Act, where any income by way of interest or dividends in respect of bonds or global depository receipts referred to in section 115AC or by way of long-term capital gains arising from the transfer of such bonds or global depository receipts is payable to a non-resident, the person responsible for making the payment shall, at the time of credit of such income to the account of the payee or at the time of payment thereof in cash or by the issue of a cheque or draft or by any other mode, whichever is earlier, deduct income tax thereon at the rate of ten per cent. However, as per the provisions of Section 196D(2) of the Income Tax Act, no withholding tax is required to be deducted from any income by way of capital gains arising to Foreign Institutional Investors as defined in Section 115AD of the Income Tax Act on the transfer of securities defined in Section 115AD of the Income Tax Act.

Buy-back of Securities . Indian companies are not subject to any tax on the buy-back of their shares. However, the shareholders will be taxed on any resulting gains. Indian companies would be required to deduct tax at source according to the capital gains tax liability of a non-resident shareholder.

Stamp Duty and Transfer Tax . A transfer of ADSs is not subject to Indian stamp duty. A sale of equity shares in physical form by a non-resident holder will be subject to Indian stamp duty at the rate of 0.25% of the market value of the equity shares on the trade date, although customarily such tax is borne by the transferee. Shares must be traded in dematerialized form.
The transfer of shares in dematerialized form is currently not subject to stamp duty.

Wealth Tax. The holding of the ADSs and the holding of underlying equity shares by resident and non-resident holders is not subject to Indian wealth tax. Non-resident holders are advised to consult their own tax advisors regarding this issue.

Service Tax. Brokerage or commission paid to stock brokers in connection with the sale or purchase of shares is subject to a service tax of 12%, excluding surcharges and education cess. The stock broker is responsible for collecting the service tax from the shareholder and paying it to the relevant authority.

Material United States Federal Tax Consequences
The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences that may be relevant with respect to the ownership and disposition of equity shares or ADSs and is for general information only. This summary addresses the U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations of holders that are U.S. holders. U.S. holders are beneficial holders of equity shares or ADSs who are citizens or residents of the United States, or corporations (or other entities treated as corporations for U.S. federal tax purposes) created in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or therein, estates, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, and trusts for which a U.S. court exercises primary supervision and a U.S. person has the authority to control all substantial decisions or that has a valid election under applicable U.S. Treasury regulation to be treated as a U.S. person. This summary is limited to U.S. holders who will hold equity shares or ADSs as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes, generally for investment. In addition, this summary is limited to U.S. holders who are not resident in India for purposes of the Convention Between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the Republic of India for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion With Respect to Taxes on Income. If a partnership, including any entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, holds the equity shares or ADSs, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. A partner in a partnership holding equity shares or ADSs should consult his, her or its own tax advisor regarding the tax treatment of an investment in the equity shares or ADSs.
This summary does not address tax considerations applicable to holders that may be subject to special tax rules, such as banks, insurance companies, financial institutions, dealers in securities or currencies, tax-exempt entities, persons that will hold equity shares or ADSs as a position in a ‘straddle’ or as part of a ‘hedging’ or ‘conversion’ transaction for tax purposes, persons that have a ‘functional currency’ other than the U.S. dollar or holders of 10% or more, by voting power or value, of the shares of our company. This summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and as in effect on the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F and on United States Treasury Regulations in effect or, in some cases, proposed, as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F, as well as judicial and administrative interpretations thereof available on or before such date, and is based in part on the assumption that each obligation in the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms. All of the foregoing are subject to change, which change could apply retroactively, or the Internal Revenue Service may interpret existing authorities differently, any of which could affect the tax consequences described below. This summary does not address U.S. federal tax laws other than income or estate tax or U.S. state or local or non-U.S. tax laws.

EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT HIS, HER OR ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES OF ACQUIRING, OWNING OR DISPOSING OF EQUITY SHARES OR ADSs.
Ownership of ADSs. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, holders of ADSs will generally be treated as the holders of equity shares represented by such ADSs.
Dividends. Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules described below, the gross amount of any distributions of cash or property with respect to ADSs or equity shares (before reduction for any Indian withholding taxes) generally will be included in income by a U.S. holder as ordinary dividend income at the time of receipt, which in the case of a U.S. holder of ADSs generally should be the date of receipt by the Depositary, to the extent such distributions are made from the current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) of our company. Such dividends will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to corporate U.S. holders. To the extent, if any, that the amount of any distribution by our company exceeds our company’s current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) such excess will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the U.S. holder’s tax basis in the equity shares or ADSs, and thereafter as capital gain. Subject to certain limitations, dividends paid prior to January 1, 2013 to non-corporate U.S. holders, including individuals, may be eligible for a reduced rate of taxation if we are deemed to be a ‘qualified foreign corporation’ for United States federal income tax purposes. A qualified foreign corporation includes a foreign corporation if (1) its shares (or, according to legislative history, its ADSs) are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States or (2) it is eligible for the benefits under a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States. In addition, a corporation is not a qualified foreign corporation if it is a passive foreign investment company (as discussed below). The ADSs are traded on the NYSE. Due to the absence of specific statutory provisions addressing ADSs, however, there can be no assurance that we are a qualified foreign corporation solely as a result of our listing on NYSE. Nonetheless, we may be eligible for benefits under the comprehensive income tax treaty between India and the United States. Unless legislation to the contrary is enacted, dividends paid on or after January 1, 2013 are taxable at ordinary income rates. Each U.S. holder should consult its own tax advisor regarding the treatment of dividends and such holder’s eligibility for a reduced rate of taxation.
Subject to certain conditions and limitations, any Indian withholding tax imposed upon
distributions paid to a U.S. holder with respect to ADSs or equity shares should be eligible for credit against the U.S. holder’s federal income tax liability. Alternatively, a U.S. holder may claim a deduction for such amount, but only for a year in which a U.S. holder does not claim a credit with respect to any foreign income taxes. The overall limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For this purpose, distributions on ADSs or ordinary shares generally will be foreign source income for purposes of computing the United States foreign tax credit allowable to a U.S. holder.
If dividends are paid in Indian rupees, the amount of the dividend distribution included in the income of a U.S. holder will be in the U.S. dollar value of the payments made in Indian rupees, determined at a spot exchange rate between Indian rupees and U.S. dollars applicable to the date such dividend is included in the income of the U.S. holder, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars. Generally, gain or loss, if any, resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date the dividend is paid to the date such payment is converted into U.S. dollars will be treated as U.S. source ordinary income or loss.
Sale or exchange of equity shares or ADSs. Subject to the passive foreign investment
company rules described below, a U.S. holder generally will recognize gain or loss on the sale or exchange of equity shares or ADSs equal to the difference between the amount realized on such sale or exchange and the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the equity shares or ADSs, as the case may be. Such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the equity shares or ADSs, as the case may be, were held for more than one year.
Gain or loss, if any, recognized by a U.S. holder generally will be treated as U.S. source passive category income or loss for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. Capital gains realized by a U.S. holder upon the sale of equity shares (but not ADSs) may be subject to certain tax in India. See ‘Taxation - Indian Taxation - Taxation of Capital Gains.’ Due to limitations on foreign tax credits, however, a U.S. holder may not be able to utilize such taxes as a credit against the U.S.holder’s federal income tax liability.
Estate taxes. An individual U.S. holder will have the value of the equity shares or ADSs held by such holder included in his or her gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes. An individual holder who actually pays Indian estate tax with respect to the equity shares will, however, be entitled to credit the amount of such tax against his or her U.S. federal estate tax liability, subject to a number of conditions and limitations.
Additional Tax on Investment Income. For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, U.S. holders that are individuals, estates or trusts and whose income exceeds certain thresholds will be subject to a 3.8% Medicare contribution tax on unearned income, including, among other things, dividends on, and capital gains from the sale or other taxable disposition of, equity shares or ADSs, subject to certain limitations and exceptions.
Backup withholding tax and information reporting requirements . Any dividends paid on, or proceeds from a sale of, equity shares or ADSs to or by a U.S. holder may be subject to U.S. information reporting, and a backup withholding tax may apply unless the holder is an exempt recipient or provides a U.S. taxpayer identification number and certifies under penalty of perjury that such number is correct and that such holder is not subject to backup withholding and otherwise complies with any applicable backup withholding requirements. Any amount withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or credit against the holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.
Certain U.S. holders are required to report information with respect to their investment in equity shares or ADSs not held through a custodial account with a U.S. financial institution on Internal Revenue Service Form 8938, which must be attached to the U.S. holder’s annual income tax return. Investors who fail to report required information could become subject to substantial penalties. Each U.S. holder should consult its tax advisor concerning its obligation to file new Internal Revenue Service Form 8938.

Passive foreign investment company. A non-U.S. corporation generally will be classified as a passive foreign investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes if either:
  • 75% or more of its gross income for the taxable year is passive income; or
  • on average for the taxable year by value, if 50% or more of its assets (generally value) produce or are held for the production of passive income.
We do not believe that we satisfy either of the tests for passive foreign investment company status for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013. Because this determination is made on an annual basis, however, no assurance can be given that we will not be considered a passive foreign investment company in future taxable years. If we were to be a passive foreign investment company for any taxable year, U.S. holders:
  • may be required to pay an interest charge together with tax calculated at ordinary income rates on ‘excess distributions,’ as the term is defined in relevant provisions of the U.S. tax laws and on any gain on a sale or other disposition of equity shares;
  • may avoid the ‘excess distribution’ rules described above by making a ‘qualified electing fund election’ (as the term is defined in relevant provisions of the U.S. tax laws) and including in their taxable income their prorata share of undistributed amounts of our income. We do not plan to provide information necessary for U.S. holders to make a ‘qualified electing fund’ election;
  • may avoid the ‘excess distribution rules described above if the equity shares are ‘marketable’ by making a mark-to-market election, in which case the U.S. holder must mark-to-market the equity shares each taxable year and recognize ordinary gain and, to the extent of prior ordinary gain, ordinary loss for the increase or decrease in market value for such taxable year; or
  • may be subject to additional annual return requirements and may be required to file Internal Revenue Service Form 8621.
THE ABOVE SUMMARY IS NOT INTENDED TO CONSTITUTE A COMPLETE ANALYSIS OF ALL TAX CONSEQUENCES RELATING TO THE OWNERSHIP OF EQUITY SHARES OR ADSS. YOU SHOULD CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISOR CONCERNING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO YOU BASED ON YOUR PARTICULAR SITUATION.

DOCUMENTS ON DISPLAY
This report and other information filed or to be filed by Infosys Limited can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20459.

The SEC maintains a web site at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding registrants that make electronic filings with the SEC using its EDGAR system.

Additionally, documents referred to in this Form 20-F may be inspected at our corporate offices which are located at Electronics City, Hosur Road, Bangalore-560 100.
This information is set forth under the caption ‘Operating and Financial Review and Prospects’ is as set out above in this Annual Report on Form 20-F and such information is incorporated herein by reference.

The fees and charges payable by holders of our ADSs include the following:
(i)
a fee not in excess of US$ 0.05 per ADS is charged for each issuance of ADSs including issuances resulting from distributions of shares, share dividends, share splits, bonuses and rights distributions;
(ii)
a fee not in excess of US$ 0.05 per ADS is charged for each surrender of ADSs in exchange for the underlying deposited securities;
(iii)
a fee not in excess of US$ 0.02 per ADS for each cash distribution pursuant to the deposit agreement; and
(iv)
a fee for the distribution of the deposited securities pursuant to the deposit agreement, such fee being an amount equal to the fee for the execution and delivery of ADSs referred to in item (i) above which would have been charged as a result of the deposit of such securities, but which securities were instead distributed by the depositary to ADS holders.

Additionally, under the terms of our deposit agreement, the depositary is entitled to charge each registered holder the following:
(i)
taxes and other governmental charges incurred by the depositary or the custodian on any ADS or an equity share underlying an ADS;
(ii)
transfer or registration fees for the registration or transfer of deposited securities on any applicable register in connection with the deposit or withdrawal of deposited securities, including those of a central depository for securities (where applicable);
(iii)
any cable, telex, facsimile transmission and delivery expenses incurred by the depositary; and
(iv)
customary expenses incurred by the depositary in the conversion of foreign currency, including, without limitation, expenses incurred on behalf of registered holders in connection with compliance with foreign exchange control restrictions and other applicable regulatory requirements.

In the case of cash distributions, fees are generally deducted from the cash being distributed. Other fees may be collected from holders of ADSs in a manner determined by the depositary with respect to ADSs registered in the name of investors (whether certificated or in book-entry form) and ADSs held in brokerage and custodian accounts (via DTC). In the case of distributions other than cash (i.e., stock dividends, etc.), the depositary charges the applicable ADS record date holder concurrent with the distribution. In the case of ADSs registered in the name of the investor (whether certificated or in book-entry form), the depositary sends invoices to the applicable record date ADS holders.

If any tax or other governmental charge is payable by the holders and/or beneficial owners of ADSs to the depositary, the depositary, the custodian or the Company may withhold or deduct from any distributions made in respect of deposited securities and may sell for the account of the holder and/or beneficial owner any or all of the deposited securities and apply such distributions and sale proceeds in payment of such taxes (including applicable interest and penalties) or charges, with the holder and the beneficial owner thereof remaining fully liable for any deficiency.

Fees and other payments made by the depositary

During fiscal 2013, the following expenses have been borne by the depositary in relation to the Company’s ADS program, including approximately:
  • $ 11,797.69 towards payments made to Thomson Reuters (Markets) LLC for IR tool – Reuters Knowledge; and
  • $47,186.34 towards payments made to I-Deal LLC for IR tools for market intelligence.
Apart from this, the Company has not received any other reimbursements or payments from the depositary, either directly or indirectly, during fiscal 2013.

None

None

DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

As of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 20-F, our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures. The term “disclosure controls and procedures” means controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in our reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding our required disclosure. In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can only provide reasonable assurance that the objectives of the disclosure controls and procedures are met.

Based on their evaluation as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 20-F, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed in filings and submissions under the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified by the SEC’s rules and forms, and that material information related to us and our consolidated subsidiaries is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions about required disclosure.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:
  • pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;
  • provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with applicable accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and
  • provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2013. In conducting its assessment of internal control over financial reporting, management based its evaluation on the framework in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on our assessment, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 31, 2013.

Our independent registered public accounting firm, KPMG, has audited the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, and as part of their audit, has issued their report, included herein, on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2013.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Infosys Limited:

We have audited Infosys Limited’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Infosys Limited’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Infosys Limited maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Infosys Limited and subsidiaries as of March 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended March 31, 2013, and the related financial statement schedule II, and our report dated May 13, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements and the financial statement schedule II.

KPMG
Bangalore, India
May 13, 2013

CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

During the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 20-F, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.

Mr. R. Seshasayee is a member of our Board and is a member of its Audit Committee. Our Board has determined that Mr. R. Seshasayee is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in Item 16A of Form 20-F. Our Board has determined that Mr. R. Seshasayee is an independent director under applicable NYSE rules and Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.
On May 7, 2013, our Board adopted a revised Code of Conduct and Ethics that is intended to replace the earlier Code of Conduct and Ethics adopted by the Board on April 15, 2013 and ensures compliance with Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the NYSE Listed Company Manual. The revised Code of Conduct and Ethics is applicable to all officers, directors and employees and is posted on our website at www.infosys.com . The revised Code of Conduct and Ethics is filed as an exhibit to this Form 20F.

On April 13, 2012, our Board of Directors adopted a revised Whistleblower Policy that replaced the Whistleblower Policy adopted by the Board of Directors on April 9, 2003. The Whistleblower Policy is posted on our website at www.infosys.com .
The following table sets forth fees for professional audit services for the audit of our annual financial statements, and fees for other services rendered by our principal accountant and their associated entities for fiscal 2013 and 2012:
(Dollars in millions)
Type of Service
Fiscal 2013
Fiscal 2012
Description of Services
(a) Audit Fees
$1.1 $0.9
Audit and review of financial statements
(b) Tax Fees
0.2 –
Tax returns and filing and advisory services
(c) All Other Fees
0.3 0.3
Statutory certifications, quality registrar, due diligence, work permit related services and other advisory services
Total
$1.6 $1.2
Our Audit Committee charter requires us to take the prior approval of our Audit Committee on every occasion we engage our principal accountants or their associated entities to provide us any audit and non-audit services. We disclose to our Audit Committee the nature of services that are provided and the fees to be paid for the services. All of the audit and non-audit services provided by our principal accountants or their associated entities in the previous two fiscal years have been pre-approved by our Audit Committee.

Not applicable.

None.

Not applicable.

Section 303A of the Listed Company Manual of the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) provides that a foreign private issuer may follow its home country practice in lieu of the requirements of Section 303A of the NYSE Listed Company Manual, provided that such foreign private issuer must:
  • have an audit committee that satisfies the requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;
  • disclose any significant ways in which its corporate governance practices differ from those followed by domestic companies under NYSE listing standards in its annual reports filed with the SEC on Form 20-F;
  • promptly notify the NYSE of non-compliance with Section 303A of the NYSE Listed Company Manual; and
  • comply with the NYSE’s annual and interim certification requirements.
Under the Section 402.04 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual, actively operating companies that maintain a listing on the NYSE are required to solicit proxies for all meetings of shareholders. However, Section 176 of the Indian Companies Act prohibits a company incorporated under that Act from soliciting proxies. Because we are prohibited from soliciting proxies under Indian law, we will not meet the proxy solicitation requirement of Section 402.04 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual. However, as described above, we give written notices of all our shareholder meetings to all the shareholders and we also file such notices with the SEC.


Not applicable.
See Item 18.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Report of the Audit Committee
To the members of Infosys Limited
In connection with the March 31, 2013 consolidated financial statements prepared under International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, the Audit Committee: (1) reviewed and discussed the consolidated financial statements with management; (2) discussed with the auditors the matters required by Statement on Auditing Standards No. 61 as amended (AICPA, Professional Standards, Vol. 1 AU section 380), as adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board in Rule 3200T; and (3)  received the written disclosures and the letter from the auditors required by applicable requirements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding the auditor’s communications with the audit committee concerning independence, and has discussed with the auditor the auditor’s independence. Based upon these reviews and discussions, the Audit Committee recommended to the board of directors that the audited consolidated financial statements be included in the Annual Report on Form 20-F to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States of America.
Bangalore, India
May 13, 2013
Deepak M. Satwalekar
Chairperson, Audit committee
R.Seshasayee
Member, Audit committee
Ravi Venkatesan
Member, Audit committee
Report of management
The management is responsible for preparing the company's consolidated financial statements and related information that appears in this Annual Report. The management believes that the consolidated financial statements fairly reflect the form and substance of transactions, and reasonably present the financial condition and results of operations of Infosys Limited and subsidiaries in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. The management has included, in the company's consolidated financial statements, amounts that are based on estimates and judgments, which it believes are reasonable under the circumstances.
The company maintains a system of internal procedures and controls intended to provide reasonable assurance, at appropriate cost, that transactions are executed in accordance with company authorization and are properly recorded and reported in the consolidated financial statements, and that assets are adequately safeguarded.
KPMG audits the company's consolidated financial statements in accordance with the Standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).
The Board of Directors has appointed an Audit Committee composed of outside directors. The committee meets with the management, internal auditors, and the independent auditors to review internal accounting controls and accounting, auditing, and financial reporting matters.
Bangalore, India
May 13, 2013
Rajiv Bansal
Chief Financial Officer
S. D. Shibulal
Chief Executive Officer
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Infosys Limited:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Infosys Limited and subsidiaries as of March 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended March 31, 2013. In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we also have audited financial statement schedule II.  These consolidated financial statements and the financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Infosys Limited and subsidiaries as of March 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended March 31, 2013, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS”). Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Infosys Limited’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated May 13, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

KPMG
Bangalore, India
May 13, 2013

Infosys Limited and subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31,
(Dollars in millions except share data)
Note
2013
2012
ASSETS
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
2.1
$4,021
$4,047
Available-for-sale financial assets
2.2
320
6
Investment in certificates of deposit
–
68
Trade receivables
1,305
1,156
Unbilled revenue
449
368
Derivative financial instruments
2.7
19
–
Prepayments and other current assets
2.4
391
300
Total current assets
6,505
5,945
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
2.5
1,191
1,063
Goodwill
2.6
364
195
Intangible assets
2.6
68
34
Available-for-sale financial assets
2.2
72
2
Deferred income tax assets
2.16
94
62
Income tax assets
2.16
201
204
Other non-current assets
2.4
44
32
Total non-current assets
2,034
1,592
Total assets
$8,539
$7,537
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities
Derivative financial instruments
2.7
–
$9
Trade payables
35
5
Current income tax liabilities
2.16
245
207
Client deposits
6
3
Unearned revenue
152
107
Employee benefit obligations
113
98
Provisions
2.8
39
26
Other current liabilities
2.9
568
482
Total current liabilities
1,158
937
Non-current liabilities
Deferred income tax liabilities
2.16
23
2
Other non-current liabilities
2.9
27
22
Total liabilities
1,208
961
Equity
Share capital- 5 ($0.16) par value 600,000,000 equity shares authorized, issued and outstanding 571,402,566 and 571,396,401, net of 2,833,600 treasury shares each as of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, respectively
64
64
Share premium
704
703
Retained earnings
7,666
6,509
Other components of equity
(1,103)
(700)
Total equity attributable to equity holders of the company
7,331
6,576
Non-controlling interests
–
–
Total equity
7,331
6,576
Total liabilities and equity
$8,539
$7,537
Commitments and contingent liabilities
2.5, 2.16 and 2.20
The accompanying notes form an integral part of the consolidated financial statements
Infosys Limited and subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended March 31,
(Dollars in millions except share and per equity share data)
Note
2013
2012
2011
Revenues
$7,398
$6,994
$6,041
Cost of sales
4,637
4,118
3,497
Gross profit
2,761
2,876
2,544
Operating expenses:
Selling and marketing expenses
373
366
332
Administrative expenses
479
497
433
Total operating expenses
852
863
765
Operating profit
1,909
2,013
1,779
Other income, net
2.13
433
397
267
Profit before income taxes
2,342
2,410
2,046
Income tax expense
2.16
617
694
547
Net profit
$1,725
$1,716
$1,499
Other comprehensive income
Fair value changes on available-for-sale financial asset, net of tax effect (refer note 2.2 and 2.16)
1
(2)
(2)
Exchange differences on translating foreign operations
(404)
(760)
72
Total other comprehensive income
$(403)
$(762)
$70
Total comprehensive income
$1,322
$954
$1,569
Profit attributable to:
Owners of the company
$1,725
$1,716
$1,499
Non-controlling interests
–
–
–
$1,725
$1,716
$1,499
Total comprehensive income attributable to:
Owners of the company
$1,322
$954
$1,569
Non-controlling interests
–
–
–
$1,322
$954
$1,569
Earnings per equity share
Basic ($)
3.02
3.00
2.62
Diluted ($)
3.02
3.00
2.62
Weighted average equity shares used in computing earnings per equity share
2.17
Basic
571,399,238
571,365,494
571,180,050
Diluted
571,400,091
571,396,142
571,368,358
The accompanying notes form an integral part of the consolidated financial statements
Infosys Limited and subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity
(Dollars in millions except share data)
Shares (1)
Share capital
Share premium
Retained earnings
Other components of equity
Total equity attributable to equity holders of the company
Balance as of April 1, 2010
570,991,592
$64
$694
$4,611
$(8)
$5,361
Changes in equity for the year ended March 31, 2011
Shares issued on exercise of employee stock options
326,367
–
5
–
–
5
Income tax benefit arising on exercise of share options
–
–
3
–
–
3
Dividends (including corporate dividend tax)
–
–
–
(816)
–
(816)
Fair value changes on available-for-sale financial assets, net of tax effect (Refer Note 2.2 and 2.16)
–
–
–
–
(2)
(2)
Net profit
–
–
–
1,499
–
1,499
Exchange differences on translating foreign operations
–
–
–
–
72
72
Balance as of March 31, 2011
571,317,959
$64
$702
$5,294
$62
$6,122
Changes in equity for the year ended March 31, 2012
Shares issued on exercise of employee stock options
78,442
–
1
–
–
1
Dividends (including corporate dividend tax)
–
–
–
(501)
–
(501)
Fair value changes on available-for-sale financial assets, net of tax effect (Refer Note 2.2 and 2.16)
–
–
–
–
(2)
(2)
Net profit
–
–
–
1,716
–
1,716
Exchange differences on translating foreign operations
–
–
–
–
(760)
(760)
Balance as of March 31, 2012
571,396,401
$64
$703
$6,509
$ (700)
$6,576
Changes in equity for the year ended March 31, 2013
Shares issued on exercise of employee stock options
6,165
–
1
–
–
1
Dividends (including corporate dividend tax)
–
–
–
(568)
–
(568)
Fair value changes on available-for-sale financial assets, net of tax effect (Refer Note 2.2 and 2.16)
–
–
–
–
1
1
Net profit
–
–
–
1,725
–
1,725
Exchange differences on translating foreign operations
–
–
–
–
(404)
(404)
Balance as of March 31, 2013
571,402,566
$64
$704
$7,666
$(1,103)
$7,331
The accompanying notes form an integral part of the consolidated financial statements
(1) Effective fiscal 2010 treasury shares held by controlled trusts were consolidated
Infosys Limited and subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31,
(Dollars in millions)
Note
2013
2012
2011
Operating activities:
Net profit
$1,725
$1,716
$1,499
Adjustments to reconcile net profit to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
2.5 and 2.6
207
195
189
Income on investments
(45)
(8)
(22)
Income tax expense
2.16
617
694
547
Effect of exchange rate changes on assets and liabilities
4
7
–
Deferred purchase price
2.3
10
–
–
Other non-cash item
1
1
1
Changes in working capital
Trade receivables
(181)
(247)
(254)
Prepayments and other assets
(83)
(13)
(52)
Unbilled revenue
(87)
(131)
(88)
Trade payables
23
(5)
7
Client deposits
4
(1)
3
Unearned revenue
49
6
(3)
Other liabilities and provisions
97
123
98
Cash generated from operations
2,341
2,337
1,925
Income taxes paid
2.16
(603)
(656)
(627)
Net cash provided by operating activities
1,738
1,681
1,298
Investing activities:
Expenditure on property, plant and equipment, including changes in retention money
2.5 and 2.9
(382)
(301)
(285)
Payment for acquisition of business, net of cash acquired
2.3
(213)
(41)
–
Payment on acquisition of intangible assets
(2)
(19)
–
Loans to employees
(11)
(5)
(7)
Deposits placed with corporation
(45)
(23)
(22)
Income from available-for-sale financial assets
41
6
5
Investment in quoted debt securities
(69)
–
–
Investment in certificates of deposit
–
(75)
(185)
Redemption of certificates of deposit
67
31
436
Investment in available-for-sale financial assets
(4,029)
(1,247)
(425)
Redemption of available-for-sale financial assets
3,716
1,245
973
Net cash (used in)/ provided by investing activities
(927)
(429)
490
Financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock on exercise of employee stock options
1
1
5
Repayment of borrowings
(16)
–
–
Payment of dividends
(489)
(431)
(699)
Payment of corporate dividend tax
(79)
(70)
(117)
Net cash used in financing activities
(583)
(500)
(811)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
(254)
(442)
62
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
228
751
977
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning
2.1
4,047
3,737
2,698
Cash and cash equivalents at the end
2.1
$4,021
$4,047
$3,737
Supplementary information:
Restricted cash balance
2.1
$56
$52
$24
The accompanying notes form an integral part of the consolidated financial statements
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
1. Company Overview and Significant Accounting Policies
1.1 Company overview
Infosys Limited (Infosys or the company) along with its controlled trusts, Infosys Limited Employees‘ Welfare Trust and Infosys Science Foundation, majority owned and controlled subsidiary, Infosys BPO Limited (Infosys BPO) and its wholly owned and controlled subsidiaries, Infosys Technologies (Australia) Pty. Limited (Infosys Australia), Infosys Technologies (China) Co. Limited (Infosys China), Infosys Technologies S. DE R.L. de C.V. (Infosys Mexico), Infosys Technologies (Sweden) AB (Infosys Sweden), Infosys Consulting India Limited (Infosys Consulting India), Infosys Tecnologia do Brasil Ltda (Infosys Brasil), Infosys Public Services, Inc., (Infosys Public Services), Infosys Technologies (Shanghai) Company Limited (Infosys Shanghai) and Lodestone Holding AG and its controlled subsidiaries (Infosys Lodestone) is a leading global technology services company. The Infosys group of companies (the Group) provides business consulting, technology, engineering and outsourcing services. In addition, the Group offers software products for the banking industry.
In June 2011, the name of the company was changed from “Infosys Technologies Limited” to “Infosys Limited,” following approval of the name change by the company’s board of directors, shareholders and the Indian regulatory authorities.
The company is a public limited company incorporated and domiciled in India and has its registered office at Bangalore, Karnataka, India. The company has its primary listings on the Bombay Stock Exchange and National Stock Exchange in India. The company’s American Depositary Shares representing equity shares are also listed on the New York Stock (NYSE) following the company’s voluntary delisting from the NASDAQ Global Select Market on December 11, 2012. The company listed in NYSE Euronext London and Paris on February 20, 2013. The company’s consolidated financial statements were authorized for issue by the company’s Board of Directors on May 13, 2013.
1.2 Basis of preparation of financial statements
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IFRS), under the historical cost convention on the accrual basis except for certain financial instruments and prepaid gratuity benefits which have been measured at fair values. Accounting policies have been applied consistently to all periods presented in these financial statements.
1.3 Basis of consolidation
Infosys consolidates entities which it owns or controls. Control exists when the Group has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities. In assessing control, potential voting rights that are currently exercisable are also taken into account. Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date control commences until the date control ceases.
The financial statements of the Group companies are consolidated on a line-by-line basis and intra-group balances and transactions including unrealized gain / loss from such transactions are eliminated upon consolidation. These financial statements are prepared by applying uniform accounting policies in use at the Group. Non-controlling interests which represent part of the net profit or loss and net assets of subsidiaries that are not, directly or indirectly, owned or controlled by the Company, are excluded.
1.4 Use of estimates
The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions. These estimates, judgments and assumptions affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. Application of accounting policies that require critical accounting estimates involving complex and subjective judgments and the use of assumptions in these financial statements have been disclosed in Note 1.5. Accounting estimates could change from period to period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Appropriate changes in estimates are made as management becomes aware of changes in circumstances surrounding the estimates. Changes in estimates are reflected in the financial statements in the period in which changes are made and, if material, their effects are disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

1.5 Critical accounting estimates
a. Revenue recognition
The company uses the percentage-of-completion method in accounting for its fixed-price contracts. Use of the percentage-of-completion method requires the company to estimate the efforts or costs expended to date as a proportion of the total efforts or costs to be expended. Efforts or costs expended have been used to measure progress towards completion as there is a direct relationship between input and productivity. Provisions for estimated losses, if any, on uncompleted contracts are recorded in the period in which such losses become probable based on the expected contract estimates at the reporting date.
b. Income taxes
The company's two major tax jurisdictions are India and the U.S., though the company also files tax returns in other overseas jurisdictions. Significant judgments are involved in determining the provision for income taxes, including amount expected to be paid/recovered for uncertain tax positions. Also refer to Note 2.16.
c. Business combinations and intangible assets
Business combinations are accounted for using IFRS 3 (Revised), Business Combinations. IFRS 3 requires the identifiable intangible assets and contingent consideration to be fair valued in order to ascertain the net fair value of identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquiree. Significant estimates are required to be made in determining the value of contingent consideration and intangible assets. These valuations are conducted by independent valuation experts.
1.6 Revenue recognition
The company derives revenues primarily from software related services and from the licensing of software products. Arrangements with customers for software related services are either on a fixed-price, fixed-timeframe or on a time-and-material basis.
Revenue on time-and-material contracts are recognized as the related services are performed and revenue from the end of the last billing to the balance sheet date is recognized as unbilled revenues. Revenue from fixed-price, fixed-timeframe contracts, where there is no uncertainty as to measurement or collectability of consideration, is recognized as per the percentage-of-completion method. When there is uncertainty as to measurement or ultimate collectability revenue recognition is postponed until such uncertainty is resolved. Efforts or costs expended have been used to measure progress towards completion as there is a direct relationship between input and productivity. Provisions for estimated losses, if any, on uncompleted contracts are recorded in the period in which such losses become probable based on the current contract estimates. Costs and earnings in excess of billings are classified as unbilled revenue while billings in excess of costs and earnings are classified as unearned revenue. Maintenance revenue is recognized rateably over the term of the underlying maintenance arrangement.
In arrangements for software development and related services and maintenance services, the company has applied the guidance in IAS 18, Revenue, by applying the revenue recognition criteria for each separately identifiable component of a single transaction. The arrangements generally meet the criteria for considering software development and related services as separately identifiable components. For allocating the consideration, the company has measured the revenue in respect of each separable component of a transaction at its fair value, in accordance with principles given in IAS 18. The price that is regularly charged for an item when sold separately is the best evidence of its fair value. In cases where the company is unable to establish objective and reliable evidence of fair value for the software development and related services, the company has used a residual method to allocate the arrangement consideration. In these cases, the balance of the consideration, after allocating the fair values of undelivered components of a transaction has been allocated to the delivered components for which specific fair values do not exist.
License fee revenues are recognized when the general revenue recognition criteria given in IAS 18 are met. Arrangements to deliver software products generally have three elements: license, implementation and Annual Technical Services (ATS). The company has applied the principles given in IAS 18 to account for revenues from these multiple element arrangements. Objective and reliable evidence of fair value has been established for ATS. Objective and reliable evidence of fair value is the price charged when the element is sold separately. When other services are provided in conjunction with the licensing arrangement and objective and reliable evidence of their fair values have been established, the revenue from such contracts are allocated to each component of the contract in a manner, whereby revenue is deferred for the undelivered services and the residual amounts are recognized as revenue for delivered elements. In the absence of objective and reliable evidence of fair value for implementation, the entire arrangement fee for license and implementation is recognized using the percentage-of-completion method as the implementation is performed. Revenue from client training, support and other services arising due to the sale of software products is recognized as the services are performed. ATS revenue is recognized rateably over the period in which the services are rendered.
Advances received for services and products are reported as client deposits until all conditions for revenue recognition are met.
The company accounts for volume discounts and pricing incentives to customers as a reduction of revenue based on the rateable allocation of the discounts/ incentives amount to each of the underlying revenue transaction that results in progress by the customer towards earning the discount/ incentive. Also, when the level of discount varies with increases in levels of revenue transactions, the company recognizes the liability based on its estimate of the customer's future purchases. If it is probable that the criteria for the discount will not be met, or if the amount thereof cannot be estimated reliably, then discount is not recognized until the payment is probable and the amount can be estimated reliably. The company recognizes changes in the estimated amount of obligations for discounts in the period in which the change occurs. The discounts are passed on to the customer either as direct payments or as a reduction of payments due from the customer.
The company presents revenues net of value-added taxes in its statement of comprehensive income.
1.7 Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and impairments, if any. The direct costs are capitalized until the property, plant and equipment are ready for use, as intended by management. The company depreciates property, plant and equipment over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. The estimated useful lives of assets for current and comparative periods are as follows:
Buildings
15 years
Plant and machinery
5 years
Computer equipment
2-5 years
Furniture and fixtures
5 years
Vehicles
5 years
Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date.
Advances paid towards the acquisition of property, plant and equipment outstanding at each balance sheet date and the cost of assets not put to use before such date are disclosed under ‘Capital work-in-progress’. Subsequent expenditures relating to property, plant and equipment is capitalized only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with these will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. Repairs and maintenance costs are recognized in net profit in the statement of comprehensive income when incurred. The cost and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the financial statements upon sale or retirement of the asset and the resultant gains or losses are recognized in net profit in the statement of comprehensive income. Assets to be disposed off are reported at the lower of the carrying value or the fair value less cost to sell.
1.8 Business combinations
Business combinations have been accounted for using the acquisition method under the provisions of IFRS 3 (Revised), Business Combinations.
The cost of an acquisition is measured at the fair value of the assets transferred, equity instruments issued and liabilities incurred or assumed at the date of acquisition, which is the date on which control is transferred to the Group. The cost of acquisition also includes the fair value of any contingent consideration. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair value on the date of acquisition.
Transaction costs that the Group incurs in connection with a business combination such as finders’ fees, legal fees, due diligence fees, and other professional and consulting fees are expensed as incurred.
1.9 Goodwill
Goodwill represents the cost of business acquisition in excess of the Group's interest in the net fair value of identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquiree. When the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired exceeds the cost of business acquisition, a gain is recognized immediately in net profit in the statement of comprehensive income. Goodwill is measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses.

1.10 Intangible assets
Intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated amortization and impairment. Intangible assets are amortized over their respective individual estimated useful lives on a straight-line basis, from the date that they are available for use. The estimated useful life of an identifiable intangible asset is based on a number of factors including the effects of obsolescence, demand, competition, and other economic factors (such as the stability of the industry, and known technological advances), and the level of maintenance expenditures required to obtain the expected future cash flows from the asset.
Research costs are expensed as incurred. Software product development costs are expensed as incurred unless technical and commercial feasibility of the project is demonstrated, future economic benefits are probable, the company has an intention and ability to complete and use or sell the software and the costs can be measured reliably. The costs which can be capitalized include the cost of material, direct labour, overhead costs that are directly attributable to preparing the asset for its intended use. Research and development costs and software development costs incurred under contractual arrangements with customers are accounted as cost of sales.
1.11 Financial instruments
Financial instruments of the Group are classified in the following categories: non-derivative financial instruments comprising of loans and receivables, available-for-sale financial assets and trade and other payables; derivative financial instruments under the category of financial assets or financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss; share capital and treasury shares. The classification of financial instruments depends on the purpose for which those were acquired. Management determines the classification of its financial instruments at initial recognition.
a. Non-derivative financial instruments
(i) Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They are presented as current assets, except for those maturing later than 12 months after the balance sheet date which are presented as non-current assets. Loans and receivables are measured initially at fair value plus transaction costs and subsequently carried at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment loss or provisions for doubtful accounts. Loans and receivables are represented by trade receivables, net of allowances for impairment, unbilled revenue, cash and cash equivalents, prepayments, certificates of deposit and other assets. Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash and bank deposits and deposits with corporations. The company considers all highly liquid investments with a remaining maturity at the date of purchase of three months or less and that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash to be cash equivalents. Certificates of deposit is a negotiable money market instrument for funds deposited at a bank or other eligible financial institution for a specified time period. For these financial instruments, the carrying amounts approximate fair value due to the short maturity of these instruments. Loans and receivables are reclassified to available-for-sale financial assets when the financial asset becomes quoted in an active market.
(ii) Available-for-sale financial assets
Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivatives that are either designated in this category or are not classified in any of the other categories. Available-for-sale financial assets are recognized initially at fair value plus transactions costs. Subsequent to initial recognition these are measured at fair value and changes therein, other than impairment losses and foreign exchange gains and losses on available-for-sale monetary items are recognized directly in other comprehensive income. When an investment is derecognized, the cumulative gain or loss in other comprehensive income is transferred to net profit in the statement of comprehensive income. These are presented as current assets unless management intends to dispose off the assets after 12 months from the balance sheet date.
(iii) Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are initially recognized at fair value, and subsequently carried at amortized cost using the effective interest method. For these financial instruments, the carrying amounts approximate fair value due to the short maturity of these instruments.
b. Derivative financial instruments
Financial assets or financial liabilities, at fair value through profit or loss.
This category has two sub-categories wherein, financial assets or financial liabilities are held for trading or are designated as such upon initial recognition. A financial asset is classified as held for trading if it is acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the short term. Derivatives are categorized as held for trading unless they are designated as hedges.
The company holds derivative financial instruments such as foreign exchange forward and option contracts to mitigate the risk of changes in foreign exchange rates on trade receivables and forecasted cash flows denominated in certain foreign currencies. The counterparty for these contracts is generally a bank or a financial institution. Although the company believes that these financial instruments constitute hedges from an economic perspective, they do not qualify for hedge accounting under IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. Any derivative that is either not designated a hedge, or is so designated but is ineffective per IAS 39, is categorized as a financial asset, at fair value through profit or loss.
Derivatives are recognized initially at fair value and attributable transaction costs are recognized in net profit in the statement of comprehensive income when incurred. Subsequent to initial recognition, derivatives are measured at fair value through profit or loss and the resulting exchange gains or losses are included in other income. Assets/ liabilities in this category are presented as current assets/current liabilities if they are either held for trading or are expected to be realized within 12 months after the balance sheet date.
c. Share capital and treasury shares
Ordinary Shares
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issuance of new ordinary shares and share options are recognized as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effects.
Treasury Shares
When any entity within the Group purchases the company's ordinary shares, the consideration paid including any directly attributable incremental cost is presented as a deduction from total equity, until they are cancelled, sold or reissued. When treasury shares are sold or reissued subsequently, the amount received is recognized as an increase in equity, and the resulting surplus or deficit on the transaction is transferred to/ from retained earnings.
1.12 Impairment
a. Financial assets
The Group assesses at each balance sheet date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired. A financial asset is considered impaired if objective evidence indicates that one or more events have had a negative effect on the estimated future cash flows of that asset. Individually significant financial assets are tested for impairment on an individual basis. The remaining financial assets are assessed collectively in groups that share similar credit risk characteristics.
(i) Loans and receivables
Impairment loss in respect of loans and receivables measured at amortized cost are calculated as the difference between their carrying amount, and the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the original effective interest rate. Such impairment loss is recognized in net profit in the statement of comprehensive income.
(ii) Available-for-sale financial assets
Significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost and the disappearance of an active trading market for the security are objective evidence that the security is impaired. An impairment loss in respect of an available-for-sale financial asset is calculated by reference to its fair value and is recognized in net profit in the statement of comprehensive income. The cumulative loss that was recognized in other comprehensive income is transferred to net profit in the statement of comprehensive income upon impairment.
b. Non-financial assets
(i) Goodwill
Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis and whenever there is an indication that goodwill may be impaired, relying on a number of factors including operating results, business plans and future cash flows. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to the Group's cash generating units (CGU) or groups of CGUs expected to benefit from the synergies arising from the business combination. A CGU is the smallest identifiable group of assets that generates cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or group of assets. Impairment occurs when the carrying amount of a CGU including the goodwill, exceeds the estimated recoverable amount of the CGU. The recoverable amount of a CGU is the higher of its fair value less cost to sell and its value-in-use. Value-in-use is the present value of future cash flows expected to be derived from the CGU.
Total impairment loss of a CGU is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of goodwill allocated to the CGU and then to the other assets of the CGU pro-rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset in the CGU. An impairment loss on goodwill is recognized in net profit in the statement of comprehensive income and is not reversed in the subsequent period.
(ii) Intangible assets and property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets and property, plant and equipment are evaluated for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. For the purpose of impairment testing, the recoverable amount (i.e. the higher of the fair value less cost to sell and the value-in-use) is determined on an individual asset basis unless the asset does not generate cash flows that are largely independent of those from other assets. In such cases, the recoverable amount is determined for the CGU to which the asset belongs.
If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized in net profit in the statement of comprehensive income is measured by the amount by which the carrying value of the assets exceeds the estimated recoverable amount of the asset.
c. Reversal of impairment loss
An impairment loss for financial assets is reversed if the reversal can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognized. An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed. In respect of other assets, an impairment loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. The carrying amount of an asset other than goodwill is increased to its revised recoverable amount, provided that this amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined (net of any accumulated amortization or depreciation) had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset in prior years. A reversal of impairment loss for an asset other than goodwill and available- for-sale financial assets that are equity securities is recognized in net profit in the statement of comprehensive income. For available-for-sale financial assets that are equity securities, the reversal is recognized in other comprehensive income.
1.13 Fair value of financial instruments
In determining the fair value of its financial instruments, the company uses a variety of methods and assumptions that are based on market conditions and risks existing at each reporting date. The methods used to determine fair value include discounted cash flow analysis, available quoted market prices and dealer quotes. All methods of assessing fair value result in general approximation of value, and such value may never actually be realized.
For all other financial instruments, the carrying amounts approximate fair value due to the short maturity of those instruments. The fair value of securities, which do not have an active market and where it is not practicable to determine the fair values with sufficient reliability, are carried at cost less impairment.
1.14 Provisions
A provision is recognized if, as a result of a past event, the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be estimated reliably, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. Provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability.
a. Post sales client support
The company provides its clients with a fixed-period post sales support for corrections of errors and telephone support on all its fixed-price, fixed-timeframe contracts. Costs associated with such support services are accrued at the time related revenues are recorded and included in cost of sales. The company estimates such costs based on historical experience and estimates are reviewed on a periodic basis for any material changes in assumptions and likelihood of occurrence.
b. Onerous contracts
Provisions for onerous contracts are recognized when the expected benefits to be derived by the Group from a contract are lower than the unavoidable costs of meeting the future obligations under the contract. The provision is measured at the present value of the lower of the expected cost of terminating the contract and the expected net cost of continuing with the contract. Before a provision is established the Group recognizes any impairment loss on the assets associated with that contract.
1.15 Foreign currency
Functional currency
The functional currency of Infosys, Infosys BPO and Infosys Consulting India is the Indian rupee. The functional currencies for Infosys Australia, Infosys China, Infosys Consulting, Infosys Mexico, Infosys Sweden, Infosys Brasil, Infosys Public Services, Infosys Shanghai and Infosys Lodestone are the respective local currencies. These financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars (rounded off to the nearest million).
Transactions and translations
Foreign-currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities are translated into the relevant functional currency at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. The gains or losses resulting from such translations are included in net profit in the statement of comprehensive income. Non-monetary assets and non-monetary liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and measured at fair value are translated at the exchange rate prevalent at the date when the fair value was determined. Non-monetary assets and non-monetary liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and measured at historical cost are translated at the exchange rate prevalent at the date of transaction.
Transaction gains or losses realized upon settlement of foreign currency transactions are included in determining net profit for the period in which the transaction is settled. Revenue, expense and cash-flow items denominated in foreign currencies are translated into the relevant functional currencies using the exchange rate in effect on the date of the transaction.
The translation of financial statements of the foreign subsidiaries to the functional currency of the company is performed for assets and liabilities using the exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date and for revenue, expense and cash-flow items using the average exchange rate for the respective periods. The gains or losses resulting from such translation are included in currency translation reserves under other components of equity. When a subsidiary is disposed off, in part or in full, the relevant amount is transferred to net profit in the statement of comprehensive income.
Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated at the exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date.
1.16 Earnings per equity share
Basic earnings per equity share is computed by dividing the net profit attributable to the equity holders of the company by the weighted average number of equity shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per equity share is computed by dividing the net profit attributable to the equity holders of the company by the weighted average number of equity shares considered for deriving basic earnings per equity share and also the weighted average number of equity shares that could have been issued upon conversion of all dilutive potential equity shares. The dilutive potential equity shares are adjusted for the proceeds receivable had the equity shares been actually issued at fair value (i.e. the average market value of the outstanding equity shares). Dilutive potential equity shares are deemed converted as of the beginning of the period, unless issued at a later date. Dilutive potential equity shares are determined independently for each period presented.
The number of equity shares and potentially dilutive equity shares are adjusted retrospectively for all periods presented for any share splits and bonus shares issues including for changes effected prior to the approval of the financial statements by the Board of Directors.
1.17 Income taxes
Income tax expense comprises current and deferred income tax. Income tax expense is recognized in net profit in the statement of comprehensive income except to the extent that it relates to items recognized directly in equity, in which case it is recognized in other comprehensive income. Current income tax for current and prior periods is recognized at the amount expected to be paid to or recovered from the tax authorities, using the tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for all temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements except when the deferred income tax arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss at the time of the transaction. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realized.
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date and are expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of changes in tax rates on deferred income tax assets and liabilities is recognized as income or expense in the period that includes the enactment or the substantive enactment date. A deferred income tax asset is recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences and tax losses can be utilized. Deferred income taxes are not provided on the undistributed earnings of subsidiaries and branches where it is expected that the earnings of the subsidiary or branch will not be distributed in the foreseeable future. The company offsets current tax assets and current tax liabilities, where it has a legally enforceable right to set off the recognized amounts and where it intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. Tax benefits of deductions earned on exercise of employee share options in excess of compensation charged to income are credited to share premium.
1.18 Employee benefits
1.18.1 Gratuity
In accordance with the Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972, Infosys provides for gratuity, a defined benefit retirement plan (the Gratuity Plan) covering eligible employees. The Gratuity Plan provides a lump-sum payment to vested employees at retirement, death, incapacitation or termination of employment, of an amount based on the respective employee's salary and the tenure of employment.
Liabilities with regard to the Gratuity Plan are determined by actuarial valuation, performed by an independent actuary, at each balance sheet date using the projected unit credit method. The company fully contributes all ascertained liabilities to the Infosys Limited Employees' Gratuity Fund Trust (the Trust). In case of Infosys BPO, contributions are made to the Infosys BPO's Employees' Gratuity Fund Trust. Trustees administer contributions made to the Trusts and contributions are invested in a scheme with the Life Insurance Corporation as permitted by law.
The Group recognizes the net obligation of a defined benefit plan in its balance sheet as an asset or liability, respectively in accordance with IAS 19, Employee benefits. The discount rate is based on the Government securities yield. Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are charged or credited to net profit in the statement of comprehensive income in the period in which they arise. When the computation results in a benefit to the Group, the recognized asset is limited to the net total of any unrecognized past service costs and the present value of any future refunds from the plan or reductions in future contributions to the plan.
1.18.2 Superannuation
Certain employees of Infosys are also participants in a defined contribution plan. The company has no further obligations to the Plan beyond its monthly contributions. Certain employees of Infosys BPO are also eligible for superannuation benefit. Infosys BPO has no further obligations to the superannuation plan beyond its monthly contribution which are periodically contributed to a trust fund, the corpus of which is invested with the Life Insurance Corporation of India.
1.18.3 Provident fund
Eligible employees of Infosys receive benefits from a provident fund, which is a defined benefit plan. Both the employee and the company make monthly contributions to the provident fund plan equal to a specified percentage of the covered employee's salary. The company contributes a part of the contributions to the Infosys Limited Employees' Provident Fund Trust. The trust invests in specific designated instruments as permitted by Indian law. The remaining portion is contributed to the government administered pension fund. The rate at which the annual interest is payable to the beneficiaries by the trust is being administered by the government. The company has an obligation to make good the shortfall, if any, between the return from the investments of the Trust and the notified interest rate.
In respect of Infosys BPO, eligible employees receive benefits from a provident fund, which is a defined contribution plan. Both the employee and Infosys BPO make monthly contributions to this provident fund plan equal to a specified percentage of the covered employee's salary. Amounts collected under the provident fund plan are deposited in a government administered provident fund. The company has no further obligation to the plan beyond its monthly contributions.
1.18.4 Compensated absences
The Group has a policy on compensated absences which are both accumulating and non-accumulating in nature. The expected cost of accumulating compensated absences is determined by actuarial valuation on the additional amount expected to be paid/availed as a result of the unused entitlement that has accumulated at the balance sheet date. Expense on non-accumulating compensated absences is recognized in the period in which the absences occur.
1.19 Share-based compensation
The Group recognizes compensation expense relating to share-based payments in net profit using a fair-value measurement method in accordance with IFRS 2, Share-Based Payment. Under the fair value method, the estimated fair value of awards is charged to income on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of the award as if the award was in-substance, multiple awards. The Group includes a forfeiture estimate in the amount of compensation expense being recognized.
The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton valuation model. The expected term of an option is estimated based on the vesting term and contractual term of the option, as well as expected exercise behaviour of the employee who receives the option. Expected volatility during the expected term of the option is based on historical volatility, during a period equivalent to the expected term of the option, of the observed market prices of the company's publicly traded equity shares. Expected dividends during the expected term of the option are based on recent dividend activity. Risk-free interest rates are based on the government securities yield in effect at the time of the grant over the expected term.
1.20 Dividends
Final dividends on shares are recorded as a liability on the date of approval by the shareholders and interim dividends are recorded as a liability on the date of declaration by the Company's Board of Directors.
1.21 Operating profit

Operating profit for the Group is computed considering the revenues, net of cost of sales, selling and marketing expenses and administrative expenses.

1.22 Other income

Other income is comprised primarily of interest income, dividend income and exchange gain/loss on forward and options contracts and on translation of other assets and liabilities. Interest income is recognized using the effective interest method. Dividend income is recognized when the right to receive payment is established.

1.23 Leases
Leases under which the company assumes substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as finance leases. When acquired, such assets are capitalized at fair value or present value of the minimum lease payments at the inception of the lease, whichever is lower. Lease payments under operating leases are recognised as an expense on a straight line basis in net profit in the statement of comprehensive income over the lease term.

1.24 Government grants
The Group recognizes government grants only when there is reasonable assurance that the conditions attached to them shall be complied with, and the grants will be received. Government grants related to assets are treated as deferred income and are recognized in net profit in the statement of comprehensive income on a systematic and rational basis over the useful life of the asset. Government grants related to revenue are recognized on a systematic basis in net profit in the statement of comprehensive income over the periods necessary to match them with the related costs which they are intended to compensate.
1.25 Recent accounting pronouncements
1.25.1 Standards issued but not yet effective
IFRS 9 Financial Instruments: In November 2009, the International Accounting Standards Board issued IFRS 9, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, to reduce the complexity of the current rules on financial instruments as mandated in IAS 39. The effective date for IFRS 9 is annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2015 with early adoption permitted. IFRS 9 has fewer classification and measurement categories as compared to IAS 39 and has eliminated the categories of held to maturity, available for sale and loans and receivables. Further it eliminates the rule-based requirement of segregating embedded derivatives and tainting rules pertaining to held to maturity investments. For an investment in an equity instrument which is not held for trading, IFRS 9 permits an irrevocable election, on initial recognition, on an individual share-by-share basis, to present all fair value changes from the investment in other comprehensive income. No amount recognized in other comprehensive income would ever be reclassified to profit or loss. IFRS 9, was further amended in October 2010, and such amendment introduced requirements on accounting for financial liabilities. This amendment addresses the issue of volatility in the profit or loss due to changes in the fair value of an entity’s own debt. It requires the entity, which chooses to measure a liability at fair value, to present the portion of the fair value change attributable to the entity’s own credit risk in the other comprehensive income. The company is required to adopt IFRS 9 by accounting year commencing April 1, 2015. The company is currently evaluating the requirements of IFRS 9, and has not yet determined the impact on the consolidated financial statements.
IFRS 10, Consolidated Financial Statements, IFRS 11, Joint Arrangements and IFRS 12, Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities: In May 2011, the International Accounting Standards Board issued IFRS 10, IFRS 11 and IFRS 12. The effective date for IFRS 10, IFRS 11 and IFRS 12 is annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013 with early adoption permitted.
IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements builds on existing principles by identifying the concept of control as the determining factor in whether an entity should be included within the consolidated financial statements of the parent company. IFRS 10 replaces the consolidation requirements in SIC-12 Consolidation of Special Purpose Entities and IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements. The standard provides additional guidance for the determination of control in cases of ambiguity such as franchisor franchisee relationship, de facto agent, silos and potential voting rights.
IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements determines the nature of an arrangement by focusing on the rights and obligations of the arrangement, rather than its legal form. IFRS 11 replaces IAS 31 Interests in Joint Ventures and SIC-13 Jointly-controlled Entities-Non-monetary Contributions by Venturers. IFRS 11 addresses only forms of joint arrangements (joint operations and joint ventures) where there is joint control whereas IAS 31 had identified three forms of joint ventures, namely jointly controlled operations, jointly controlled assets and jointly controlled entities. The standard addresses inconsistencies in the reporting of joint arrangements by requiring a single method to account for interests in jointly controlled entities, which is the equity method.
IFRS 12 Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities is a new and comprehensive standard on disclosure requirements for all forms of interests in other entities, including joint arrangements, associates, special purpose vehicles and other off balance sheet vehicles. A significant requirement of IFRS 12 is that an entity needs to disclose the significant judgments and assumptions it has made in determining:
a. whether it has control, joint control or significant influence over another entity; and
b. the type of joint arrangement when the joint arrangement is structured through a separate vehicle.
IFRS 12 also expands the disclosure requirements for subsidiaries with non-controlling interest, joint arrangements and associates that are individually material. IFRS 12 introduces the term “structured entity” by replacing Special Purpose entities and requires enhanced disclosures by way of nature and extent of, and changes in, the risks associated with its interests in both its consolidated and unconsolidated structured entities.
The company will be adopting IFRS 10, IFRS 11 and IFRS 12 effective April 1, 2013. The company has evaluated the requirements of IFRS 10, IFRS 11 and IFRS 12, and these requirements are not expected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.
IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement: In May 2011, the International Accounting Standards Board issued IFRS 13, Fair Value Measurement to provide specific guidance on fair value measurement and requires enhanced disclosures for all assets and liabilities measured at fair value, and not restricted to financial assets and liabilities. The standard introduces a precise definition of fair value and a consistent measure for fair valuation across assets and liabilities, with a few specified exceptions. The effective date for IFRS 13 is annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013 with early adoption permitted. The company is required to adopt IFRS 13 by accounting year commencing April 1, 2013 and has evaluated the requirements of IFRS 13, and these requirements are not expected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.
IAS 1 (Amended) Presentation of Financial Statements: In June 2011, the International Accounting Standard Board published amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements. The amendments to IAS 1, Presentation of Financial Statements, require companies preparing financial statements in accordance with IFRS to group items within other comprehensive income that may be reclassified to the profit or loss separately from those items which would not be recyclable in the profit or loss section of the income statement. It also requires the tax associated with items presented before tax to be shown separately for each of the two groups of other comprehensive income items (without changing the option to present items of other comprehensive income either before tax or net of tax).
The amendments also reaffirm existing requirements that items in other comprehensive income and profit or loss should be presented as either a single statement or two consecutive statements. This amendment is applicable to annual periods beginning on or after July 1, 2012, with early adoption permitted. The company is required to adopt IAS 1 (Amended) by accounting year commencing April 1, 2013. The company has evaluated the requirements of IAS 1 (Amended) and the company does not believe that the adoption of IAS 1 (Amended) will have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.
IAS 19 (Amended) Employee Benefits: In June 2011, International Accounting Standards Board issued IAS 19 (Amended), Employee Benefits. The effective date for adoption of IAS 19 (Amended) is annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, though early adoption is permitted.
IAS 19 (Amended) has eliminated an option to defer the recognition of gains and losses through re-measurements and requires such gain or loss to be recognized through other comprehensive income in the year of occurrence to reduce volatility. The amended standard requires immediate recognition of effects of any plan amendments. Further it also requires assets in profit or loss to be restricted to government bond yields or corporate bond yields, considered for valuation of Projected Benefit Obligation, irrespective of actual portfolio allocations. The actual return from the portfolio in excess of or less than such yields is recognized through other comprehensive income.
These amendments enhance the disclosure requirements for defined benefit plans by requiring information about the characteristics of defined benefit plans and risks that entities are exposed to through participation in those plans.
The amendments need to be adopted retrospectively. The company is required to adopt IAS 19 (Amended) by accounting year commencing April 1, 2013. The company has evaluated the requirements of IAS 19 (Amended) and these requirements are not expected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.
2 Notes to the consolidated financial statements
2.1 Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consist of the following:
(Dollars in millions)
As of
March 31, 2013
March 31, 2012
Cash and bank deposits
$3,449
$3,746
Deposits with corporations
572
301
$4,021
$4,047
Cash and cash equivalents as of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012 include restricted cash and bank balances of $56 million and $52 million, respectively. The restrictions are primarily on account of cash and bank balances held by irrevocable trusts controlled by the company, bank balances held as margin money deposits against guarantees and balances held in unclaimed dividend bank accounts.
The deposits maintained by the Group with banks and corporations comprise of time deposits, which can be withdrawn by the Group at any point without prior notice or penalty on the principal.
The table below provides details of cash and cash equivalents:
(Dollars in millions)
As of
March 31, 2013
March 31, 2012
Current accounts
ABN Amro Bank, China
–
$8
ABN Amro Bank, China (U.S. dollar account)
–
1
ABN Amro Bank, Taiwan
1
–
Bank of America, USA
167
117
Bank of America, Mexico
1
1
Bank of Zachodni WBK S.A.
1
–
Barclays Bank, UK
2
–
Citibank N.A., Australia
32
17
Citibank N.A., Brazil
3
1
Citibank N.A., China
9
1
Citibank N.A., China (U.S. dollar account)
–
2
Citibank N.A., Dubai
1
–
Citibank N.A., Japan
3
2
Citibank N.A., Czech Republic (Euro account)
–
1
Citibank N.A., India
3
–
Citibank N.A., New Zealand
1
2
Citibank EEFC (U.S. dollar account)
21
–
Commerzbank, Germany
2
–
Deutsche Bank, Belgium
2
1
Deutsche Bank, Czech Republic
1
–
Deutsche Bank, Czech Republic (U.S. dollar account)
–
1
Deutsche Bank, Czech Republic (Euro account)
1
–
Deutsche Bank, France
1
1
Deutsche Bank, Germany
3
2
Deutsche Bank, India
2
2
Deutsche Bank, Netherlands
2
1
Deutsche Bank, Singapore
–
2
Deutsche Bank, Philippines (U.S. dollar account)
1
1
Deutsche Bank, Poland
2
–
Deutsche Bank, United Kingdom
13
6
Deutsche Bank-EEFC, India (Euro account)
4
2
Deutsche Bank-EEFC, India (U.S. dollar account)
12
5
Deutsche Bank-EEFC, India (Swiss Franc account)
–
1
ICICI Bank, India
9
4
ICICI Bank-EEFC, India (U.S. dollar account)
2
6
ICICI Bank-EEFC, India (UK Pound Sterling)
1
–
Nordbanken, Sweden
–
1
Royal Bank of Canada, Canada
3
1
Royal Bank of Scotland, China
10
–
Commonwealth Bank of Australia, Australia
–
1
Punjab National Bank, India 1 –
Bank of New Zealand
–
3
National Australia Bank Limited, Australia
–
1
$317
$195
Deposit accounts
Andhra Bank, India
$130
$100
Allahabad Bank, India
51
168
ANZ Bank, Taiwan
1
–
Axis Bank, India
195
158
Bank of America, USA
3
–
Bank of America, Mexico
–
1
Bank of Baroda, India
354
341
Bank of India, India
348
295
Bank of Maharashtra, India
–
93
Bank of China, China
–
5
Canara Bank, India
403
317
Central Bank of India, India
232
148
Citibank N.A., China
14
5
Corporation Bank, India
143
78
DBS Bank, India
–
8
Deutsche Bank, Poland
10
8
Federal Bank, India
5
4
HDFC Bank, India
–
267
HSBC Bank, United Kingdom
–
1
ICICI Bank, India
478
296
IDBI Bank, India
183
202
ING Vysya Bank, India
16
16
Indian Overseas Bank, India
81
118
Jammu and Kashmir Bank, India
5
5
Kotak Mahindra Bank, India
52
34
National Australia Bank Limited, Australia
1
13
Oriental Bank of Commerce, India
152
140
Punjab National Bank, India
–
258
Ratnakar Bank, India
1
1
State Bank of Hyderabad, India
129
114
State Bank of India, India
11
12
State Bank of Mysore, India
–
49
South Indian Bank, India
12
12
Syndicate Bank, India
–
108
Union Bank of India, India
15
118
Vijaya Bank, India
70
30
Yes Bank, India
37
28
$3,132
$3,551
Deposits with corporations
HDFC Limited, India
$572
$301
$572
$301
Total
$4,021
$4,047
2.2 Available-for-sale financial assets
Investments in liquid mutual fund units, quoted debt securities and unquoted equity securities are classified as available-for-sale financial assets.
Cost and fair value of investments in liquid mutual fund units, quoted debt securities and unquoted equity securities are as follows:
(Dollars in millions)
As of
March 31, 2013
March 31, 2012
Current
Liquid mutual fund units:
Cost and fair value
$320
$6
Non-Current
Quoted debt securities:
Cost $69 –
Gross unrealised holding gains
2
–
Fair value
$71
–
Unquoted equity securities:
Cost
–
–
Gross unrealised holding gains
1
2
Fair value
$1
$2
Total available-for-sale financial assets
$392
$8
During fiscal 2010, Infosys sold 3,231,151 shares of OnMobile Systems Inc, U.S.A, at a price of $3.64 per share ( RUPEE SYMBOL 166.58 per share), derived from quoted prices of the underlying marketable equity securities. The total consideration amounted to $12 million, net of taxes and transaction costs. Additionally, the remaining 2,154,100 shares had a fair value of $8 million as at March 31, 2010. As of March 31, 2012, these 2,154,100 shares were recorded at their fair value of $2 million and the resultant unrealised loss of $2 million, net of taxes of $1 million has been recognised in other comprehensive income for the year ended March 31, 2012.
As of March 31, 2013 the 2,154,100 shares were recorded at their fair value of $1 million and the resultant unrealized loss of $1 million, net of taxes of less than $1 million has been recognized in other comprehensive income for the year ended March 31, 2013. The fair value of $1 million has been derived based on an agreed upon exchange ratio between these unquoted equity securities and quoted prices of the underlying marketable equity securities.
During the year ended March 31, 2013 the company invested in quoted debt securities. The fair value of the quoted debt securities as of March 31, 2013 is $71 million. The unrealized gain of $2 million, net of taxes of less than $1 million has been recognized in other comprehensive income for the year ended March 31, 2013. The fair value of $71 million has been derived based on the quoted prices.
2.3 Business combinations
During fiscal 2010, Infosys BPO acquired 100% of the voting interests in McCamish Systems LLC (McCamish), a business process solutions provider based in Atlanta, Georgia, in the United States. The business acquisition was conducted by entering into a Membership Interest Purchase Agreement for a cash consideration of $37 million and a contingent consideration of up to $20 million. The fair values of the contingent consideration and its undiscounted value on the date of acquisition were $9 million and $15 million, respectively.

The payment of contingent consideration is dependent upon the achievement of certain revenue targets and net margin targets by McCamish over a period of 4 years ending March 31, 2014. Further, contingent to McCamish signing any deal with a customer with total revenues of $100 million or more, the aforesaid period will be extended by 2 years. The total contingent consideration was estimated to be in the range between $14 million and $20 million.

During the year ended March 31, 2013, the liability related to the contingent consideration increased by $1 million due to passage of time.

The fair value of the contingent consideration is determined by discounting the estimated amount payable to the previous owners of McCamish on achievement of certain financial targets. The key inputs used for the determination of fair value of contingent consideration are the discount rate of 13.9% and the probabilities of achievement of the net margin and the revenue targets ranging from 50% to 100%.

During the year ended March 31, 2013, McCamish entered into an asset purchase agreement with Seabury & Smith Inc., a company providing back office services to life insurers, to purchase its BPO division for a cash consideration of $1 million and a deferred consideration of $1 million. Consequent to the transaction intangible assets of $1 million and goodwill of $1 million have been recorded. The intangible customer contracts and relationships and software are being amortized over a period of five years and four months, respectively, being management‘s estimate of its useful life, based on the life over which economic benefits are expected to be realized.
During the year ended March 31, 2013, pursuant to McCamish entering into the asset purchase agreement with Seabury & Smith Inc., the company conducted an assessment of the probability of McCamish achieving the required revenue and net margin targets pertaining to contingent consideration. The assessment was based on the actual and projected revenues and net margins pertaining to McCamish post consummation of the asset purchase transaction. Consequently, the fair value of the contingent consideration and its related undiscounted value was determined at $3 million and $4 million, respectively and the related liability no longer required was reversed in the statement of comprehensive income. The contingent consideration is estimated to be in the range between $4 million and $6 million. As of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, the liability related to contingent consideration was $4 million and $11 million, respectively.
On January 4, 2012, Infosys BPO acquired 100% of the voting interest in Portland Group Pty Ltd, a strategic sourcing and category management services provider based in Australia. The business acquisition was conducted by entering into a share sale agreement for a cash consideration of $41 million.
The company believes that this business acquisition will strengthen Infosys BPO’s capabilities and domain expertise in its sourcing and procurement practice and its service offering in the strategic sourcing and category management functions.  Consequently, the excess of the purchase consideration paid over the fair value of assets acquired has been accounted for as goodwill.
The purchase price has been allocated based on management’s estimates and an independent appraisal of fair values as follows:
(Dollars in millions)
Component
Acquiree's carrying amount
Fair value adjustments
Purchase price allocated
Property, plant and equipment
$1
–
$1
Net current assets
4
–
4
Intangible assets-Customer contracts and relationships
–
8
8
Deferred tax liabilities on intangible assets
–
(2)
(2)
5
6
11
Goodwill
30
Total purchase price
$41
The goodwill is not tax deductible.
The acquisition date fair value of the total consideration transferred is $41 million in cash.
The amount of trade receivables included in net current assets, acquired from the above business acquisition was $8 million. As of March 31 2013, the trade receivables have been fully collected.
The identified intangible customer contracts and relationships are being amortized over a period of ten years based on management's estimate of the useful life of the assets.
The transaction costs of $1 million related to the acquisition have been included under cost of sales in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended March 31, 2012.
On October 22, 2012, Infosys acquired 100% of the voting interests in Lodestone Holding AG (Infosys Lodestone), a global management consultancy firm headquartered in Zurich, Switzerland. The business acquisition was conducted by entering into a share purchase agreement for a cash consideration of $219 million and an additional consideration of up to $112 million, which the company refers to as deferred purchase price, payable to the selling shareholders of Lodestone Holding AG who are continuously employed or otherwise engaged by the Group during the three year period following the date of the acquisition.
The business acquisition will strengthen Infosys’ consulting and systems integration (C&SI) capabilities and will enable Infosys to increase its global presence particularly in continental Europe, Latin America and Asia Pacific. Consequently, the excess of the purchase consideration paid over the fair value of assets acquired has been attributed to goodwill.
The purchase price has been allocated based on Management’s estimates and independent appraisal of fair values as follows:
(Dollars in millions)
Component
Acquiree's carrying amount
Fair value adjustments
Purchase price
allocated
Property, plant and equipment
$5
–
$5
Net current assets
16
–
16
Deferred tax assets
5
(2)
3
Borrowings
(16)
–
(16)
Intangible assets - customer contracts and relationships
–
36
36
Intangible assets - brand
–
5
5
Deferred tax liabilities on Intangible assets
–
(10)
(10)
10
29
39
Goodwill
180
Total purchase price
$219
The goodwill is not tax deductible.
The amount of trade receivables acquired from the above business acquisition was $39 million. Based on the past experience, management expects the entire amount to be collected.
The revenue and net loss included in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income pertaining to Infosys Lodestone, from the date of acquisition was $90 million and $22 million, respectively. The estimated approximate revenue, net profit and net profit per share of the Group, had the acquisition occurred on April 1, 2012, would have been $7,536 million, $1,724 million and $3.02 per share, respectively.

The identified intangible customer contracts are being amortized over a period of two years and the identified customer relationships are being amortized over a period of ten years, whereas the identified intangible brand is being amortized over a period of two years, which are management's estimates of the useful lives of the assets.

The acquisition date fair value of each major class of consideration as at the acquisition date is as follows:
(Dollars in millions)
Particulars
Consideration settled
Fair value of total consideration
Cash consideration
$219
Total
$219

As per the share purchase agreement approximately $112 million of deferred purchase price, is payable to the selling shareholders of Lodestone Holding AG who will be continuously employed or otherwise engaged by the Group during the three year period from the date of acquisition. The deferred purchase price is payable on the third anniversary of the acquisition date subject to selling shareholders being in continuous employment with the group during this three year period. The deferred purchase price is treated as post acquisition employee remuneration expense as per IFRS 3R. For the period from the closing of the acquisition to March 31, 2013, a post-acquisition employee remuneration expense of $10 million has been recorded in cost of sales in the statement of comprehensive income.
The transaction costs of $2 million related to the acquisition have been included under administrative expense in the statement of comprehensive income for the year ended March 31, 2013.
2.4 Prepayments and other assets
Prepayments and other assets consist of the following:
(Dollars in millions)
As of
March 31, 2013
March 31, 2012
Current
Rental deposits
$4
$3
Security deposits with service providers
6
7
Loans and advances to employees
26
32
Prepaid expenses (1)
14
10
Interest accrued and not due
18
8
Withholding taxes (1)
147
134
Deposit with corporation
140
97
Advance payments to vendors for supply of goods (1)
11
7
Premiums held in trust (2)
22
–
Other assets
3
2
$391
$300
Non-current
Loans and advances to employees
$15
$1
Security deposits with service providers
6
6
Deposit with corporation
7
11
Prepaid gratuity and other benefits (1)
6
3
Prepaid expenses (1)
2
3
Rental Deposits
8
8
$44
$32
$435
$332
Financial assets in prepayments and other assets
$255
$175
(1)
Non financial assets
(2)
Represents premiums collected from policyholders and payable to insurance providers by a service provider maintaining the amounts in fiduciary capacity (Refer to note 2.9).
Withholding taxes primarily consist of input tax credits. Other assets primarily represent travel advances and other recoverable from customers. Security deposits with service providers relate principally to leased telephone lines and electricity supplies.
Deposit with corporation represents amounts deposited to settle certain employee-related obligations as and when they arise during the normal course of business.
2.5 Property, plant and equipment
Following are the changes in the carrying value of property, plant and equipment for the year ended March 31, 2013:
(Dollars in millions)
Land
Buildings
Plant and
machinery
Computer
equipment
Furniture and
fixtures
Vehicles
Capital work-in-progress
Total
Gross Carrying value as of April 1, 2012
$140
$760
$246
$273
$151
$2
$203
$1,775
Additions
26
61
34
127
24
1
115
388
Additions through business combinations (Refer Note 2.3)
–
–
–
2
5
3
–
10
Deletions (1)
(1)
–
(36)
(39)
(24)
–
–
(100)
Translation difference
(8)
(48)
(13)
(16)
(9)
(1)
(12)
(107)
Gross Carrying value as of March 31, 2013
157
773
231
347
147
5
306
1,966
Accumulated depreciation as of April 1, 2012
–
(241)
(156)
(214)
(100)
(1)
–
(712)
Depreciation
–
(50)
(43)
(75)
(31)
(1)
–
(200)
Accumulated depreciation on acquired assets (Refer Note 2.3)
–
–
–
(1)
(2)
(2)
–
(5)
Accumulated depreciation on deletions
–
–
37
38
24
–
–
99
Translation difference
–
16
8
12
6
1
–
43
Accumulated depreciation as of March 31, 2013
–
(275)
(154)
(240)
(103)
(3)
–
(775)
Carrying value as of March 31, 2013
157
498
77
107
44
2
306
1,191
Carrying value as of March 31, 2012
$140
$519
$90
$59
$51
$1
$203
$1,063
(1) Proceeds on sale of property, plant and equipment during the year ended March 31, 2013 was $1 million.
During fiscal 2013, certain assets which were not in use having gross book value of $97 million (carrying value nil) were retired.

Following are the changes in the carrying value of property, plant and equipment for the year ended March 31, 2012:
(Dollars in millions)
Land
Buildings
Plant and
machinery
Computer
equipment
Furniture and
fixtures
Vehicles
Capital work-in-progress
Total
Gross Carrying value as of April 1, 2011
$124
$813
$288
$299
$173
$1
$118
$1,816
Additions
33
50
33
61
22
–
106
305
Additions through business combinations (Refer Note 2.3)
–
–
–
–
1
–
–
1
Deletions
–
–
(40)
(54)
(27)
–
–
(121)
Translation difference
(17)
(103)
(35)
(33)
(18)
1
(21)
(226)
Gross Carrying value as of March 31, 2012
140
760
246
273
151
2
203
1,775
Accumulated depreciation as of April 1, 2011
–
(219)
(166)
(240)
(105)
–
–
(730)
Depreciation
–
(52)
(51)
(55)
(33)
(1)
–
(192)
Accumulated depreciation on deletions
–
–
40
54
27
–
–
121
Translation difference
–
30
21
27
11
–
–
89
Accumulated depreciation as of March 31, 2012
–
(241)
(156)
(214)
(100)
(1)
–
(712)
Carrying value as of March 31, 2012
140
519
90
59
51
1
203
1,063
Carrying value as of March 31, 2011
$124
$594
$122
$59
$68
$1
$118
$1,086
During fiscal 2012, certain assets which were not in use having gross book value of $112 million (carrying value nil) were retired.
Following are the changes in the carrying value of property, plant and equipment for the year ended March 31, 2011:
(Dollars in millions)
Land
Buildings
Plant and
machinery
Computer
equipment
Furniture and
fixtures
Vehicles
Capital work-in-progress
Total
Gross carrying value as of April 1, 2010
$73
$735
$281
$279
$170
$1
$91
$1,630
Additions
49
72
37
64
28
–
25
275
Deletions
–
–
(32)
(48)
(27)
–
–
(107)
Translation difference
2
6
2
4
2
–
2
18
Gross Carrying value as of March 31, 2011
124
813
288
299
173
1
118
1,816
Accumulated depreciation as of April 1, 2010
–
(166)
(144)
(233)
(98)
–
–
(641)
Depreciation
–
(51)
(52)
(52)
(32)
–
–
(187)
Accumulated depreciation on deletions
–
–
32
48
27
–
–
107
Translation difference
–
(2)
(2)
(3)
(2)
–
–
(9)
Accumulated depreciation as of March 31, 2011
–
(219)
(166)
(240)
(105)
–
–
(730)
Carrying value as of March 31, 2011
124
594
122
59
68
1
118
1,086
Carrying value as of March 31, 2010
$73
$569
$137
$46
$72
$1
$91
$989
During fiscal 2011, certain assets which were not in use having gross book value of $107 million (carrying value nil) were retired.
The depreciation expense for the year ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 is included in cost of sales in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.
Carrying value of land includes $66 million and $56 million as of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, respectively, towards deposits paid under certain lease-cum-sale agreements to acquire land, including agreements where the company has an option to purchase the properties on expiry of the lease period. The company has already paid 99% of the market value of the properties prevailing at the time of entering into the lease-cum-sale agreements with the balance payable at the time of purchase.
The contractual commitments for capital expenditure were $312 million and $205 million as of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, respectively.
2.6 Goodwill and intangible assets
Following is a summary of changes in the carrying amount of goodwill:
(Dollars in millions)
As of
March 31, 2013
March 31, 2012
Carrying value at the beginning
$195
$185
Goodwill recognized on Infosys Lodestone acquisition (Refer note 2.3)
180
–
Goodwill recognized on Seabury & Smith acquisition (Refer note 2.3)
1
–
Goodwill recognized on Portland acquisition (Refer note 2.3)
–
30
Translation differences
(12)
(20)
Carrying value at the end
$364
$195
During the quarter ended June 30, 2011, the Company internally reorganized its business to increase its client focus. Consequent to the internal reorganization, there were changes effected in the reportable segments based on the “management approach” as defined in IFRS 8, Operating Segments. (Refer Note 2.19). Accordingly, the goodwill has been allocated to the new operating segments, which is represented through groups of CGUs as at March 31, 2013 and as at March 31, 2012.
For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to the cash generating units (CGU) or groups of CGUs, which are benefiting from the synergies of the acquisition. The chief operating decision maker reviews the goodwill for any impairment at the operating segment level, which is represented through groups of CGUs:
(Dollars in millions)
Segments
As of
March 31, 2013
March 31, 2012
Financial services and insurance (FSI)
$106
$85
Manufacturing (MFG)
79
22
Energy, utilities, communication and services (ECS)
49
28
Retail, consumer packaged goods, logistics and life sciences (RCL)
130
60
Total
$364
$195
The entire goodwill relating to Infosys BPO’s acquisition of McCamish has been allocated to the groups of CGU’s, which are aggregated at the ‘Financial services and insurance’ segment level.
The goodwill relating to Infosys Lodestone acquisition has been allocated to the groups of CGU‘s which are aggregated at the entity‘s operating segment level.
The recoverable amount of a CGU is the higher of its fair value less cost to sell and its value-in-use. The fair value of a CGU is determined based on the market capitalization. The value-in-use is determined based on specific calculations. These calculations use pre-tax cash flow projections over a period of five years, based on financial budgets approved by management and an average of the range of each assumption mentioned below. As of March 31, 2013, the estimated recoverable amount of the CGU exceeded its carrying amount. The recoverable amount was computed based on the fair value being higher than value-in-use and the carrying amount of the CGU was computed by allocating the net assets to operating segments for the purpose of impairment testing. The key assumptions used for the calculations are as follows:
In %
Long term growth rate
8-10
Operating margins
17-20
Discount rate
16.1
The above discount rate is based on the Weighted Average Cost of Capital (WACC) of the Company. These estimates are likely to differ from future actual results of operations and cash flows.
Following are the changes in the carrying value of acquired intangible assets for the year ended March 31, 2013:
(Dollars in millions)
Customer related
Software related
Sub-contracting right related
Intellectual property rights related
Land use rights related
Brand
Others
Total
Gross carrying value as of April 1, 2012
$28
$6
$4
$2
$11
–
–
$51
Additions through business combinations (Refer to note 2.3)
36
–
–
–
–
5
–
41
Additions
–
–
–
–
–
–
2
2
Translation differences
(2)
–
–
–
–
–
–
(2)
Gross carrying value as of March 31, 2013
62
6
4
2
11
5
2
92
Accumulated amortization as of April 1, 2012
11
3
1
2
–
–
–
17
Amortization expense
4
1
1
–
–
1
–
7
Translation differences
(1)
1
–
–
–
–
–
–
Accumulated amortization as of March 31, 2013
14
5
2
2
–
1
–
24
Carrying value as of March 31, 2013
48
1
2
–
11
4
2
68
Carrying value as of March 31, 2012
$17
$3
$3
–
$11
–
–
$34
Following are the changes in the carrying value of acquired intangible assets for the year ended March 31, 2012:
(Dollars in millions)
Customer related
Software related
Sub-contracting right related
Intellectual property rights related
Land use rights related
Total
Gross carrying value as of April 1, 2011
$20
$3
–
$2
–
$25
Additions through business combinations (Refer to note 2.3)
8
–
–
–
–
8
Additions
–
3
4
–
11
18
Translation differences
–
–
–
–
–
–
Gross carrying value as of March 31, 2012
28
6
4
2
11
51
Accumulated amortization as of April 1, 2011
9
3
–
2
–
14
Amortization expense
2
–
1
–
–
3
Translation differences
– – – –
–
–
Accumulated amortization as of March 31, 2012
11
3
1
2
–
17
Carrying value as of March 31, 2012
17 3 3 – 11 34
Carrying value as of March 31, 2011
$11
–
–
–
–
$11
(Dollars in millions)
Customer related
Software related
Intellectual property rights related
Total
Gross carrying value as of April 1, 2010
$19
$3
$2
$24
Additions through business combinations (Refer to note 2.3)
–
–
–
–
Additions
–
–
–
–
Translation differences
1
–
–
1
Gross carrying value as of March 31, 2011
20
3
2
25
Accumulated amortization as of April 1, 2010
7
3
2
12
Amortization expense
2
–
–
2
Translation differences
–
–
–
–
Accumulated amortization as of March 31, 2011
9
3
2
14
Carrying value as of March 31, 2011
11
–
–
11
Carrying value as of March 31, 2010
$12
–
–
$12
The subcontracting rights, recognized consequent to the subcontracting agreement with Telecom‘s Gen-I division, are being amortized over a period of three years, being the management‘s estimate of its useful life. The value of subcontracting rights on initial recognition was $4 million. As of March 31, 2013, the subcontracting rights have a remaining amortization period of approximately two years.

The land use rights acquired by Infosys Shanghai are being amortized over the initial term of 50 years. Further, the government grant received for the land use right is also being amortized over the initial term of 50 years. The value of land use rights on initial recognition was $11 million. As of March 31, 2013, the land use rights have a remaining amortization period of approximately 49 years.

The intangible asset on account of software purchase recognized by Infosys is amortized over a period of five years, being the management‘s estimate of useful life of such intangible assets. The value of the software on initial recognition was $3 million. As of March 31, 2013, this intangible asset has a remaining amortization period of approximately four years.

The intangible customer contracts recognized at the time of Philips acquisition are being amortized over a period of seven years, being management's estimate of the useful life of the respective assets, based on the life over which economic benefits are expected to be realized. However, during fiscal 2010, the amortization of this intangible asset has been accelerated based on the usage pattern of the asset. As of March 31, 2013, the customer contracts have a remaining amortization period of approximately two years.

The intangible customer contracts and relationships recognized at the time of the McCamish acquisition are being amortized over a period of nine years, being management’s estimate of the useful life of the respective assets, based on the life over which economic benefits are expected to be realized. As of March 31, 2013, the customer contracts and relationships have a remaining amortization period of approximately six years.

The intangible computer software platform recognized at the time of the McCamish acquisition having a useful life of four months, being management’s estimate of the useful life of the asset, based on the life over which economic benefits were expected to be realized, was fully amortized in fiscal 2010.

The intangible customer contracts and relationships of $8 million, recognized at the time of the Portland acquisition are being amortized over a period of ten years, being management‘s estimate of its useful life, based on the life over which economic benefits are expected to be realized. As of March 31, 2013, the customer contracts and relationships have a remaining amortization period of approximately nine years.

The intangible customer contracts and relationships of $1 million, recognized pursuant to McCamish entering into the asset purchase agreement with Seabury & Smith Inc., are being amortized over a period of five years, which is the management’s estimate of its useful life, based on the life over which economic benefits are expected to be realized. As of March 31, 2013, the customer contracts and relationships have a remaining amortization period of approximately four years.

The intangible customer contracts recognized at the time of the Infosys Lodestone acquisition are being amortized over a period of two years, the identified customer relationships are being amortized over a period of ten years and the identified intangible brand is being amortized over a period of two years, which are management's estimates of the useful lives of the assets. As of March 31, 2013, the customer contracts, customer relationships and brand have a remaining amortization period of approximately two years, ten years and two years respectively.

The aggregate amortization expense included in cost of sales, for the year ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $7 million, $3 million and $2 million, respectively.

Research and development expense recognized in net profit in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, for the year ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $173 million, $140 million and $116 million, respectively.
2.7 Financial instruments
The carrying value and fair value of financial instruments by categories as of March 31, 2013 were as follows:
(Dollars in millions)
Loans and receivables
Financial assets/liabilities at fair value through
profit and loss
Available for sale
Trade and other payables
Total carrying value/fair value
Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents (Refer Note 2.1)
$4,021
–
–
–
$4,021
Available-for-sale financial assets (Refer Note 2.2)
–
–
392
–
392
Trade receivables
1,305
–
–
–
1,305
Unbilled revenue
449
–
–
–
449
Prepayments and other assets (Refer Note 2.4)
255
–
–
–
255
Derivative financial instruments
–
19
–
–
19
Total
$6,030
$19
$392
–
$6,441
Liabilities:
Trade payables
–
–
–
$35
$35
Client deposits
–
–
–
6
6
Employee benefit obligations
–
–
–
113
113
Other liabilities (Refer Note 2.9)
–
–
–
444
444
Liability towards McCamish acquisition on a discounted basis (Refer Note 2.9)
–
–
–
3
3
Liability towards other acquisitions (Refer Note 2.9)
–
–
–
11
11
Total
–
–
–
$612
$612

The carrying value and fair value of financial instruments by categories as of March 31, 2012 were as follows:
(Dollars in millions)
Loans and receivables
Financial assets/liabilities at fair value through
profit and loss
Available for sale
Trade and other payables
Total carrying value/fair value
Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents (Refer Note 2.1)
$4,047
–
–
–
$4,047
Available-for-sale financial assets (Refer Note 2.2)
–
–
8
–
8
Investment in certificates of deposit
68
–
–
–
68
Trade receivables
1,156
–
–
–
1,156
Unbilled revenue
368
–
–
–
368
Prepayments and other assets (Refer Note 2.4)
175
–
–
–
175
Total
$5,814
–
$8
–
$5,822
Liabilities:
Derivative financial instruments
–
$9
–
–
$9
Trade payables
–
–
–
5
5
Client deposits
–
–
–
3
3
Employee benefit obligations
–
–
–
98
98
Other liabilities (Refer Note 2.9)
–
–
–
384
384
Liability towards McCamish acquisition on a discounted basis (Refer Note 2.9)
–
–
–
11
11
Total
–
$9
–
$501
$510
Fair value hierarchy
Level 1 - Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices).
Level 3 - Inputs for the assets or liabilities that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).
The following table presents fair value hierarchy of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of March 31, 2013:
(Dollars in millions)
As of March 31, 2013
Fair value measurement at end of the reporting period using
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Assets
Available- for- sale financial asset- Investments in liquid mutual fund units (Refer Note 2.2)
$320
$320
–
–
Available- for- sale financial asset- Investments in quoted debt securities  (Refer Note 2.2)
$71
$71
–
–
Available- for- sale financial asset- Investments in unquoted equity instruments (Refer Note 2.2)
$1
–
$1
–
Derivative financial instruments- gain on outstanding foreign exchange forward and option contracts
$19
–
$19
–
The following table presents fair value hierarchy of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of March 31, 2012:
(Dollars in millions)
As of March 31, 2012
Fair value measurement at end of the reporting period using
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Assets
Available- for- sale financial asset- Investments in liquid mutual fund units (Refer Note 2.2)
$6
$6
–
–
Available- for- sale financial asset- Investments in unquoted equity securities  (Refer Note 2.2)
$2
–
$2
–
Liabilities
Derivative financial instruments- loss on outstanding foreign exchange forward and option contracts
$9
–
$9
–
Income from financial assets or liabilities that are not at fair value through profit or loss is as follows:
(Dollars in millions)
Year ended March 31,
2013
2012
2011
Interest income on deposits and certificates of deposit (Refer Note 2.13)
$329
$374
$250
Income from available-for-sale financial assets (Refer Note 2.13)
42
6
5
$371
$380
$255
Derivative financial instruments
The company uses derivative financial instruments such as foreign exchange forward and option contracts to mitigate the risk of changes in foreign exchange rates on trade receivables and forecasted cash flows denominated in certain foreign currencies. The counterparty for these contracts is generally a bank or a financial institution. These derivative financial instruments are valued based on quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or inputs that are directly or indirectly observable in the marketplace. The following table gives details in respect of outstanding foreign exchange forward and option contracts:
(In millions)
As of
March 31, 2013
March 31, 2012
Forward contracts
In U.S. dollars
851
729
In Euro
62
38
In United Kingdom Pound Sterling
65
22
In Australian dollars
70
23
Option contracts
In U.S. dollars
–
50
The company recognized a gain on derivative financials instruments of $15 million and a loss on derivative financial instruments of $57 million for the year ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, respectively and a gain on derivative financial instruments of $13 million for the year ended March 31, 2011, which are included under other income.
The foreign exchange forward and option contracts mature between 1 to 12 months. The table below analyzes the derivative financial instruments into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period as of the balance sheet date:
(Dollars in millions)
As of
March 31, 2013
March 31, 2012
Not later than one month
$182
$68
Later than one month and not later than three months
330
155
Later than three months and not later than one year
590
666
$1,102
$889
Financial risk management
Financial risk factors
The company's activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The company's primary focus is to foresee the unpredictability of financial markets and seek to minimize potential adverse effects on its financial performance. The primary market risk to the company is foreign exchange risk. The company uses derivative financial instruments to mitigate foreign exchange related risk exposures. The company's exposure to credit risk is influenced mainly by the individual characteristic of each customer and the concentration of risk from the top few customers. The demographics of the customer including the default risk of the industry and country in which the customer operates also has an influence on credit risk assessment.
Market risk
The company operates internationally and a major portion of the business is transacted in several currencies and consequently the Company is exposed to foreign exchange risk through its sales and services in the United States and elsewhere, and purchases from overseas suppliers in various foreign currencies. The company uses derivative financial instruments such as foreign exchange forward and option contracts to mitigate the risk of changes in foreign exchange rates on trade receivables and forecasted cash flows denominated in certain foreign currencies. The exchange rate between the rupee and foreign currencies has changed substantially in recent years and may fluctuate substantially in the future. Consequently, the results of the company’s operations are adversely affected as the Indian rupee appreciates/ depreciates against these currencies.
The following table gives details in respect of the outstanding foreign exchange forward and option contracts:
(Dollars in millions)
As of
March 31, 2013
March 31, 2012
Aggregate amount of outstanding forward and option contracts
$1,102
$889
Gains / (losses) on outstanding forward and option contracts
$19
$(9)
The outstanding foreign exchange forward and option contracts as of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, mature between one to twelve months.

The following table analyzes foreign currency risk from financial instruments as of March 31, 2013:
(Dollars in millions)
U.S. dollars
Euro
United Kingdom Pound Sterling
Australian dollars
Other currencies
Total
Cash and cash equivalents
$204
$15
$16
$34
$64
$333
Trade receivables
863
152
105
77
66
1,263
Unbilled revenue
258
58
29
19
41
405
Other assets
99
6
6
3
28
142
Trade payables
(10)
(2)
(2)
–
(6)
(20)
Client deposits
(4)
(2)
–
–
(1)
(7)
Accrued expenses
(102)
(15)
–
(5)
(19)
(141)
Employee benefit obligations
(45)
(9)
(2)
(15)
(12)
(83)
Other liabilities
(185)
(57)
10
(10)
(27)
(269)
Net assets / (liabilities)
$1,078
$146
$162
$103
$134
$1,623
The following table analyzes foreign currency risk from financial instruments as of March 31, 2012:
(Dollars in millions)
U.S. dollars
Euro
United Kingdom Pound Sterling
Australian dollars
Other currencies
Total
Cash and cash equivalents
$137
$11
$7
$16
$32
$203
Trade receivables
770
116
110
78
47
1,121
Unbilled revenue
201
59
24
12
31
327
Other assets
128
4
5
–
22
159
Trade payables
–
–
–
–
(2)
(2)
Client deposits
(3)
–
–
–
–
(3)
Accrued expenses
(85)
(8)
–
(1)
(13)
(107)
Employee benefit obligations
(38)
–
–
(1)
(18)
(57)
Other liabilities
(242)
(49)
(1)
(5)
(17)
(314)
Net assets / (liabilities)
$868
$133
$145
$99
$82
$1,327

For the year ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, every percentage point depreciation / appreciation in the exchange rate between the Indian rupee and the U.S. dollar, has affected the company's operating margins by approximately 0.4%, 0.5% and 0.5%, respectively.
Sensitivity analysis is computed based on the changes in the income and expenses in foreign currency upon conversion into functional currency, due to exchange rate fluctuations between the previous reporting period and the current reporting period.
Credit risk
Credit risk refers to the risk of default on its obligation by the counterparty resulting in a financial loss. The maximum exposure to the credit risk at the reporting date is primarily from trade receivables amounting to $1,305 million and $1,156 million as of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, respectively and unbilled revenue amounting to $449 million and $368 million as of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, respectively. Trade receivables are typically unsecured and are derived from revenue earned from customers primarily located in the United States. Credit risk is managed through credit approvals, establishing credit limits and continuously monitoring the creditworthiness of customers to which the company grants credit terms in the normal course of business.
The following table gives details in respect of percentage of revenues generated from top customer and top five customers:
(In %)
Year ended March 31,
2013
2012
2011
Revenue from top customer
3.8
4.3
4.7
Revenue from top five customers
15.2
15.5
15.4
Financial assets that are neither past due nor impaired
Cash and cash equivalents, available-for-sale financial assets and investment in certificates of deposit are neither past due nor impaired. Cash and cash equivalents include deposits with banks and corporations with high credit-ratings assigned by international and domestic credit-rating agencies. Available-for-sale financial assets include investment in liquid mutual fund units, quoted debt securities and unquoted equity securities. Certificates of deposit represent funds deposited at a bank or other eligible financial institution for a specified time period. Investment in quoted debt securities represents the investments made in debt securities issued by government and quasi government organizations. Of the total trade receivables, $965 million and $838 million as of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, respectively, were neither past due nor impaired.

Financial assets that are past due but not impaired
There is no other class of financial assets that is not past due but impaired except for trade receivables of $1 million and less than $1 million as of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, respectively.
The Company’s credit period generally ranges from 30-45 days. The age analysis of the trade receivables have been considered from the due date. The age wise break up of trade receivables, net of allowances of $16 million each as of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, respectively, that are past due, is given below:
(Dollars in millions)
As of
Period (in days)
March 31, 2013
March 31, 2012
Less than 30
$244
$218
31 - 60
45
37
61 - 90
19
37
More than 90
32
26
$340
$318
The provisions for doubtful accounts receivable for the year ending March 31, 2013, March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011 was $7 million, $14 million and less than $1 million, respectively.
The movement in the provisions for doubtful accounts receivable is as follows:
(Dollars in millions)
Year ended March 31,
2013
2012
2011
Balance at the beginning
$17
$19
$23
Translation differences
(3)
(3)
(1)
Provisions for doubtful accounts receivable
7
14
–
Trade receivables written off
(4)
(13)
(3)
Balance at the end
$17
$17
$19
Liquidity risk
As of March 31, 2013, the company had a working capital of $5,347 million including cash and cash equivalents of $4,021 million, current available-for-sale financial assets of $320 million. As of March 31, 2012, the company had a working capital of $5,008 million including cash and cash equivalents of $4,047 million, available-for-sale financial assets of $6 million and investments in certificates of deposit of $68 million.
As of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, the outstanding employee benefit obligations were $113 million and $98 million, respectively, which have been fully funded. Further, as of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, the company had no outstanding bank borrowings. Accordingly, no liquidity risk is perceived.
The table below provides details regarding the contractual maturities of significant financial liabilities as of March 31, 2013:
(Dollars in millions)
Particulars
Less than 1 year
1-2 years
2-4 years
4-7 years
Total
Trade payables
$35
–
–
–
$35
Client deposits
$6
–
–
–
$6
Other liabilities (Refer Note 2.9)
$437
$3
$4
–
$444
Liability towards other acquisitions (Refer Note 2.9)
$1
–
$10
–
$11
Liability towards McCamish acquisition on an undiscounted basis (Refer Note 2.9)
–
$1
$3
–
$4
The table below provides details regarding the contractual maturities of significant financial liabilities as of March 31, 2012:
(Dollars in millions)
Particulars
Less than 1 year
1-2 years
2-4 years
4-7 years
Total
Trade payables
$5
–
–
–
$5
Client deposits
$3
–
–
–
$3
Other liabilities (Refer Note 2.9)
$381
$3
–
–
$384
Liability towards McCamish acquisition on an undiscounted basis (Refer Note 2.9)
$1
$2
$10
$2
$15
As of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, the company had outstanding financial guarantees of $4 million each towards leased premises. These financial guarantees can be invoked upon breach of any term of the lease agreement. To the company’s knowledge there has been no breach of any term of the lease agreement as of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012.
2.8 Provisions
Provisions comprise the following:
(Dollars in millions)
As of
March 31, 2013
March 31, 2012
Provision for post sales client support
$39
$26
Provision for post sales client support represents costs associated with providing sales support services which are accrued at the time of recognition of revenues and are expected to be utilized over a period of 6 months to 1 year. The movement in the provision for post sales client support is as follows:
(Dollars in millions)
Year ended March 31,
2013
2012
2011
Balance at the beginning
$26
$20
$18
Translation differences
(1)
(3)
1
Provision recognized/(reversed)
15
13
1
Provision utilized
(1)
(4)
–
Balance at the end
$39
$26
$20
Provision for post sales client support for the year ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 is included in cost of sales in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.
2.9 Other liabilities
Other liabilities comprise the following:
(Dollars in millions)
As of
March 31, 2013
March 31, 2012
Current
Accrued compensation to employees
$133
$127
Accrued expenses
236
213
Withholding taxes payable (1)
129
100
Retainage
15
10
Unamortized negative past service cost (Refer Note 2.11.1) (1)
1
1
Liabilities of controlled trusts
27
29
Liability towards acquisition of business (Refer Note 2.3)
1
–
Premiums held in trust (2)
22
–
Others
4
2
$568
$482
Non-current
Liability towards acquisition of business (Refer Note 2.3)
$13
$11
Accrued expenses
–
1
Unamortized negative past service cost (Refer Note 2.11.1) (1)
2
3
Incentive accruals
7
2
Deferred income - government grant on land use rights (Refer Note 2.6) (1)
5
5
$27
$22
$595
$504
Financial liabilities included in other liabilities (excluding liability towards acquisition of business)
$444
$384
Financial liability towards McCamish acquisition on a discounted basis
$3
$11
Financial liability towards McCamish acquisition on an undiscounted basis (Refer Note 2.3)
$4
$15
Financial liability towards other acquisitions (Refer Note 2.3)
$11
–
(1) Non financial liabilities
(2) Represents premiums collected from policyholders and payable to insurance providers by a service provider maintaining the amounts in fiduciary capacity.
Accrued expenses primarily relates to cost of technical sub-contractors, telecommunication charges, legal and professional charges, brand building expenses, overseas travel expenses and office maintenance. Others include unclaimed dividend balances.
2.10 Expenses by nature
(Dollars in millions)
Year ended March 31,
2013
2012
2011
Employee benefit costs (Refer Note 2.11.4)
$4,139
$3,815
$3,265
Deferred purchase price pertaining to acquisition (Refer Note 2.3)
10
–
–
Depreciation and amortization charges (Refer Note 2.5 and 2.6)
207
195
189
Travelling costs
278
233
210
Consultancy and professional charges
93
99
75
Rates and taxes
15
13
12
Cost of software packages
115
101
77
Third party items bought for service delivery to clients
27
34
30
Communication costs
66
57
52
Cost of technical sub-contractors
268
160
132
Consumables
6
6
6
Power and fuel
39
38
37
Repairs and maintenance
88
89
79
Commission
6
6
3
Recruitment and training
1
–
–
Branding and marketing expenses
26
26
21
Provision for post-sales client support (Refer Note 2.8)
15
13
1
Provisions for doubtful accounts receivable (Refer Note 2.7)
7
14
–
Operating lease payments (Refer Note 2.14)
45
40
33
Postage and courier
3
3
3
Printing and stationery
2
3
3
Insurance charges
8
8
7
Donations
2
5
–
Others
23
23
27
Total cost of sales, selling and marketing expenses and administrative expenses
$5,489
$4,981
$4,262
2.11 Employee benefits
2.11.1 Gratuity
The following tables set out the funded status of the gratuity plans and the amounts recognized in the Company's financial statements as of March 31, 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009:
(Dollars in millions)
As of
March 31, 2013
March 31, 2012
March 31, 2011
March 31, 2010
March 31, 2009
Change in benefit obligations
Benefit obligations at the beginning
$118
$108
$72
$52
$56
Service cost
37
33
39
17
11
Interest cost
7
8
5
4
3
Actuarial losses/(gains)
(5)
(1)
4
(1)
–
Benefits paid
(17)
(14)
(14)
(8)
(5)
Curtailment
(13)
–
–
–
–
Translation differences
(7)
(16)
2
8
(13)
Benefit obligations at the end
$120
$118
$108
$72
$52
Change in plan assets
Fair value of plan assets at the beginning
$121
$108
$73
$52
$59
Expected return on plan assets
11
10
8
5
4
Actuarial (losses)/gains
–
–
–
–
–
Employer contributions
18
32
40
14
7
Benefits paid
(17)
(14)
(14)
(8)
(5)
Translation differences
(7)
(15)
1
10
(13)
Fair value of plan assets at the end
$126
$121
$108
$73
$52
Funded status
$6
$3
–
$1
–
Prepaid benefit
$6
$3
–
$1
–
Net gratuity cost for the year ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 comprises the following components:
(Dollars in millions)
Year ended March 31,
2013
2012
2011
Service cost
$37
$33
$39
Interest cost
7
8
5
Expected return on plan assets
(11)
(10)
(8)
Actuarial (gains)/loss
(5)
(1)
4
Curtailment
(13)
–
–
Plan amendments- past service cost
(1)
(1)
(1)
Net gratuity cost
$14
$29
$39
During the year ended March 31, 2013, the company has aligned the gratuity entitlement of certain employees prospectively to the Payment of Gratuity Act. This amendment has resulted in a curtailment gain of $13 million, which has been recognized in the statement of comprehensive income for the year ended March 31, 2013.

The net gratuity cost has been apportioned between cost of sales, selling and marketing expenses and administrative expenses on the basis of direct employee cost as follows:
(Dollars in millions)
Year ended March 31,
2013
2012
2011
Cost of sales
$12
$26
$34
Selling and marketing expenses
1
2
3
Administrative expenses
1
1
2
$14
$29
$39
Effective July 1, 2007, the company amended its Gratuity Plan, to suspend the voluntary defined death benefit component of the Gratuity Plan. This amendment resulted in a negative past service cost amounting to $9 million, which is being amortized on a straight-line basis over the average remaining service period of employees which is 10 years. The unamortized negative past service cost of $3 million and $4 million as of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, respectively, has been included under other current and other non-current liabilities.
The weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations as of March 31, 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are set out below:
As of
March 31, 2013
March 31, 2012
March 31, 2011
March 31, 2010
March 31, 2009
Discount rate
8.0%
8.6%
8.0%
7.8%
7.0%
Weighted average rate of increase in compensation levels
7.3%
7.3%
7.3%
7.3%
5.1%
The weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the year ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 are set out below:
Year ended March 31,
2013
2012
2011
Discount rate
8.6%
8.0%
7.8%
Weighted average rate of increase in compensation levels
7.3%
7.3%
7.3%
Rate of return on plan assets
9.5%
9.5%
9.4%
The following are the assumptions used to determine the benefit obligations:

Discount rate
In India, the market for high quality corporate bonds being not developed, the yield of government bonds is considered as the discount rate. The tenure has been considered taking into account the past long-term trend of employees’ average remaining service life which reflects the average estimated term of the post- employment benefit obligations.
Weighted average rate of increase in compensation levels
The average rate of increase in compensation levels is determined by the Company, considering factors such as, the Company’s past compensation revision trends and management’s estimate of future salary increases.
Rate of return on plan assets
Rate of return is the average yield of the portfolio in which our plan assets are invested over a tenure equivalent to the entire life of the related obligation.
Attrition rate
Attrition rate considered is the management’s estimate, based on the past long-term trend of employee turnover in the Company.

The company assesses these assumptions with its projected long-term plans of growth and prevalent industry standards. The company's overall expected long-term rate-of-return on assets has been determined based on consideration of available market information, current provisions of Indian law specifying the instruments in which investments can be made, and historical returns. Historical returns during the year ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 have not been lower than the expected rate of return on plan assets estimated for those years.
Gratuity is applicable only to employees drawing a salary in Indian rupees and there are no other foreign defined benefit gratuity plans.

The company contributes all ascertained liabilities towards gratuity to the Infosys Employees' Gratuity Fund Trust. In case of Infosys BPO, contributions are made to the Infosys BPO Employees' Gratuity Fund Trust. Trustees administer contributions made to the trust and contributions are invested in a scheme with the Life Insurance Corporation of India as permitted by Indian law. As of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, the plan assets have been primarily invested in government securities.
Actual return on assets for the year ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $11 million, $10 million and $8 million respectively.
Assumptions regarding future mortality experience are set in accordance with the published statistics by the Life Insurance Corporation of India.
The company expects to contribute $13 million to the gratuity trusts during the fiscal 2014.
2.11.2 Superannuation
The company contributed $32 million, $30 million and $24 million to the superannuation plan during the year ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
Superannuation contributions have been apportioned between cost of sales, selling and marketing expenses and administrative expenses on the basis of direct employee cost as follows:
(Dollars in millions)
Year ended March 31,
2013
2012
2011
Cost of sales
$29
$26
$21
Selling and marketing expenses
2
2
2
Administrative expenses
1
2
1
$32
$30
$24
2.11.3 Provident fund
The company has an obligation to fund any shortfall on the yield of the trust’s investments over the administered interest rates on an annual basis. These administered rates are determined annually predominantly considering the social rather than economic factors and in most cases the actual return earned by the company has been higher in the past years. The Actuarial Society of India has issued the final guidance for measurement of provident fund liabilities during the quarter ended December 31, 2011. The actuary has accordingly provided a valuation and based on the below provided assumptions there is no shortfall as at March 31, 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The details of fund and plan asset position are given below:
(Dollars in millions)
As of
March 31, 2013
March 31, 2012
March 31, 2011
March 31, 2010
March 31,2009
Plan assets at period end, at fair value
$442
$357
$354
$288
$197
Present value of benefit obligation at period end
442
357
354
288
197
Asset recognized in balance sheet
–
–
–
–
–
The plan assets have been primarily invested in government securities.
Assumptions used in determining the present value obligation of the interest rate guarantee under the Deterministic Approach:

As of
March 31, 2013
March 31, 2012
March 31, 2011
March 31, 2010
March 31, 2009
Government of India (GOI) bond yield
8.0%
8.6%
8.0%
7.8%
7.0%
Remaining term of maturity (in years)
8
8
7
7
6
Expected guaranteed interest rate
8.3%
8.3%
9.5%
8.5%
8.5%
The company contributed $49 million, $49 million and $44 million to the provident fund during the year ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
Provident fund contributions have been apportioned between cost of sales, selling and marketing expenses and administrative expenses on the basis of direct employee cost as follows:
(Dollars in millions)
Year ended March 31,
2013
2012
2011
Cost of sales
$44
$44
$38
Selling and marketing expenses
3
4
4
Administrative expenses
2
1
2
$49
$49
$44
2.11.4 Employee benefit costs include:
(Dollars in millions)
Year ended March 31,
2013
2012
2011
Salaries and bonus
$4,044
$3,707
$3,158
Defined contribution plans
37
35
28
Defined benefit plans
58
73
79
$4,139
$3,815
$3,265
The gratuity and provident plans are applicable only to employees drawing a salary in Indian rupees and there are no other foreign defined benefit plans.

The employee benefit cost is recognized in the following line items in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income:
(Dollars in millions)
Year ended March 31,
2013
2012
2011
Cost of sales
$3,697
$3,377
$2,850
Selling and marketing expenses
294
283
268
Administrative expenses
148
155
147
$4,139
$3,815
$3,265
2.12 Equity
Share capital and share premium
The Company has only one class of shares referred to as equity shares having a par value of $0.16. The amount received in excess of the par value has been classified as share premium. Additionally, share-based compensation recognized in net profit in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income is credited to share premium. 2,833,600 shares were held by controlled trusts, each as of March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.
Retained earnings
Retained earnings represent the amount of accumulated earnings of the Company.
Other components of equity
Other components of equity consist of currency translation and fair value changes on available-for-sale financial assets.
The company’s objective when managing capital is to safeguard its ability to continue as a going concern and to maintain an optimal capital structure so as to maximize shareholder value. In order to maintain or achieve an optimal capital structure, the company may adjust the amount of dividend payment, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares or buy back issued shares. As of March 31, 2013, the company had only one class of equity shares and had no debt. Consequent to the above capital structure there are no externally imposed capital requirements.
The rights of equity shareholders are set out below.
2.12.1 Voting
Each holder of equity shares is entitled to one vote per share. The equity shares represented by American Depositary Shares (ADS) carry similar rights to voting and dividends as the other equity shares. Each ADS represents one underlying equity share.
2.12.2 Dividends
The company declares and pays dividends in Indian rupees. Indian law mandates that any dividend be declared out of accumulated distributable profits only after the transfer to a general reserve of a specified percentage of net profit computed in accordance with current regulations. Section 205 (2A) of the Indian Companies Act 1956 (the Act) along with the Companies (Transfer of Profits to Reserves) Rules, 1975 and Companies ( Declaration of Dividend out of Reserves) Rules, 1975, provide that certain conditions must be satisfied prior to the declaration of dividends. These conditions relate to the transfer of profits for that year to the company’s general reserves, and in the event of inadequacy of profits, a company must comply with conditions relating to the percentage of dividend that can be declared and minimum reserve balances that need to be maintained by the company.
The remittance of dividends outside India is governed by Indian law on foreign exchange and is subject to applicable taxes.
Consequent to the requirements of the Act, the company has transferred $167 million, $144 million and $481 million, to general reserves during the year ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. As of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012 the company has $1,523 million and $1,446 million, respectively, in its general reserves.
The amount of per share dividend recognized as distributions to equity shareholders for the year ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $0.86 million ( 47.00), $0.76 ( 35.00) and $1.22 ( 55.00), respectively.
The Board of Directors, in their meeting on April 12, 2013, proposed a final dividend of approximately $0.50 per equity share ( 27.00 per equity share). The proposal is subject to the approval of shareholders at the Annual General Meeting to be held on June 15, 2013, and if approved, would result in a cash outflow of approximately $334 million, inclusive of corporate dividend tax at 16.995% amounting to $48 million.
2.12.3 Liquidation
In the event of liquidation of the company, the holders of shares shall be entitled to receive any of the remaining assets of the company, after distribution of all preferential amounts. However, no such preferential amounts exist currently, other than the amounts held by irrevocable controlled trusts. The amount that would be distributed to the shareholders in the event of liquidation of the company would be in proportion to the number of equity shares held by the shareholders. For irrevocable controlled trusts, the corpus would be settled in favor of the beneficiaries.
2.12.4 Share options
There are no voting, dividend or liquidation rights to the holders of options issued under the company's share option plans.
As of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, the company had Nil and 11,683 number of shares reserved for issue under the employee stock option plans, respectively.
2.13 Other income
Other income consists of the following:
(Dollars in millions)
Year ended March 31,
2013
2012
2011
Interest income on deposits and certificates of deposit
$329
$374
$250
Exchange gains/ (losses) on forward and options contracts
15
(57)
13
Exchange gains/ (losses) on translation of other assets and liabilities
33
70
(4)
Income from available-for-sale financial assets
42
6
5
Others
14
4
3
$433
$397
$267

2.14 Operating leases
The company has various operating leases, mainly for office buildings, that are renewable on a periodic basis. Rental expense for operating leases was $45 million, $40 million and $33 million for the year ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
The schedule of future minimum rental payments in respect of non-cancellable operating leases is set out below:
(Dollars in millions)
As of
March 31, 2013
March 31, 2012
Within one year of the balance sheet date
$39
$31
Due in a period between one year and five years
$81
$55
Due after five years
$21
$15
A majority of the company's operating lease arrangements extend up to a maximum of ten years from their respective dates of inception, and relate to rented overseas premises. Some of these lease agreements have price escalation clauses.
2.15 Employees' Stock Option Plans (ESOP)
1998 Employees Stock Option Plan (the 1998 Plan): The company’s 1998 Plan provides for the grant of non-statutory share options and incentive share options to employees of the company. The establishment of the 1998 Plan was approved by the Board of Directors in December 1997 and by the shareholders in January 1998. The Government of India has approved the 1998 Plan, subject to a limit of 11,760,000 equity shares representing 11,760,000 ADS to be issued under the 1998 Plan. All options granted under the 1998 Plan are exercisable for equity shares represented by ADSs. The options under the 1998 Plan vest over a period of one through four years and expire five years from the date of completion of vesting. The 1998 Plan is administered by a compensation committee (now known as the management development and compensation committee), all of whom are independent members of the Board of Directors and through the Infosys Limited Employees’ Welfare Trust (the Trust). The term of the 1998 Plan ended on January 6, 2008, and consequently no further shares will be issued to employees under this plan.
1999 Employees Stock Option Plan (the 1999 Plan): In fiscal 2000, the company instituted the 1999 Plan. The Board of Directors and shareholders approved the 1999 Plan in June 1999. The 1999 Plan provides for the issue of 52,800,000 equity shares to employees. The 1999 Plan is administered by a compensation committee (now known as the management development and compensation committee), all of whom are independent members of the Board of Directors and through the Infosys Limited Employees’ Welfare Trust (the Trust). Under the 1999 Plan, options will be issued to employees at an exercise price, which shall not be less than the fair market value (FMV) of the underlying equity shares on the date of grant. Under the 1999 Plan, options may also be issued to employees at exercise prices that are less than FMV only if specifically approved by the shareholders of the company in a general meeting. All options under the 1999 Plan are exercisable for equity shares. The options under the 1999 Plan vest over a period of one through six years, although accelerated vesting based on performance conditions is provided in certain instances and expire over a period of 6 months through five years from the date of completion of vesting. The term of the 1999 plan ended on June 11, 2009, and consequently no further shares will be issued to employees under this plan.
The activity in the 1998 Plan and 1999 Plan during the year ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 are set out below.
Year ended March 31, 2013
Year ended March 31, 2012
Year ended March 31, 2011
Shares arising
out of options
Weighted average
exercise price
Shares arising
out of options
Weighted average
exercise price
Shares arising
out of options
Weighted average
exercise price
1998 Plan:
Outstanding at the beginning
–
–
50,070
$15
242,264
$14
Forfeited and expired
–
–
(480)
$18
(3,519)
$16
Exercised
–
–
(49,590)
$15
(188,675)
$13
Outstanding at the end
–
–
–
–
50,070
$15
Exercisable at the end
–
–
–
–
50,070
$15
1999 Plan:
Outstanding at the beginning
11,683
$42
48,720
$22
204,464
$19
Forfeited and expired
(5,518)
$39
(8,185)
$9
(18,052)
$21
Exercised
(6,165)
$39
(28,852)
$13
(137,692)
$18
Outstanding at the end
–
–
11,683
$42
48,720
$22
Exercisable at the end
–
–
7,429
$42
40,232
$16
The weighted average share price of options exercised under the 1998 Plan during the year ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were Nil, $58.18 and $64.78, respectively. The weighted average share price of options exercised under the 1999 Plan during the year ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $43.53, $56.18 and $63.72, respectively.
There were no share options outstanding and exercisable as of March 31, 2013.
The following table summarizes information about share options outstanding and exercisable as of March 31, 2012:
Options outstanding
Options exercisable
Range of exercise prices
per share ($)
No. of shares arising
out of options
Weighted average
remaining contractual life
Weighted average
exercise price
No. of shares arising
out of options
Weighted average
remaining contractual life
Weighted average
exercise price
1998 Plan:
4-15
–
–
–
–
–
–
16-30
–
–
–
–
–
–
1999 Plan:
5-15 – – – – – –
16-53 11,683 0.71 $42 7,429 0.71 $42
11,683 0.71 $42 7,429 0.71 $42
The share-based compensation recorded for each of the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was Nil.
2.16 Income taxes
Income tax expense in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income comprises:
(Dollars in millions)
Year ended March 31,
2013
2012
2011
Current taxes
Domestic taxes
$544
$630
$452
Foreign taxes
97
54
124
$641
$684
$576
Deferred taxes
Domestic taxes
$(27)
$12
$(21)
Foreign taxes
3
(2)
(8)
$(24)
$10
$(29)
Income tax expense
$617
$694
$547
During the year ended March 31, 2012, the company has, across its tax jurisdictions based on reassessment of circumstances at the reporting date, made additional provisions and reversed provisions no longer considered necessary on its income tax positions. The net effect of such additional provisions and reversals did not have a significant effect on the company’s effective tax rate for fiscal 2012.
The deferred income tax credit for the year ended March 31, 2013 includes $4 million relating to changes in the tax rate from 32.45% to the substantively enacted tax rate of 33.99%. The increase in the tax rate to 33.99% is consequent to changes made in the Finance Act 2013 which will become effective once it is enacted. The remaining deferred income tax for year ended March 31, 2013 relates to origination and reversal of temporary differences. The entire deferred income tax for the year ended March 31, 2012 relates to origination and reversal of temporary differences and utilization of deferred tax assets on subsidiary losses upon the transfer of the asset and liabilities of Infosys Consulting Inc., to Infosys Limited. The entire deferred income tax for year ended March 31, 2011 relates to origination and reversal of temporary differences.
A reversal of deferred tax liability of less than $1 million, $1 million and $1 million relating to an available-for-sale financial asset has been recognized in other comprehensive income during the year ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
The company, as an Indian resident, is required to pay taxes in India on the Company’s entire global income in accordance with Section 5 of the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961, which taxes are reflected as domestic taxes. The income on which domestic taxes are imposed are not restricted to the income generated from the “India” geographic segment. The geographical segment disclosures on revenue in note 2.19.2 are solely based on the location of customers and do not reflect the geographies where the actual delivery or revenue-related efforts occur. As such, amounts applicable to domestic income taxes and foreign income taxes will not necessarily correlate to the proportion of revenue generated from India and other geographical segments as per the geographic segment disclosure set forth in note 2.19.2.

A reconciliation of the income tax provision to the amount computed by applying the statutory income tax rate to the income before income taxes is summarized below:
(Dollars in millions)
Year ended March 31,
2013
2012
2011
Profit before income taxes
$2,342
$2,410
$2,046
Enacted tax rates in India
32.45%
32.45%
33.22%
Computed expected tax expense
$760
$782
$680
Tax effect due to non-taxable income for Indian tax purposes
(202)
(202)
(173)
Overseas taxes
72
96
88
Tax reversals, overseas and domestic
–
(22)
(52)
Effect of exempt income
(17)
(2)
(1)
Effect of unrecognized deferred tax assets
9
8
4
Effect of differential overseas tax rates
(1)
(3)
(2)
Effect of non-deductible expenses
8
3
1
Taxes on dividend received from subsidiary
2
20
–
Temporary difference related to branch profits
5
13
–
Additional deduction on research and development expense
(15)
–
–
Others
(4)
1
2
Income tax expense
$617
$694
$547
The applicable Indian statutory tax rate for the year ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 is 32.45%, 32.45% and 33.22%, respectively. The decrease in the applicable statutory tax rate in fiscal 2012 is consequent to changes made in the Finance Act 2011.
During the year ended March 31, 2013 the company received weighted tax deduction on eligible research and development expenditures based on the approval received from Department of Scientific and Industrial Research (DSIR) for Finacle TM and Infosys labs. The weighted tax deduction is equal to 200% of such expenditures incurred during the year ended March 31, 2013.
The foreign tax expense is due to income taxes payable overseas, principally in the United States of America. In India, the company has benefited from certain tax incentives the Government of India had provided to the export of software from specially designated software technology parks, or STPs, in India and the company continues to benefit from certain tax incentives for facilities set up under the Special Economic Zones Act, 2005.  However, the tax incentives provided by the Government of India for STPs have expired, and all the STP units are now taxable. Under the Special Economic Zones Act, 2005 scheme, units in designated special economic zones which begin providing services on or after April 1, 2005 are eligible for a deduction of 100 percent of profits or gains derived from the export of services for the first five years from commencement of provision of services and 50 percent of such profits or gains for a further five years. Certain tax benefits are also available for a further period of five years subject to the unit meeting defined conditions.
As a result of these tax incentives, a portion of the company’s pre-tax income has not been subject to significant tax in recent years. These tax incentives resulted in a decrease in our income tax expense of $202 million, $202 million and $173 million for the year ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, compared to the effective tax amounts that we estimate we would have been required to pay if these incentives had not been available. The per share effect of these tax incentives for the year ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $0.35, $0.35 and $0.30, respectively.
The company is subject to a 15% Branch Profit Tax (BPT) in the U.S. to the extent its U.S. branch's net profit during the year is greater than the increase in the net assets of the U.S. branch during the fiscal year, computed in accordance with the Internal Revenue Code. As of March 31, 2013, Infosys' U.S. branch net assets amounted to approximately $738 million. As of March 31, 2013, the Company has provided for branch profit tax of $58 million for its U.S branch, as the company estimates that these branch profits are expected to be distributed in the foreseeable future.
Deferred income tax liabilities have not been recognized on temporary differences amounting to $396 million and $316 million as of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, respectively, associated with investments in subsidiaries and branches as it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
The gross movement in the current income tax asset/ (liability) for the year ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 is as follows:
(Dollars in millions)
Year ended March 31,
2013
2012
2011
Net current income tax asset/ (liability) at the beginning
$(3)
$40
$(13)
Additions through business combination
(2)
–
–
Translation differences
(1)
(15)
(1)
Income tax benefit arising on exercise of stock options
–
–
3
Income tax paid
603
656
627
Current income tax expense (Refer Note 2.16)
(641)
(684)
(576)
Net current income tax asset/ (liability) at the end
$(44)
$(3)
$40
The tax effects of significant temporary differences that resulted in deferred income tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
(Dollars in millions)
As of
March 31, 2013
March 31, 2012
Deferred income tax assets
Property, plant and equipment
$66
$58
Minimum alternate tax credit carry-forwards
7
11
Computer software
8
7
Trade receivables
4
4
Compensated absences
27
25
Accrued compensation to employees
6
6
Accumulated losses
7
–
Others
17
5
Total deferred income tax assets
$142
$116
Deferred income tax liabilities
Temporary difference related to branch profits
$(58)
$(53)
Intangible assets
(13)
(3)
Total deferred income tax liabilities
$(71)
$(56)
Deferred income tax assets after set off
94 62
Deferred income tax liabilities after set off
(23)
(2)
Deferred income tax assets and deferred income tax liabilities have been offset wherever the company has a legally enforceable right to set off current income tax assets against current income tax liabilities and where the deferred income tax assets and deferred income tax liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority.
The deferred income tax assets and deferred income tax liabilities recoverable within and after 12 months are as follows:
(Dollars in millions)
As of
March 31, 2013
March 31, 2012
Deferred income tax assets
To be recovered after 12 months
$111
$89
To be recovered within 12 months
31
27
Total deferred income tax assets
$142
$116
Deferred income tax liabilities
To be settled after 12 months
$(47)
$(42)
To be settled within 12 months
(24)
(14)
Total deferred income tax liabilities
$(71)
$(56)
In assessing the realizability of deferred income tax assets, management considers whether some portion or all of the deferred income tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred income tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which the temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversals of deferred income tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based on the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred income tax assets are deductible, management believes that the company will realize the benefits of those deductible differences. The amount of the deferred income tax assets considered realizable, however, could be reduced in the near term if estimates of future taxable income during the carry forward period are reduced.
The gross movement in the deferred income tax account for the year ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 is as follows:
(Dollars in millions)
Year ended March 31,
2013
2012
2011
Net deferred income tax asset at the beginning
$60
$85
$52
Additions through business combination (Refer note 2.3)
(7)
–
–
Translation differences
(6)
(16)
3
Credits relating to temporary differences
24
(10)
29
Temporary difference on available-for-sale financial asset
–
1
1
Net deferred income tax asset at the end
$71
$60
$85
The credits relating to temporary differences during the year ended March 31, 2013 are primarily on account of compensated absences, property, plant and equipment and other provisions which are not tax-deductible in the current year. The debits/credits relating to temporary differences during the year ended March 31, 2012 are primarily on account of compensated absences, accrued compensation to employees, property, plant and equipment and utilization of deferred income tax assets on subsidiary losses upon transfer of assets and liabilities of Infosys Consulting Inc., to Infosys Limited. The credits relating to temporary differences during the year ended March 31, 2011 are primarily on account of compensated absences, accrued compensation to employees and property, plant and equipment.
Pursuant to the enacted changes in the Indian Income Tax Laws effective April 1, 2007, a Minimum Alternate Tax (MAT) had been extended to income in respect of which a deduction could be claimed under section 10A of the Income Tax Act for STP units. Further, the Finance Act, 2011, which became effective April 1, 2011, extended MAT to SEZ operating and SEZ developer units also. Consequent to the enacted changes, Infosys BPO has calculated its tax liability for current domestic taxes after considering MAT. The excess tax paid under MAT provisions being over and above regular tax liability can be carried forward and set off against future tax liabilities computed under regular tax provisions. Infosys BPO was required to pay MAT, and, accordingly, a deferred income tax asset of $7 million and $11 million has been recognized on the balance sheet of the company as of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, respectively, which can be carried forward for a period of ten years from the year of recognition.
The company has received demands from the Indian income tax authorities for payments of additional taxes totalling $214 million, including interest of $62 million upon completion of their tax review for fiscal 2005, fiscal 2006, fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2008. These income tax demands are mainly on account of disallowance of a portion of the deduction claimed by the company under Section 10A of the Income Tax Act. The deductible amount is determined by the ratio of export turnover to total turnover. The disallowance arose from certain expenses incurred in foreign currency being reduced from export turnover but not reduced from total turnover. The tax demand for fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2008 also includes disallowance of portion of profit earned outside India from the STP units and disallowance of profits earned from SEZ units. The matter for fiscal 2005, fiscal 2006, fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2008 are pending before the Commissioner of Income tax (Appeals) Bangalore.
The company is contesting the demand and the management, including its tax advisors, believes that its position will likely be upheld in the appellate process. The management believes that the ultimate outcome of this proceeding will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position and results of operations.
The company has received the assessment order from the Income tax authorities for fiscal 2009 on May 2, 2013 along with a demand order for an amount of $106 million. As the company is contesting this position like earlier years, the appellate authority would be approached within the time limit prescribed under the relevant law.
2.17 Earnings per equity share
The following is a reconciliation of the equity shares used in the computation of basic and diluted earnings per equity share:
Year ended March 31,
2013
2012
2011
Basic earnings per equity share - weighted average number of equity shares outstanding (1)
571,399,238
571,365,494
571,180,050
Effect of dilutive common equivalent shares - share options outstanding
853
30,648
188,308
Diluted earnings per equity share - weighted average number of equity shares and common equivalent shares outstanding
571,400,091
571,396,142
571,368,358
(1) Excludes treasury shares
For the year ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, there were no outstanding options to purchase equity shares which had an anti-dilutive effect.

2.18 Related party transactions
List of subsidiaries:
Particulars
Country
Holding as of
March 31, 2013
March 31, 2012
Infosys BPO
India
99.98%
99.98%
Infosys Australia (10)
Australia
100%
100%
Infosys China
China
100%
100%
Infosys Consulting Inc (1)
U.S.A
–
–
Infosys Mexico
Mexico
100%
100%
Infosys BPO s. r. o (2)
Czech Republic
99.98%
99.98%
Infosys BPO (Poland) Sp.Z.o.o (2)
Poland
99.98%
99.98%
Infosys Sweden
Sweden
100%
100%
Infosys Brasil
Brazil
100%
100%
Infosys Consulting India Limited (3)
India
100%
100%
Infosys Public Services, Inc.
U.S.A
100%
100%
Infosys Shanghai
China
100%
100%
McCamish Systems LLC (2) (Refer Note 2.3)
U.S.A
99.98%
99.98%
Portland Group Pty Ltd (2)(4) (Refer Note 2.3)
Australia
99.98%
99.98%
Portland Procurement Services Pty Ltd (2)(4) (Refer Note 2.3)
Australia
99.98%
99.98%
Lodestone Holding AG (5) (Refer Note 2.3)
Switzerland
100%
–
Lodestone Management Consultants (Canada) Inc (6)
Canada
100%
–
Lodestone Management Consultants Inc. ( 6)
U.S.A
100%
–
Lodestone Management Consultants Pty Limited (6)
Australia
100%
–
Lodestone Management Consultants (Asia Pacific) Limited (6)(8)
Thailand
–
–
Lodestone Management Consultants AG (6)
Switzerland
100%
–
Lodestone Augmentis AG (6)
Switzerland
100%
–
Hafner Bauer & Ödman GmbH (6)
Switzerland
100%
–
Lodestone Management Consultants (Belgium) S.A. (7)
Belgium
99.90%
–
Lodestone Management Consultants GmbH (6)
Germany
100%
–
Lodestone Management Consultants Pte Ltd. (6)
Singapore
100%
–
Lodestone Management Consultants SAS ( 6)
France
100%
–
Lodestone Management Consultants s.r.o. (6)
Czech Republic
100%
–
Lodestone Management Consultants GmbH (6)
Austria
100%
–
Lodestone Management Consultants China Co., Ltd. ( 6)
China
100%
–
Lodestone Management Consultants Ltd. (6)
UK
100%
–
Lodestone Management Consultants B.V. (6)
Netherlands
100%
–
Lodestone Management Consultants Ltda. (7)
Brazil
99.99%
–
Lodestone Management Consultants Sp. z.o.o. (6)
Poland
100%
–
Lodestone Management Consultants Portugal, Unipessoal, Lda. (6)
Portugal
100%
–
S.C. Lodestone Management Consultants S.R.L. (6)
Romania
100%
–
Lodestone Management Consultants S.R.L. (6)(9)
Argentina
100%
–
(1) On October 7, 2011, the board of directors of Infosys Consulting Inc. approved the termination and winding down of the entity, and entered into an assignment and assumption agreement with Infosys Limited. The termination of Infosys Consulting, Inc. became effective on January 12, 2012, in accordance with the Texas Business Organizations Code. Effective January 12, 2012, the assets and liabilities of Infosys Consulting, Inc. were transferred to Infosys Limited.
(2) Wholly owned subsidiaries of Infosys BPO
(3) On February 9, 2012, Infosys Consulting India Limited filed a petition in the Honourable High Court of Karnataka for its merger with Infosys Limited.
(4) On January 4, 2012 Infosys BPO acquired 100% of the voting interest in Portland Group Pty Ltd.
(5) On October 22, 2012, Infosys acquired 100% of the voting interest in Lodestone Holding AG.
(6) Wholly owned subsidiary of Lodestone Holding AG acquired on October 22, 2012.
(7) Majority owned and controlled subsidiary of Lodestone Holding AG acquired on October 22, 2012.
(8) Liquidated effective February 14, 2013
(9) Incorporated effective January 10, 2013
(10) Under liquidation
During the year ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, Infosys Australia paid a dividend of $15 million and $120 million, respectively, the tax on such dividend received was $2 million and $20 million, respectively.
Infosys has provided guarantee for performance of certain contracts entered into by its subsidiaries.
List of other related parties:
Particulars
Country
Nature of relationship
Infosys Limited Employees' Gratuity Fund Trust
India
Post-employment benefit plan of Infosys
Infosys Limited Employees' Provident Fund Trust
India
Post-employment benefit plan of Infosys
Infosys Limited Employees' Superannuation Fund Trust
India
Post-employment benefit plan of Infosys
Infosys BPO Limited Employees’ Superannuation Fund Trust
India
Post-employment benefit plan of Infosys BPO
Infosys BPO Limited Employees’ Gratuity Fund Trust
India
Post-employment benefit plan of Infosys BPO
Infosys Limited Employees’ Welfare Trust
India
Controlled Trust
Infosys Science Foundation
India
Controlled Trust

Refer Note 2.11 for information on transactions relating to post-employment benefit plans mentioned above.
Transactions with key management personnel
The table below describes the compensation to key management personnel which comprise directors and members of the executive council:
(Dollars in millions)
Year ended March 31,
2013
2012
2011
Salaries and other short-term employee benefits
$9
$10
$7
2.19 Segment reporting
IFRS 8 establishes standards for the way that public business enterprises report information about operating segments and related disclosures about products and services, geographic areas, and major customers. The company's operations predominantly relate to providing end-to-end business solutions that enable clients to enhance business performance, delivered to customers globally operating in various industry segments. Effective the quarter ended June 30, 2011, the company reorganized its business to increase its client focus. Consequent to the internal reorganization there were changes effected in the reportable segments based on the “management approach” as defined in IFRS 8, Operating Segments. The Chief Operating Decision Maker evaluates the company's performance and allocates resources based on an analysis of various performance indicators by industry classes and geographic segmentation of customers. Accordingly, segment information has been presented both along industry classes and geographic segmentation of customers. The accounting principles used in the preparation of the financial statements are consistently applied to record revenue and expenditure in individual segments, and are as set out in the significant accounting policies.

Industry segments for the company are primarily financial services and insurance (FSI) comprising enterprises providing banking, finance and insurance services, enterprises in manufacturing (MFG), enterprises in the energy, utilities, communication and services (ECS) and enterprises in retail, consumer packaged goods, logistics and life sciences (RCL).  Geographic segmentation is based on business sourced from that geographic region and delivered from both on-site and off-shore. North America comprises the United States of America, Canada and Mexico, Europe includes continental Europe (both the east and the west), Ireland and the United Kingdom, and the Rest of the World comprising all other places except those mentioned above and India. Consequent to the above change in the composition of reportable segments, the prior period comparatives have been restated.

Revenue and identifiable operating expenses in relation to segments are categorized based on items that are individually identifiable to that segment. Allocated expenses of segments include expenses incurred for rendering services from the company's offshore software development centers and on-site expenses, which are categorized in relation to the associated turnover of the segment. Certain expenses such as depreciation, which form a significant component of total expenses, are not specifically allocable to specific segments as the underlying assets are used interchangeably. Management believes that it is not practical to provide segment disclosures relating to those costs and expenses, and accordingly these expenses are separately disclosed as "unallocated" and adjusted against the total income of the company.

Assets and liabilities used in the company's business are not identified to any of the reportable segments, as these are used interchangeably between segments. Management believes that it is currently not practicable to provide segment disclosures relating to total assets and liabilities since a meaningful segregation of the available data is onerous.

Geographical information on revenue and industry revenue information is collated based on individual customers invoiced or in relation to which the revenue is otherwise recognized.
2.19.1 Industry segments
(Dollars in millions)
Year ended March 31, 2013
FSI
MFG
ECS
RCL
Total
Revenues
$2,508
$1,629
$1,491
$1,770
$7,398
Identifiable operating expenses
1,115
776
682
778
3,351
Allocated expenses
637
431
394
468
1,930
Segment profit
756
422
415
524
2,117
Unallocable expenses
208
Operating profit
1,909
Other income, net
433
Profit before income taxes
2,342
Income tax expense
617
Net profit
$1,725
Depreciation and amortization
$207
Non-cash expenses other than depreciation and amortization
$1


Year ended March 31, 2012
FSI
MFG
ECS
RCL
Total
Revenues
$ 2,453
$ 1,438
$ 1,500
$ 1,603
$ 6,994
Identifiable operating expenses
1,047
631
625
668
2,971
Allocated expenses
616
378
396
424
1,814
Segment profit
790
429
479
511
2,209
Unallocable expenses
196
Operating profit
2,013
Other income, net
397
Profit before income taxes
2,410
Income tax expense
694
Net profit
$ 1,716
Depreciation and amortization
$195
Non-cash expenses other than depreciation and amortization
$1


Year ended March 31, 2011
FSI
MFG
ECS
RCL
Total
Revenues
$ 2,166
$ 1,185
$ 1,451
$ 1,239
$ 6,041
Identifiable operating expenses
905
508
613
523
2,549
Allocated expenses
539
302
369
313
1,523
Segment profit
722
375
469
403
1,969
Unallocable expenses
190
Operating profit
1,779
Other income, net
267
Profit before income taxes
2,046
Income tax expense
547
Net profit
$ 1,499
Depreciation and amortization
$189
Non-cash expenses other than depreciation and amortization
$1

2.19.2 Geographic segments
(Dollars in millions)
Year ended March 31, 2013
North America
Europe
India
Rest of the World
Total
Revenues
$4,601
$1,713
$154
$930
$7,398
Identifiable operating expenses
2,065
786
91
409
3,351
Allocated expenses
1,216
448
35
231
1,930
Segment profit
1,320
479
28
290
2,117
Unallocable expenses
208
Operating profit
1,909
Other income, net
433
Profit before income taxes
2,342
Income tax expense
617
Net profit
$1,725
Depreciation and amortization
$207
Non-cash expenses other than depreciation and amortization
$1


Year ended March 31, 2012
North America
Europe
India
Rest of the World
Total
Revenues
$4,468
$1,532
$155
$839
$6,994
Identifiable operating expenses
1,892
668
77
334
2,971
Allocated expenses
1,177
397
35
205
1,814
Segment profit
1,399
467
43
300
2,209
Unallocable expenses
196
Operating profit
2,013
Other income, net
397
Profit before income taxes
2,410
Income tax expense
694
Net profit
$1,716
Depreciation and amortization
$195
Non-cash expenses other than depreciation and amortization
$1

Year ended March 31, 2011
North America
Europe
India
Rest of the World
Total
Revenues
$3,944
$1,303
$132
$662
$6,041
Identifiable operating expenses
1,683
541
61
264
2,549
Allocated expenses
1,001
327
32
163
1,523
Segment profit
1,260
435
39
235
1,969
Unallocable expenses
190
Operating profit
1,779
Other income, net
267
Profit before income taxes
2,046
Income tax expense
547
Net profit
$1,499
Depreciation and amortization
$189
Non-cash expenses other than depreciation and amortization
$1

2.19.3 Significant clients
No client individually accounted for more than 10% of the revenues for the year ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.
2.20 Litigation
On May 23, 2011, the company received a subpoena from a grand jury in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas. The subpoena required that the company provide to the grand jury certain documents and records related to its sponsorships for, and uses of, B1 business visas. The company complied with the subpoena.  In connection with the subpoena, during a meeting with the United States Attorney’s Office for the Eastern District of Texas, the company was advised that its and certain of its employees are targets of the grand jury investigation.  In addition, the company has been recently advised that this investigation was continuing and that additional subpoenas may be issued. The company is engaged in discussions with the U.S. Attorney’s Office regarding this matter; however, it cannot predict the final outcome of the investigation or the discussions with the U.S. Attorney’s Office.
In addition, the U.S. Department of Homeland Security (“DHS”) has reviewed the company’s employer eligibility verifications on Form I-9 with respect to its employees working in the United States.  In connection with this review, the company has been advised that the DHS has found errors in a significant percentage of its Forms I-9 that the DHS has reviewed, and may impose fines and penalties on the company related to such alleged errors.  At this time, the company cannot predict the outcome of the discussions with the DHS or other governmental authority regarding the review of the company’s Forms I-9.
In light of the fact that, among other things, the grand jury is continuing its investigation and the company remains in discussions with the U.S. Attorney’s Office regarding these matters, the company is unable to make an estimate of the amount or range of loss that it expects to incur in connection with the resolution of these matters.
In the event that the U.S government undertakes any actions which limit the B-1 business visa program or other visa program that the company utilizes, or imposes sanctions, fines or penalties on the company or its employees, this could materially and adversely affect the company’s business and results of operations.
In addition, the company is subject to other legal proceedings and claims, which have arisen in the ordinary course of our business. The management does not reasonably expect that these legal actions, when ultimately concluded and determined, will have a material and adverse effect on the company’s results of operations or financial condition.
Financial Statement Schedule - II
(Schedule II of Reg. §210.5-04(c) of Regulation S-X-17 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Securities Exchange Act of 1934)
Valuation and qualifying accounts
Provisions for doubtful accounts receivable
(Dollars in millions)
Description
Balance at beginning of the year
Translation differences
Charged to cost and expenses
Write offs
Balance at end of the year
Fiscal 2013
$17
$(3)
$7
$(4)
$17
Fiscal 2012
$19
$(3)
$14
$(13)
$17
Fiscal 2011
$23
$(1)
–
$(3)
$19


Exhibit number
Description of document
*1.1
Articles of Association of the Registrant, as amended
*1.2
Memorandum of Association of the Registrant, as amended
**1.3
Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect
***4.1
Form of Deposit Agreement among the Registrant, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas and holders from time to time of American Depository Receipts issued thereunder (including as an exhibit, the form of American Depositary Receipt)
**4.2
Registrant’s 1998 Stock Option Plan
**4.3
Registrant’s Employee Stock Offer Plan
**4.4
Employees Welfare Trust Deed of Registrant Pursuant to Employee Stock Offer Plan
****4.6
Registrant’s 1999 Stock Option Plan
*****4.7
Form of Employment Agreement with Employee Directors
******11.1
Whistleblower Policy
11.2 Code of Conduct and Ethics
**15.1
Registrant’s Specimen Certificate for Equity Shares
15.2
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
*******15.6
Risk Management Committee Charter

*
Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-3 ASR (File No. 333-121444) filed on November 7, 2006.
**
Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-72195) in the form declared effective on March 10, 1999.
***
Incorporated by reference to the exhibits filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-6 (File No. 333-72199) filed on March 28, 2003, as amended by Amendment No. 1 included in the exhibits filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to such Registration Statement filed on June 30, 2004.
****
Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 6-K filed on August 4, 1999.
*****
Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed on April 25, 2005.
******
Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Registrants Annual Report on Form 20-F filed on May 03, 2012.
*******
Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed on May 2, 2007.

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.
Infosys Limited
/s/ S.D. Shibulal
Date: May 13, 2013
S. D. Shibulal
Chief Executive Officer
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part IItem 1. Identity Of Directors, Senior Management and AdvisersItem 2. Offer Statistics and Expected TimetableItem 3. Key InformationItem 4. Information on The CompanyItem 4 A. Unresolved Staff CommentsItem 5. Operating and Financial Review and ProspectsItem 6. Directors, Senior Management and EmployeesItem 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party TransactionsItem 8. Financial InformationItem 9. The Offer and ListingItem 10. Additional InformationItem 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market RiskItem 12. Description Of Securities Other Than Equity Securities Fees and Charges Payable By Holders Of Our AdssItem 12. Description Of Securities Other Than Equity SecuritiesPart IIItem 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and DelinquenciesItem 14. Material Modifications To The Rights Of Security Holders and Use Of ProceedsItem 15. Controls and ProceduresItem 16A. Audit Committee Financial ExpertItem 16B. Code Of EthicsItem 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and ServicesItem 16D. Exemptions From The Listing Standards For Audit CommitteesItem 16E. Purchases Of Equity Securities By The Issuer and Affiliated PurchasersItem 16F. Change in Registrant S Certifying AccountantItem 16G. Corporate GovernancePart IIIItem 16H. Mine Safety DisclosureItem 17. Financial StatementsItem 18. Financial StatementsItem 19. Exhibits

Exhibits

4.5 Form of Indemnification Agreement 8.1 List of Subsidiaries 11.2 Code of Conduct and Ethics 12.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 12.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 13.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 13.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 15.3 Audit Committee Charter 15.4 Management Development and Compensation Committee Charter 15.5 Nominations and GovernanceCommittee Charter